Prenetics Global Limited Annual Report 2017

← All annual reports

FY2017 Annual Report · Prenetics Global Limited

Loading PDF…

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
____________________________________

FORM 20-F

____________________________________

 REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE

ACT OF 1934




ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

 TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF

1934




SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 001-14536
___________________________________

PartnerRe Ltd.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
______________________________________

Bermuda
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

90 Pitts Bay Road, Pembroke, Bermuda
(Address of principal executive offices)

Mario Bonaccorso
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
90 Pitts Bay Road, Pembroke, HM 08, Bermuda Telephone: +1 441-292-0888, Email: mario.bonaccorso@partnerre.com
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile Number and Address of Company Contact Person)

_____________________________________
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
5.875% Series F Non-Cumulative Preferred Shares,
$1.00 par value
6.50% Series G Cumulative Preferred Shares,
$1.00 par value
7.25% Series H Cumulative Preferred Shares,
$1.00 par value
5.875% Series I Non-Cumulative Preferred Shares,
$1.00 par value

Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None
_________________________________

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:

100,000,000 common shares and 255,492 Class B common shares

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  No 



If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the

Act. Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the
past 90 days. Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to

be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit
and post such files). Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the

definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP 

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board 

Other 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act.) Yes  No 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

PART I

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
Item 1.
Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
Item 2.
Key Information
Item 3.
Information on the Company
Item 4.
Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 5.

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

Item 6.
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
Item 8.

Financial Information

The Offer and Listing

Item 9.
Item 10. Additional Information
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

PART II

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
Item 15. Controls and Procedures
Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert
Item 16B. Code of Ethics
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant
Item 16G. Corporate Governance
Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

PART III

Item 17.
Item 18.
Item 19.

Financial Statements
Financial Statements

Exhibits

4
4
4
18
36
36

88
88
89
90
90
90
91
91

91
91

157

Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

A. Selected Financial Data

The selected consolidated financial data of PartnerRe Ltd. and its subsidiaries (the Company or PartnerRe) below should be

read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements, and the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements in Item 18 and with other information contained in this report, including Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
in Item 5 of this report.

The selected consolidated financial data for 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013 (in millions of United States (U.S.) dollars) is as

follows:

Statement of Operations Data
Net premiums earned

Net investment income

Net realized and unrealized investment gains (losses)

Other income

Total revenues

Net income

For the years ended December 31,

2017
$ 5,025
402
232
15
$ 5,675
264
$

2016
4,970
411
26
15
5,422
447

2015
5,269
450
(297 )
9
5,431
107

2014
5,609
480
372
16
6,477
1,068

2013
5,198
484
(161 )
17
5,538
673

Net income attributable to PartnerRe Ltd. common
shareholders

Balance Sheet Data
Total assets

Total shareholders’ equity attributable to PartnerRe Ltd.
Common shareholders’ equity(1)

218

387

998

597

At December 31,

2017
22,981 $
6,745 $
6,041 $

2016
21,939 $
6,688 $
5,984 $

2015
21,406 $
6,901 $
6,047 $

2014
22,270 $
7,049 $
6,195 $

2013
23,038
6,710
5,856

$
$
$

(1) Common shareholders' equity is calculated as Total shareholders' equity attributable to PartnerRe Ltd. less preferred

shareholders' equity of $704 million, the liquidation value of preferred shares.

On March 18, 2016 the Company’s common shares were acquired by Exor N.V. (subsequently renamed EXOR Nederland
N.V.). As a result, all of the Company’s publicly traded common shares and all treasury shares were canceled. At December 31,
2017 and 2016, EXOR Nederland N.V. holds 100% of the 100 million common shares of $0.00000001 par value each (Class A
shares) for a total share capital of $1.00, included in Share capital on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Accordingly, per share data is
no longer meaningful and is no longer presented by the Company.

In 2017, the Company issued Class B shares to certain executives of the Company (see also Share Ownership section in Item 6

and Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report).

Table of Contents

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D. Risk Factors

Introduction

Managing risk effectively is paramount to our success, and our organization is built around intelligent risk assumptions and

careful risk management, as evidenced by our development of the Company's enterprise risk management framework, which
provides an integrated approach to risk across the entire organization. We have identified what we believe reflects key significant
risks to the organization, and, in turn, the common and preferred shareholders, debt holders, and our policyholders.

In order to achieve an appropriate growth in book value over the reinsurance cycle, we believe we must be able to generate an

appropriate return on average common shareholder’s equity over the reinsurance cycle. Our ability to do that over a reinsurance
cycle is dependent on our individual performance, but also on industry factors that impact the level of competition and the price of
risk. The level of competition is determined by supply of and demand for reinsurance capacity. Demand is determined by client
buying behavior, which varies based on the client’s perception of the amount and volatility of risk, its financial capacity to bear it
and the cost of risk transfer. Supply is determined by the existing reinsurance companies’ level of financial strength and the
introduction of capacity from new start-ups or capital markets. Significant new capacity or significant reduction in demand will
depress industry profitability until the supply/demand balance is redressed. Extended periods of imbalance could depress industry
profitability to a point where we would fail to meet returns in line with our cost of capital.

We knowingly expose ourselves to significant volatility in our net income. We create shareholder value by assuming risk from

the insurance and capital markets. This exposes us to volatile earnings as untoward events happen to our clients and in the capital
markets. Examples of potential large loss events include, without limitation:

• Natural catastrophes including but not limited to hurricanes, windstorms, floods, tornadoes, and earthquakes;

• Man-made disasters such as terrorism and acts of war;

• Declines in the equity, real estate and fixed income markets;

• Systemic increases in the frequency or severity of casualty or mortality losses; and

• New mass tort actions or reemergence of old mass tort actions such as cases related to asbestos.

We manage large loss events through evaluation processes designed to enable proper pricing of these risks over time, and, as a

result, short-term earnings volatility may be experienced. Earnings volatility is dampened through diversification, by building a
portfolio of uncorrelated risks and through the purchase of retrocessional coverage to optimize a portfolio.

We expose ourselves to significant risks that can impact our financial strength as measured by United States generally
accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) or regulatory and rating agencies' capital requirements. Risk sources for which
management has established key risk limits approved by the Board of Directors (Board) and the related approved limits and actual
limits deployed at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are presented in the Risk Management section below.

The following risks should be read in conjunction with the Safe Harbor Statement in Item 5.G of this report, Operating and
Financial Review and Prospects and the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report. These risks may
affect our operating results and, individually or in the aggregate, could cause our actual results to differ materially from past and
projected future results. Some of these risks and uncertainties could affect particular business operations or segments, while others
could affect all of our businesses. Although risks are discussed separately, many are interrelated.

Except as may be required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update forward-looking statements, whether as a
result of new information, future events, or otherwise. It is impossible to predict or identify all risk factors and, consequently, the
following factors should not be construed as a complete discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect us.

As used in these Risk Factors, the terms “the Company”, “PartnerRe”, “we”, “our” or “us” may, depending upon the context,

refer solely to the Company, to one or more of the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries or to all of them taken as a whole. The
terms EXOR and Exor Group relate to the Company’s ultimate parent, EXOR N.V. and its affiliated companies (see Information on
the Company in Item 4 of this report).

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Company

The catastrophe business that we underwrite will result in volatility of our earnings and could impair our financial condition.

Catastrophic losses result from events such as windstorms, hurricanes, tsunamis, earthquakes, floods, hailstorms, tornadoes,

severe winter weather, fires, drought, explosions and other natural and man-made disasters, the incidence and severity of which are
inherently unpredictable. Because catastrophe reinsurance accumulates large aggregate exposures to man-made and natural
disasters, our loss experience in this line of business could be characterized as low frequency and high severity. We may have
substantial exposure to unexpected, large losses resulting from future man-made catastrophic events, such as acts of terrorism, acts
of war, nuclear accidents and political instability, or from other perils. Although we may attempt to exclude losses from terrorism
and certain other similar risks from some coverage we write, we may continue to have exposure to such unforeseen or unpredictable
events. This may be because, irrespective of the clarity and inclusiveness of policy language, there can be no assurance that a court
or arbitration panel will not limit enforceability of policy language or otherwise issue a ruling adverse to us.

This is likely to result in substantial volatility in our financial results significant net losses to shareholders, and may also result

in a material decline of our book value or common shareholder's equity that may limit our ability to make dividend payments and
payments of interest and principal on our debt securities and limit the funds available to make payments on policyholder claims.

Should we incur a very large catastrophic loss or a series of catastrophic losses, our ability to write future business may be

adversely impacted if we are unable to replenish our capital.

We believe, and recent scientific studies have indicated, that the frequency of Atlantic basin hurricanes has increased and may
change further in the future relative to the historical experience over the past 100 years. As a result of changing climate conditions,
such as global warming, there may be increases in the frequency and severity of natural catastrophes and the losses that result from
them. We monitor and adjust, as we believe appropriate, our risk management models to reflect our judgment of how to interpret
current developments and information, such as these studies. We believe that factors including increases in the value and geographic
concentration of insured property, particularly along coastal regions, the increasing risk of extreme weather events reflecting
changes in climate and ocean temperatures, and the effects of inflation may continue to increase the severity of claims from
catastrophic events in the future.

It is also difficult to predict the timing of such events with statistical certainty, or estimate the amount of loss any given

occurrence will generate. Under U.S. GAAP, we are not permitted to establish reserves for potential losses associated with man-
made or other catastrophic events until an event that may give rise to such losses occurs. If such an event were to occur, our reported
income would decrease in the affected period. In particular, unforeseen large losses could reduce our profitability or impair our
financial condition.

Given the inherent uncertainty of models, the usefulness of such models as a tool to evaluate risk is subject to a high degree of
uncertainty that could result in actual losses that are materially different than our estimates, including probable maximum losses
(PMLs), and our financial results may be adversely impacted, perhaps significantly.

In addition to our own proprietary catastrophe models, we use third-party vendor analytic and modeling capabilities to provide

us with objective risk assessment relating to other risks in our reinsurance portfolio. We use these models to help us control risk
accumulation and inform management and other stakeholders of capital requirements and to improve the risk/return profile.
However, given the inherent uncertainty of modeling techniques and the application of such techniques, these models and databases
may not accurately address a variety of matters which might be deemed to impact certain of our coverages.

For example, catastrophe models that simulate loss estimates based on a set of assumptions are important tools used by us to

estimate our PMLs. These assumptions address a number of factors that impact loss potential including, but not limited to, the
characteristics of the natural catastrophe event; demand surge resulting from an event; the types, function, location and
characteristics of exposed risks; susceptibility of exposed risks to damage from an event with specific characteristics; and the
financial and contractual provisions of the reinsurance contracts that cover losses arising from an event. We run many model
simulations in order to understand the impact of these assumptions on its catastrophe loss potential. Furthermore, there are risks
associated with catastrophic events, which are either poorly represented or not represented at all by catastrophe models. Each
modeling assumption or un-modeled risk introduces uncertainty into PML estimates that management must consider. These
uncertainties can include, but are not limited to, the following:

• The models do not address all the possible hazard characteristics of a catastrophe peril (e.g., the precise path and wind

speed of a hurricane);

• The models may not accurately reflect the true frequency of events;

• The models may not accurately reflect a risk’s vulnerability or susceptibility to damage for a given event characteristic;

Table of Contents

• The models may not accurately represent loss potential to reinsurance contract coverage limits, terms and conditions; and

• The models may not accurately reflect the impact on the economy of the area affected or the financial, judicial, political, or

regulatory impact on insurance claim payments during or following a catastrophe event.

Our PMLs are selected after assessment of multiple third party vendor model output, internally constructed independent
models, including the Company’s CatFocus® suite of models, and other qualitative and quantitative assessments by management,
including assessments of exposure not typically modeled in vendor or internal models. Our methodology for estimating PMLs may
differ from methods used by other companies and external parties given the various assumptions and judgments required to estimate
a PML.

As a result of these factors and contingencies, our reliance on assumptions and data used to evaluate our entire reinsurance
portfolio, and specifically to estimate a PML, is subject to a high degree of uncertainty that could result in actual losses that are
materially different from our PML estimates and, as a result, our financial results may be adversely impacted, perhaps significantly.

Our net income may be volatile because certain Life products expose us to reserve and fair value liability changes that are
directly affected by market and other factors and assumptions.

The establishment of reserves for future policy benefits and the valuation of life insurance and annuity products in our Life
and Health segment are based upon various assumptions, including but not limited to market changes, mortality rates, morbidity
rates and policyholder behavior. The process of establishing reserves for future policy benefits relies on our ability to accurately
estimate insured events that have not yet occurred but that are expected to occur in future periods. Significant deviations in actual
experience from assumptions used for pricing and for reserves for future policy benefits could have an adverse effect on the
profitability of our products and our business.

Under reinsurance programs covering variable annuity guarantees we assume the risk of guaranteed minimum death benefits
(GMDB). Our net income is directly impacted by changes in the reserves calculated in connection with the reinsurance of GMDB
liabilities. Reported liabilities for GMDB reinsurance are determined using internal valuation models. Such valuations require
considerable judgment and are subject to significant uncertainty. The valuation of these products is subject to fluctuations arising
from, among other factors, changes in interest rates, changes in equity markets, changes in credit markets, changes in the allocation
of the investments underlying annuitant’s account values, and assumptions regarding future policyholder behavior. Adverse changes
in market factors and policyholder behavior will have an impact on both life underwriting income and net income. For further
information see Business Overview—Reserves in Item 4 of this report.

If actual losses exceed our estimated loss reserves, our net income and capital position will be reduced.

Our success depends upon our ability to accurately assess the risks associated with the businesses that we reinsure. We
establish loss reserves to cover our estimated liability for the payment of all losses and loss expenses incurred with respect to
premiums earned on the contracts that we write. Loss reserves are estimates involving actuarial and statistical projections at a given
time to reflect our expectation of the costs of the ultimate settlement and administration of claims. Although we use actuarial models
as well as historical reinsurance and insurance industry loss statistics, we also rely heavily on data provided by counterparties and
on management’s experience and judgment to assist in the establishment of appropriate claims and claim expense reserves. Because
of the many assumptions and estimates involved in establishing reserves, the reserving process is inherently uncertain. Our
estimates and judgments are based on numerous factors, and may be revised as additional experience and other data become
available and are reviewed as new or improved methodologies are developed, as loss trends and claims inflation impact future
payments, or as current laws or interpretations thereof change.

Estimates of losses are based on, among other things, a review of potentially exposed contracts, information reported by and
discussions with counterparties, and our estimate of losses related to those contracts and are subject to change as more information
is reported and becomes available. Losses for casualty and liability lines often take a long time to be reported, and frequently can be
impacted by lengthy, unpredictable litigation and by the inflation of loss costs over time. Changes in the level of inflation also result
in an increased level of uncertainty in our estimation of loss reserves, particularly for long-tail lines of business. As a consequence,
actual losses and loss expenses paid may deviate substantially from the reserve estimates reflected in our financial statements.

Table of Contents

Although we did not operate prior to 1993, we assumed certain asbestos and environmental exposures through our

acquisitions. Our non-life reserves include an estimate of our ultimate liability for asbestos and environmental claims for which we
cannot estimate the ultimate value using traditional reserving techniques, and for which there are significant uncertainties in
estimating the amount of our potential losses. These liabilities are especially hard to estimate for many reasons, including the long
delays between exposure and manifestation of any bodily injury or property damage, difficulty in identifying the source of the
asbestos or environmental contamination, long reporting delays and difficulty in properly allocating liability for the asbestos or
environmental damage. Certain of our subsidiaries have received and continue to receive notices of potential reinsurance claims
from ceding insurance companies, which have in turn received claims asserting asbestos and environmental losses under primary
insurance policies, in part reinsured by us. Such claims notices are often precautionary in nature and are generally unspecific, and
the primary insurers often do not attempt to quantify the amount, timing or nature of the exposure. Given the lack of specificity in
some of these notices, and the legal and tort environment that affects the development of claims reserves, the uncertainties inherent
in valuing asbestos and environmental claims are not likely to be resolved in the near future.

In addition, the reserves that we have established may be inadequate. If ultimate losses and loss expenses exceed the reserves

currently established, we will be required to increase loss reserves in the period in which we identify the deficiency to cover any
such claims. As a result, even when losses are identified and reserves are established for any line of business, ultimate losses and
loss expenses may deviate, perhaps substantially, from estimates reflected in loss reserves in our financial statements. Variations
between our loss reserve estimates and actual emergence of losses could be material and could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations and financial condition.

Since we rely on a few reinsurance brokers for a large percentage of our business, loss of business provided by these brokers
could reduce our premium volume and net income.

We produce our business both through brokers and through direct relationships with insurance company clients. For the year

ended December 31, 2017, more than 70% of our gross premiums written were produced through brokers. In 2017, we had two
brokers that accounted for 47% of our gross premiums written. Because broker-produced business is concentrated with a small
number of brokers, we are exposed to concentration risk. A significant reduction in the business produced by these brokers could
potentially reduce our premium volume and net income.

We are exposed to credit risk relating to our reinsurance brokers and cedants.

In accordance with industry practice, we may pay amounts owed under our reinsurance policies to brokers, and they in turn
pay these amounts to the ceding insurer. In some jurisdictions, if the broker fails to make such an onward payment, we might remain
liable to the ceding insurer for the deficiency. Conversely, the ceding insurer may pay premiums to the broker, for onward payment
to us in respect of reinsurance policies issued by us. In certain jurisdictions, these premiums are considered to have been paid to us
at the time that payment is made to the broker, and the ceding insurer will no longer be liable to us for those amounts, whether or
not we have actually received the premiums. We may not be able to collect all premiums receivable due from any particular broker
at any given time. We also assume credit risk by writing business on a funds-withheld basis. Under such arrangements, the cedant
retains the premium they would otherwise pay to us to cover future loss payments.

If we are downgraded by rating agencies, our standing with brokers and customers could be negatively impacted and may
adversely impact our results of operations.

Third-party rating agencies assess and rate the claims-paying ability and financial strength of insurers and reinsurers, such as

the Company’s principal operating subsidiaries. These ratings are based upon criteria established by the rating agencies and have
become an important factor in establishing our competitive position in the market. Insured, insurers, ceding insurers and
intermediaries use these ratings as one measure by which to assess the financial strength and quality of insurers and reinsurers.
These ratings are not an evaluation directed to investors of our preferred shares or debt securities, and are not a recommendation to
buy, sell or hold our preferred shares or debt securities.

Our financial strength ratings are subject to periodic review as rating agencies evaluate us to confirm that we continue to meet

their criteria for ratings assigned to us by them. Such ratings may be revised downward or revoked at the sole discretion of such
ratings agencies in response to a variety of factors, including capital adequacy, management strategy, operating earnings and risk
profile. In addition, from time to time, one or more rating agencies may effect changes in their capital models and rating
methodologies that could have a detrimental impact on our ratings. It is also possible that rating agencies may in the future heighten
the level of scrutiny they apply when analyzing companies in our industry, may increase the frequency and scope of their reviews,
may request additional information from the companies that they rate, and may adjust upward the capital and other requirements
employed in their models for maintenance of certain rating levels. We can offer no assurances that our ratings will remain at their
current levels.

Table of Contents

If our ratings were downgraded, our competitive position in the reinsurance industry may suffer, and it could result in a
reduction in demand for our products. In addition, certain business that we write contains terms that give the ceding company or
derivative counterparty the right to terminate cover and/or require collateral if our ratings are downgraded.

See Liquidity and Capital Resources in Item 5 of this report for our current financial strength ratings. The status of any further

changes to ratings or outlooks will depend on various factors.

We may require additional capital in the future, which may not be available or may only be available on unfavorable terms.

Our future capital requirements depend on many factors, including regulatory requirements, our ability to write new business

successfully, the frequency and severity of catastrophic events, and our ability to establish premium rates and reserves at levels
sufficient to cover losses. We may need to raise additional funds through financings or curtail our growth and reduce our assets. Any
equity or debt financing, if available at all, may be on terms that are not favorable to us. Financings could result in the issuance of
securities that have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of our other securities. Disruption in the financial
markets may limit our ability to access capital required to operate our business and we may be forced to delay raising capital or bear
a higher cost of capital, which could decrease our profitability and significantly reduce our financial flexibility. In addition, if we
experience a credit rating downgrade, withdrawal or negative watch/outlook in the future, we could incur higher borrowing costs
and may have more limited means to access capital. If we cannot obtain adequate capital on favorable terms or at all, our business,
operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected. In such a severe event, the Company may be reliant on the
parent company, EXOR N.V., to provide a further capital injection or contribution to the Company. However, all EXOR Group
portfolio companies are managed independently and autonomously, and there can be no guarantee that EXOR will provide any
additional capital.

The exposure of our investments to interest rate, credit, equity and real estate related risks may limit our net income and may
affect the adequacy of our capital.

We invest the net premiums we receive unless, or until such time as, we pay out losses and/or until they are made available for
distribution to common and preferred shareholders, to pay interest on or redemption of debt and preferred shares, or otherwise used
for general corporate purposes. Investment results comprise a substantial portion of our income. For the year ended December 31,
2017, we had net investment income of $402 million, which represented approximately 7% of total revenues. In addition, we
recorded net realized and unrealized gains on investments of $232 million during 2017, which are recognized in net income. While
the Board has implemented what it believes to be prudent risk management and investment asset allocation practices, we are
exposed to significant financial and capital market risks, including changes in interest rates, credit spreads, equity and real estate
prices, foreign exchange rates, market volatility, the performance of the economy in general, and other factors outside our control.

Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including fiscal and monetary policies of major economies, inflation,

economic and political conditions and other factors outside our control. Changes in interest rates can negatively affect us in two
ways. In a declining interest rate environment, we will be required to invest our funds at lower rates, which would have a negative
impact on investment income. We may be forced to liquidate investments prior to maturity at a loss in order to cover liabilities. In a
rising interest rate environment, the market value of our fixed income portfolio will decline.

Our fixed maturity portfolio is primarily invested in high quality, investment grade securities. However, we invest a portion of

the portfolio in securities that are below investment grade. We also invest a portion of our portfolio in other investments such as
fixed income type mutual funds, notes receivable, loans receivable, private placement bond investments, derivative exposure
assumed and other specialty asset classes. These securities generally pay a higher rate of interest and have a higher degree of credit
or default risk. These securities may also be less liquid in times of economic weakness or market disruptions.

We also invest a portion of our portfolio in preferred and common stocks or equity-like securities. The value of these assets

fluctuates with equity markets. In times of economic weakness, the market value and liquidity of these assets may decline, and may
impact net income and capital. We use the term equity-like investments to describe our investments that have market risk
characteristics similar to equities and are not investment grade fixed maturity securities. This category includes high-yield and
convertible fixed maturity investments and private placement equity investments. Fluctuations in the fair value of our equity-like
investments may reduce our income in any period or year and cause a reduction in our capital. Our equity risk has increased during
2017 due to an increase in investments in equities from $39 million at December 31, 2016 to $639 million at December 31, 2017.
As global equity markets are at historically high levels, there can be no assurance that our equity-like investments will maintain
their current levels.

In addition, we invest directly and indirectly in real estate assets, which are subject to overall market conditions. In addition to

investments in real estate investment trusts, real estate limited partnerships and an investment in a privately held real estate
investment and development group, Almacantar Group S.A.(Almacantar), the Company during 2017 also invested directly in
residential real estate (see Item 4.D and Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). These real estate assets are exposed to

Table of Contents

various risks, including the supply and demand of leasable commercial and residential space and fluctuations in real estate prices
globally.

Foreign currency fluctuations may reduce our net income and our capital levels.

Through our multinational reinsurance operations, we conduct business in a variety of foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, the
principal exposures being the Euro, British pound, Canadian dollar and Swiss Franc. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign
currencies are exposed to changes in currency exchange rates, which may be material. Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, and
exchange rate fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar may materially impact our results and financial position. We employ various
strategies (including hedging) to manage our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. To the extent that these exposures are not
fully hedged or the hedges are ineffective, our results or shareholders’ equity may be reduced by fluctuations in foreign currency
exchange rates.

We may suffer losses due to defaults by others, including issuers of investment securities, reinsurance and derivative
counterparties.

Issuers or borrowers whose securities we hold, reinsurers, clearing agents, clearing houses, joint venture partners, derivative
instrument counterparties and other financial intermediaries may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, insolvency,
lack of liquidity, adverse economic conditions, operational failure, fraud or other reasons. Even if we are entitled to collateral when
a counterparty defaults, such collateral may be illiquid or proceeds from such collateral when liquidated may not be sufficient to
recover the full amount of the obligation. All or any of these types of default could have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations, financial condition and liquidity.

Our debt, credit and International Swap Dealers Association (ISDA) agreements may limit our financial and operational
flexibility, which may affect our ability to conduct our business.

We have incurred indebtedness, and may incur additional indebtedness in the future. Additionally, we have entered into credit

facilities and ISDA agreements with various institutions. Under these credit facilities, the institutions provide revolving lines of
credit to us and our major operating subsidiaries and issue letters of credit to our clients in the ordinary course of business.

The agreements relating to our debt, credit facilities and ISDA agreements contain various covenants that may limit our ability,

among other things, to borrow money, make particular types of investments or other restricted payments, sell assets, merge or
consolidate. Some of these agreements also require us to maintain specified ratings and financial ratios, including a minimum net
worth covenant. If we fail to comply with these covenants or meet required financial ratios, the lenders or counterparties under these
agreements could declare a default and demand immediate repayment of all amounts owed to them. See Liquidity and Capital
Resources—Shareholders’ Equity and Capital Resources Management—Credit Agreements in Item 5 of this report.

If we are in default under the terms of these agreements, then we would also be restricted in our ability to declare or pay any

dividends, redeem, purchase or acquire any shares or make a liquidation payment.

If any one of the financial institutions that we use in our operations, including those that participate in our credit facilities, fails
or is otherwise unable to meet their commitments, we could incur substantial losses and reduced liquidity.

We maintain cash balances significantly in excess of the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits at various
depository institutions. We also have funding commitments from a number of banks and financial institutions that participate in our
credit facilities. See Liquidity and Capital Resources—Shareholders’ Equity and Capital Resources Management—Credit
Agreements in Item 5 of this report. Access to funds under these existing credit facilities is dependent on the ability of the banks that
are parties to the facilities to meet their funding requirements. Those banks may not be able to meet their funding requirements if
they experience shortages of capital and liquidity or if they experience excessive volumes of borrowing requests within a short
period of time, and we might be forced to replace credit sources in a difficult market. If we cannot obtain adequate financing or
sources of credit on favorable terms, or at all, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely impacted.

Strategic investments and merger and acquisition (M&A) activities could disrupt the Company's ongoing business and present
risks not originally contemplated.

The Company has made, and in the future may make, strategic investments or acquisitions. For example, on April 3, 2017,

the Company completed the acquisition of Aurigen Capital Limited (Aurigen), a North American life reinsurance company. Such
endeavors may involve significant risks and uncertainties, including distraction of management from current operations, greater than
expected liabilities and expenses, inadequate return of capital and unidentified issues not discovered in the Company’s due
diligence. In addition, the integration of any acquired companies may place significant demands on our management, systems,
internal controls and financial and physical resources. These new ventures or M&A activities are inherently risky and may not be
successful.

Table of Contents

Operational risks, including human or systems failures, are inherent in our business.

Operational risks and losses can result from many sources including fraud, errors by employees, failure to document

transactions properly or to obtain proper internal authorization, failure to comply with regulatory requirements or information
technology failures.

We believe our modeling, underwriting and information technology and application systems are critical to our business and
reputation. Moreover, our technology and applications have been an important part of our underwriting process and our ability to
compete successfully. Such technology is and will continue to be a very important part of our underwriting process. We have also
licensed certain systems and data from third parties. We cannot be certain that we will have access to these, or comparable service
providers, or that our technology or applications will continue to operate as intended. In addition, we cannot be certain that we
would be able to replace these service providers or consultants without slowing our underwriting response time. A major defect or
failure in our internal controls or information technology and application systems could result in management distraction, harm to
our reputation, a loss or delay of revenues or increased expense.

Cybersecurity events could disrupt business operations, result in the loss of critical and confidential information, and adversely
impact our reputation and results of operations.

We are dependent upon the effective functioning and availability of our information technology and application systems
platforms. These platforms include, but are not limited to, our proprietary software programs such as catastrophe models as well as
those licensed from third-party vendors including data storage, analytic and modeling systems. We rely on the security of such
platforms for the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential information. Examples of cybersecurity incidents are
unauthorized access, computer viruses, deceptive communications (phishing), malware or other malicious code or cyber attack,
destructive attack, system failures and disruptions and other events that could have security consequences (each, a Cybersecurity
Incident). A Cybersecurity Incident could materially impact our ability to adequately price products and services, establish reserves,
provide efficient and secure services to our clients, brokers, vendors and regulators, value our investments and to timely and
accurately report our financial results. Although we have implemented controls and have taken protective measures to reduce the
risk of Cybersecurity Incidents, we cannot reasonably anticipate or prevent all Cybersecurity Incidents. Cybersecurity Incidents
could expose us to a risk of loss or misuse of our information, litigation, reputational damage, violations of applicable privacy and
other laws, fines, penalties or losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered by insurance maintained. We may be
required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities.

The loss of key management personnel could adversely affect us.

Our success has depended, and will continue to depend, partly upon our ability to attract and retain management personnel. If

any of these key management employees ceased to continue in their present role, we could be adversely affected.

We believe there are only a limited number of available qualified executives in the business lines in which we compete. Our

ability to execute our business strategy is dependent on our ability to attract and retain a staff of qualified executive officers,
underwriters, actuaries and other key personnel. The skills, experience and knowledge of the reinsurance industry of our
management team constitute important competitive strengths. If some or all of these managers leave their positions, and even if we
were able to find persons with suitable skills to replace them, our operations could be adversely affected.

We may be adversely impacted by inflation.

Deficit spending by governments in the Company’s major markets and monetary stimulus provided by central banks exposes
the Company to a heightened risk of inflation. We monitor the risk that the principal markets in which we operate could experience
increased inflationary conditions, which would, among other things, cause policyholder loss costs to increase, and negatively impact
the performance of our investment portfolio. Inflation related to medical costs, construction costs and tort issues in particular impact
the property and casualty industry, and broader market inflation has the potential risk of increasing overall loss costs. The impact of
inflation on loss costs could be more pronounced for those lines of business that are considered to be long-tail in nature, as they
require a relatively long period of time to finalize and settle claims. Changes in the level of inflation also result in an increased level
of uncertainty in our estimation of loss reserves, particularly for long-tail lines of business. The onset, duration and severity of an
inflationary period cannot be estimated with precision.

Our profitability is affected by the cyclical nature of the reinsurance industry.

Risks Related to Our Industry

Historically, the reinsurance industry has experienced significant fluctuations in operating results due to competition, levels of

available capacity, trends in cash flows and losses, general economic conditions and other factors, particularly in the Non-life lines
of business. Demand for reinsurance is influenced significantly by underwriting results of primary insurers, including catastrophe

Table of Contents

losses, and prevailing general economic conditions. The supply of reinsurance is related directly to prevailing prices and levels of
capacity that, in turn, may fluctuate in response to changes in rates of return on investments being realized in the reinsurance
industry. If any of these factors were to result in a decline in the demand for reinsurance or an overall increase in reinsurance
capacity, our profitability could be impacted. In recent years, we have experienced a generally softening market cycle, with
increased competition, surplus underwriting capacity, deteriorating rates and less favorable terms and conditions all having an
impact on our ability to write business.

Currently, the Company is experiencing improving market conditions with increased pricing in most Non-life classes,
primarily in those markets that have been exposed to the catastrophe losses in 2017. As a result of the persisting competition and
excess capacity in the industry, it is not possible to forecast if improving pricing conditions will continue in the future.

In spite of the current positive trends in the markets, competition, pricing pressure and any other negative factors noted above

may adversely affect our profitability and results of operations in future periods, and the impact may be material.

We operate in a highly competitive environment.

The reinsurance industry is highly competitive and we compete with a number of worldwide reinsurance companies,

including, Münchener Rückversicherungs-Gesellschaft Aktiengesellschaft (Munich Re), Swiss Re Ltd. (Swiss Re), Hannover Rück
SE (Hannover Re), SCOR SE, Transatlantic Reinsurance Company Inc. (Transatlantic), General Reinsurance Corporation (GenRe),
Reinsurance Group of America, Incorporated (RGA), Everest Re Group, Ltd. (Everest Re), RenaissanceRe Holdings Ltd. (RenRe)
and Validus Holdings, Ltd. (Validus).

The lack of strong barriers to entry into the reinsurance business means that we may also compete with new companies that

may be formed to enter the reinsurance market. In addition, we may experience increased competition as a result of the
consolidation in the insurance and reinsurance industry. These consolidated entities may try to use their enhanced market power and
relationships to negotiate price reductions for our products and services and/or obtain a larger market share through increased line
sizes. Consolidated companies may also purchase less reinsurance product and services, due to increased levels of capital.

Competition in the types of reinsurance that we underwrite is based on many factors, including the perceived and relative
financial strength, pricing and other terms and conditions, services provided, ratings assigned by independent rating agencies, speed
of claims payment, geographic scope of business, client and broker relationships, reputation and experience in the lines of business
to be written. If competitive pressures reduce our prices, we would expect to write less business. In addition, competition for
customers would become more intense and we could incur additional expenses relating to customer acquisition and retention,
further reducing our operating margins.

Further, insurance-linked securities, derivatives and other non-traditional risk transfer mechanisms and alternative vehicles are
being developed and offered by other parties, which could impact the demand for traditional insurance or reinsurance. A number of
new, proposed or potential industry or legislative developments could further increase competition in our industry. New competition
from these developments could cause the demand for reinsurance and/or prices to fall or the expense of customer acquisition and
retention to increase, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our growth and profitability.

All of the above factors may adversely affect our profitability and results of operations in future periods, the impact of which

may be material, and may adversely affect our ability to successfully execute our strategy as a global diversified reinsurance
company.

Legal and Regulatory Risks

Political, regulatory, governmental and industry initiatives could adversely affect our business.

Our reinsurance operations are subject to extensive laws and regulations that are administered and enforced by a number of
different governmental and non-governmental self-regulatory authorities and associations in each of their respective jurisdictions
and internationally. Our businesses in each jurisdiction are subject to varying degrees of regulation and supervision. The laws and
regulations of the jurisdictions in which our reinsurance subsidiaries are domiciled require, among other things, maintenance of
minimum levels of statutory capital, surplus, and liquidity; various solvency standards; and periodic examinations of subsidiaries’
financial condition. In some jurisdictions, laws and regulations also restrict payments of dividends and reductions of capital.
Applicable statutes, regulations, and policies may also restrict the ability of these subsidiaries to write insurance and reinsurance
policies, to make certain investments, and to distribute funds.

Some of these authorities regularly consider enhanced or new regulatory requirements intended to prevent future crises or

otherwise assure the stability of institutions under their supervision. These authorities may also seek to exercise their supervisory
authority in new and more robust ways, and new regulators could become authorized to oversee parts of our business.

Table of Contents

It is not possible to predict all future impacts of these types of changes but they could affect the way we conduct our business
and manage our capital, and may require us to satisfy increased capital requirements, any of which, in turn, could affect our results
of operations, financial condition and liquidity. Our material subsidiaries’ regulatory environments are described in detail in
Business Overview—Regulation in Item 4 of this report. For example, our regulated reinsurance subsidiaries across the European
Union (EU) are subject to the Directive 2009/138/EC (EU directive) of the European Parliament and of the Council on the taking-up
and pursuit of the business of Insurance and Reinsurance (Solvency II). Bermuda's commercial reinsurance regime that our
regulated Bermuda reinsurance subsidiaries operates within has achieved Solvency II equivalence with the EU directive. Solvency
II covers capital adequacy, risk management and regulatory reporting for insurers, and came into effect on January 1, 2016. We may
not be able to comply fully with, or obtain appropriate exemptions from, such requirements or similar regulations, in their current
form or as they may be amended in the future, which may have a material adverse effect on our business. We are also currently, and
may in the future be, subject to regulatory investigation (see Regulation in Item 5.B of this report). If our compliance with Solvency
II or any other regulatory regime is challenged, we may be subject to monetary or other penalties. In addition, in order to ensure
compliance with applicable regulatory requirements or as a result of any investigation, including remediation efforts, we could be
required to incur significant expenses and undertake additional work, which in turn may divert resources from our business. These,
and other regulations relating to each of our material subsidiaries may in effect restrict each of those subsidiaries’ ability to write
new business, to make certain investments and to distribute funds or assets to us.

Recent government intervention and the possibility of future government intervention have created uncertainty in the
insurance and reinsurance markets. Government regulators are generally concerned with the protection of policyholders to the
exclusion of other interested parties, including shareholders and debt holders of reinsurers. We believe it is likely there will continue
to be increased regulation of, and other forms of government participation in, our industry in the future, which could adversely
affect our business by, among other things:

• Providing reinsurance capacity in markets and to clients that we target or requiring our participation in industry pools and

guaranty associations;

• Further restricting our operational or capital flexibility;

• Expanding the scope of coverage under existing policies;

• Regulating the terms of reinsurance policies;

• Adopting further or changing compliance requirements which may result in additional costs which may adversely impact

our results of operation; or

• Disproportionately benefiting the companies domiciled in one country over those domiciled in another.

Legislative and regulatory activity in healthcare may affect our profitability as a provider of accident and health reinsurance
benefit products.

We derive revenues from the provision of accident and health premiums in the U.S., by providing reinsurance to institutions

that participate in the U.S. healthcare delivery infrastructure. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 (the
Healthcare Act) made significant changes to the regulation of health insurance and may negatively affect our healthcare liability
reinsurance business including, but not limited to, the healthcare delivery system and the healthcare cost reimbursement structure in
the U.S. In addition, the Company may be subject to regulations, guidance or determinations emanating from the various regulatory
authorities authorized under the Healthcare Act. It is difficult to predict the effect that the Healthcare Act, any regulatory
pronouncement made thereunder or changes to the Healthcare Act, will have on its results of operations or financial condition. In
addition, it is not possible to predict whether new legislation, rules or regulatory changes will be adopted or enacted in the future or
what impact, if any, such legislation, rules or changes could have on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Legal and enforcement activities relating to the insurance industry could affect our business and our industry.

The insurance industry has experienced substantial volatility as a result of litigation, investigations and regulatory activity by

various insurance, governmental and enforcement authorities concerning certain practices within the insurance industry.

These investigations have resulted in changes in the insurance and reinsurance markets and industry business practices. While

at this time, none of these changes have caused an adverse effect on our business, we are unable to predict the potential effects, if
any, that future investigations may have upon our industry. As noted above, because we frequently assume the credit risk of the
counterparties with whom we do business throughout our insurance and reinsurance operations, our results of operations could be
adversely affected if the credit quality of these counterparties is severely impacted by investigations in the reinsurance or insurance
industry or by changes to industry practices.

Table of Contents

Emerging claim and coverage issues could adversely affect our business.

Unanticipated developments in the law, as well as changes in social and environmental conditions could potentially result in
unexpected claims for coverage under our reinsurance and other contracts. These developments and changes may adversely affect
our business by either extending coverage beyond our underwriting intent or by increasing the number or size of claims. With
respect to our casualty businesses, these legal, social and environmental changes may not become apparent until sometime after
their occurrence. Our exposure to these uncertainties could be exacerbated by an increase in insurance and reinsurance contract
disputes, arbitration and litigation.

The full effects of these and other unforeseen emerging claim and coverage issues are extremely hard to predict. As a result,

the full extent of our liability under our coverages, and in particular, our casualty reinsurance contracts, may not be known for many
years after a contract is issued.

The reinsurance industry is also affected by political, judicial and legal developments that may create new and expanded
theories of liability, which may result in unexpected claim frequency and severity and delays or cancellations of products and
services we provide, which could adversely affect our business.

Our international business is subject to applicable laws and regulations relating to sanctions, foreign corrupt practices and
money laundering, the violation of which could adversely affect our operations.

Our activities are subject to applicable economic and trade sanctions, anti-bribery and money laundering laws and regulations

in the jurisdictions where we operate including the U.S. and the European Union (EU), among others. Compliance with these
regulations may impose significant costs, limit or restrict our ability to do business or engage in certain activities, or subject us to
the possibility of civil or criminal actions or proceedings. Although we have policies and controls in place designed to comply with
applicable laws and regulations, it is possible that we, or an employee or agent acting on our behalf could fail to comply with
applicable laws and regulations as interpreted by the relevant authorities and, given the complex nature of the risks, it may not
always be possible for us to attain compliance with such laws and regulations. The implementation of the Joint Comprehensive Plan
of Action, and the resulting divergence of regulatory requirements between U.S. and EU entities and persons regarding business
with Iran, has increased these risks. Failure to accurately interpret or comply with or obtain appropriate authorizations and/or
exemptions under such laws or regulations could expose us to civil penalties, criminal penalties and other sanctions, including fines
or other punitive actions. In addition, such violations could damage our business and/or our reputation. Such criminal or civil
sanctions, penalties, other sanctions, and damage to our business and/or reputation could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition and results of operations.

Our international business is subject to applicable laws and regulations relating to data privacy and protection and cybersecurity,
the changes or the violation of which could affect our operations.

Regulatory authorities around the world have implemented or are considering a number of legislative changes or regulations

concerning data protection and cybersecurity. Existing cybersecurity regulations vary by region or country in which PartnerRe
operates and cover different aspects of business operations. U.S. regulation provide a basis for operations while the EU has created a
more tailored regulation for businesses operating specifically within the EU.

The General Data Protection Regulation, which regulates data protection for all individuals within the EU, including foreign

companies processing data of EU residents, becomes effective in May 2018. The regulation enhances individuals’ rights, introduces
complex and far-reaching company obligations and increases penalties significantly in case of violation. The interpretation and
application of data protection laws in the U.S., Europe and elsewhere are developing and are often uncertain and in flux. It is
possible that these laws or cybersecurity regulations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our data
protection or security practices. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, this will result in an order requiring that we change our
data practices, which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Complying with these various laws will
cause us to incur substantial costs and require us to change our business practices.

As a group operating worldwide, we strive to comply with all applicable data protection laws and regulations. It is however

possible that we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations. The failure or perceived failure to comply may result in
inquiries and other proceedings or actions against us by government entities or others, or could cause us to lose clients which could
potentially have an adverse effect on our business.

Table of Contents

Changes in current accounting practices and future pronouncements may materially impact our reported financial results.

Developments in accounting practices may require considerable additional time and cost to comply, particularly if we are
required to prepare information relating to prior periods for comparative purposes or to apply the new requirements retroactively.
The impact of changes in current accounting practices and future pronouncements may be significant. The impact may affect the
results of our operations, including among other things, the calculation of net income, and may affect our financial position,
including among other things, the calculation of unpaid losses and loss expenses, policy benefits for life and annuity contracts and
total shareholders’ equity.

We are subject to cybersecurity risks and may incur increasing costs in an effort to manage those risks.

The cybersecurity regulatory environment is evolving, and the related costs and resources required for complying with new

or developing regulatory requirements will increase. For example, in February 2017, the NYDFS issued final Cybersecurity
Requirements for Financial Service Companies that will require regulated entities to establish and maintain a cybersecurity program
designed to protect consumers and ensure the safety and soundness of New York’s financial services industry. Among the
requirements are the maintenance of a cybersecurity program with governance controls, risk-based minimum data security standards
for technology systems, cyber breach preparedness and response requirements, including reporting obligations, vendor oversight,
training, and program record keeping and certification obligations. The regulation became effective on March 1, 2017, subject to
certain phase-in periods. Depending on the regulation’s implementation and the NYDFS enforcement efforts with respect to it,
Partner Reinsurance Company of the U.S. (PartnerRe U.S). We may be required to incur significant expense in order to meet its
requirements. We also operate in a number of jurisdictions with strict data privacy and other related laws, which could be violated in
the event of a significant cybersecurity incident, or by our personnel. Failure to comply with these obligations can give rise to
monetary fines and other penalties, which could be significant.

Risks Related to Our Preferred Shares

PartnerRe Ltd. is a holding company, and if our subsidiaries do not pay dividends or make other distributions to us, we may not
be able to pay dividends on our preferred shares or settle principal payments as they become due.

PartnerRe Ltd. is a holding company with no operations to generate income to provide liquidity other than the cash received

for issuance of common shares and preferred shares. We have cash outflows in the form of other expenses and dividends to both
common and preferred shareholders. We rely primarily on cash dividends and payments from our subsidiaries to meet our cash
outflows. We expect future dividends and other permitted payments from our subsidiaries to be the principal source of funds to pay
expenses and dividends. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or to advance or repay funds to us is subject to general
economic, financial, competitive, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. In particular, the payment of dividends by our
reinsurance subsidiaries is limited under Bermuda and Irish laws and certain statutes of various U.S. states in which our U.S.
subsidiaries are licensed to transact business and include minimum solvency and liquidity thresholds. In 2016, EXOR S.p.A.
(subsequently renamed EXOR N.V.) and the Company agreed, as part of the terms of the preferred share exchange (see Note 11 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report), that the payment of dividends on common shares be restricted to an
amount not exceeding 67% of net income per fiscal quarter until December 31, 2020. In addition, as a condition of the acquisition
by Exor N.V. (subsequently renamed EXOR Nederland N.V.), PartnerRe U.S. and PartnerRe America Insurance Company
committed that it would not take any action to pay any dividend for the two-year period from March 18, 2016 to March 18, 2018
without the prior approval of the New York State Department of Financial Services and the Delaware Commissioner of Insurance,
respectively. At December 31, 2017, there were no other restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay common and preferred
shareholders’ dividends from its retained earnings, except for certain regulatory and statutory restrictions on dividend payments
applicable to our reinsurance subsidiaries (see Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for a
description of these restrictions). Because we are a holding company, our right, and hence the right of our creditors and
shareholders, to participate in any distribution of assets by any of our subsidiaries, upon our liquidation or reorganization or
otherwise, is subject to the prior claims of policyholders and creditors of these subsidiaries.

Our controlling shareholder owns a significant majority of our common shares, and its interest may differ from the interests of
our preferred shareholders.

EXOR Nederland N.V. owns 100% of the outstanding Class A shares of the Company. As a result, EXOR Nederland N.V.
has power to elect our directors and to determine the outcome of any action requiring shareholder approval. EXOR’s interests may
differ from the interests of the holders of our preferred shares and, given EXOR Nederland N.V.’s majority controlling interest in the
Company, circumstances may arise under which EXOR Nederland N.V. may exercise its control in a manner that is not favorable to
the interests of the holders of the preferred shares.

Table of Contents

Preferred shareholders may encounter difficulties in service of process and enforcement of judgments against us in the United
States.

We are a Bermuda company and some of our directors and officers are residents of various jurisdictions outside the U.S. All,

or a substantial portion, of the assets of our officers and directors and of our assets are or may be located in jurisdictions outside the
U.S. Although we have appointed an agent and irrevocably agreed that the agent may be served with process in New York with
respect to actions against us arising out of violations of the U.S. Federal securities laws in any Federal or state court in the U.S., it
could be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the U.S. on our directors and officers who reside outside the U.S. It
could also be difficult for investors to enforce against us or our directors and officers judgments of a U.S. court predicated upon
civil liability provisions of U.S. Federal securities laws.

There is no treaty in force between the U.S. and Bermuda providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of

judgments in civil and commercial matters. As a result, whether a U.S. judgment would be enforceable in Bermuda against us or our
directors and officers depends on whether the U.S. court that entered the judgment is recognized by the Bermuda court as having
jurisdiction over us or our directors and officers, as determined by reference to Bermuda conflict of law rules. A judgment debt from
a U.S. court that is final and for a sum certain based on U.S. Federal securities laws will not be enforceable in Bermuda unless the
judgment debtor had submitted to the jurisdiction of the U.S. court, and the issue of submission and jurisdiction is a matter of
Bermuda law and not U.S. law.

In addition to and irrespective of jurisdictional issues, Bermuda courts will not enforce a U.S. Federal securities law that is

either penal or contrary to public policy. An action brought pursuant to a public or penal law, the purpose of which is the
enforcement of a sanction, power or right at the instance of the state in its sovereign capacity will not be entered by a Bermuda
court. Certain remedies available under the laws of U.S. jurisdictions, including certain remedies under U.S. Federal securities laws,
would not be available under Bermuda law or enforceable in Bermuda court, as they would be contrary to Bermuda public policy.
Further, no claim can be brought in Bermuda against us or our directors and officers in the first instance for violation of U.S. Federal
securities laws because these laws have no extra jurisdictional effect under Bermuda law and do not have force of law in Bermuda.
A Bermuda court may, however, impose civil liability on us or our directors and officers if the facts alleged in a complaint constitute
or give rise to a cause of action under Bermuda law.

Changes in our effective income tax rate could affect our results of operations.

Taxation Risks

Our effective income tax rate could be adversely affected in the future by net income being lower than anticipated in

jurisdictions where we have a relatively lower statutory tax rate and net income being higher than anticipated in jurisdictions where
we have a relatively higher statutory tax rate, or by changes in corporate tax rates and tax regulations in any of the jurisdictions in
which we operate. We are subject to regular audit by tax authorities in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Any adverse
outcome of such an audit could have an adverse effect on our net income, effective income tax rate and financial condition.

In addition, the determination of our provisions for income taxes requires significant judgment, and the ultimate tax

determination related to some tax positions taken is uncertain. Although we believe our provisions are reasonable, the ultimate tax
outcome may differ from the amounts recorded in our consolidated financial statements and may materially affect our net income
and effective income tax rate in the period such determination is made.

The U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act could materially and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of
operations.

The U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) was signed into law on December 22, 2017. In addition to reducing the U.S.

corporate income tax rate from 35 percent to 21 percent, the TCJA fundamentally changed many elements of U.S. tax law and
introduced several new concepts to tax multinational corporations such as us. Among the most notable new rules are the Base
Erosion and Anti-Abuse Tax (commonly called BEAT), which for insurance groups potentially expands U.S. taxation on the
earnings of foreign subsidiaries. It is possible that future interpretation, enforcement actions or regulatory changes by the Internal
Revenue Service could increase the impact of the TCJA beyond current assessments.

Table of Contents

If our non-U.S. operations become subject to U.S. income taxation, our net income will decrease.

We believe that we and our non-U.S. subsidiaries, other than certain business sourced by Partner Reinsurance Europe SE
(PartnerRe Europe) and PartnerRe Ireland dac (PartnerRe Ireland) through the U.S., have operated, and will continue to operate, our
respective businesses in a manner that will not cause us to be viewed as engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. and, on this basis,
we do not expect that either we or our non-U.S. subsidiaries will be required to pay U.S. corporate income taxes (other than
potential withholding taxes on certain types of U.S. source passive income) or branch profits taxes. Because there is considerable
uncertainty as to the activities that constitute being engaged in a trade or business within the U.S., the IRS may contend that either
we or our non-U.S. subsidiaries are engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. In addition, legislation regarding the scope of non-
U.S. entities and operations subject to U.S. income tax has been proposed in the past, and may be proposed again in the future. If
either we or our non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to U.S. income tax, our net income and shareholders’ equity will be reduced by
the amount of such taxes, which might be material.

The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s (OECD) initiative to limit harmful tax competition may result
in higher taxation and increased complexity, burden and cost of compliance.

The OECD has published reports and launched a global initiative among member and non-member countries on measures to
limit harmful tax competition, known as the Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) project. On June 21, 2016, the EU’s ministers
of Finance and Economic Affairs unanimously approved the Anti-Tax Avoidance Directive to harmonize potential BEPS changes in
the EU. These measures are largely directed at counteracting the effects of tax havens and preferential tax regimes in countries
around the world. We expect that countries may change their tax laws in response to this project, and several countries have already
changed or proposed changes to their tax laws. Changes to tax laws and additional reporting requirements could increase the
complexity, burden and cost of doing business with our Bermuda companies and/or subject our Bermuda companies to increased tax
and compliance burdens.

Our tax position could be adversely impacted by changes in tax laws, tax treaties or tax regulations or the interpretation or
enforcement thereof.

We could be adversely impacted by changes in tax laws (including the TCJA), tax treaties or tax regulations or the
interpretation or enforcement thereof by taxation authorities. Changes could have a material and adverse change in our worldwide
effective tax rate and we may have to take further action to seek to mitigate the effect of such changes. Any future amendments to
existing income tax treaties between the jurisdictions in which we operate, could subject us to increased taxation and/or potentially
significant expense.

Table of Contents

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A. History and Development of the Company

PartnerRe Ltd., an exempt company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda with limited liability, is the holding company for

our international reinsurance group (PartnerRe group) and was incorporated in Bermuda in August 1993. The principal office is
located at 90 Pitt’s Bay Road, Pembroke, Bermuda (telephone number: +1 441-292-0888). The Company predominantly provides
reinsurance on a worldwide basis through its principal wholly-owned subsidiaries, including Partner Reinsurance Company Ltd.
(PartnerRe Bermuda), Partner Reinsurance Europe SE (PartnerRe Europe), Partner Reinsurance Company of the U.S. (PartnerRe
U.S.) and, effective April 1, 2015, Partner Reinsurance Asia Pte. Ltd. (PartnerRe Asia). The Company’s principal office in the U.S.
is located at 200 First Stamford Place, Stamford, Connecticut (telephone number: +1 203 485 4200).

The Company completed the acquisition of Societe Anonyme Francaise de Reassurances (SAFR, subsequently renamed
PartnerRe SA) in 1997, the acquisition of Winterthur Re in 1998, the acquisition of PARIS RE Holdings Limited (Paris Re) in 2009
and the acquisition of Presidio Reinsurance Group, Inc. (Presidio) in 2012. In addition, the Company completed the acquisition of
Aurigen Capital Limited (Aurigen) on April 3, 2017, after receiving all necessary regulatory approvals, by purchasing 100% of the
outstanding ordinary shares for CAD 370 million (or approximately $278 million). Aurigen is a North American life reinsurance
company and this acquisition enables the Company to expand its life reinsurance footprint in Canada and the U.S. with limited
overlap in market coverage.

On March 18, 2016, following receipt of regulatory approvals, the Company's publicly held common shares were acquired by

Exor N.V., a subsidiary of EXOR S.p.A., one of Europe’s leading investment companies controlled by the Agnelli family. In
October 2016, Exor N.V. changed its name to EXOR Nederland N.V. In December 2016, EXOR S.p.A. merged with and into EXOR
HOLDING N.V., a newly formed entity organized in the Netherlands and, in conjunction with the merger, EXOR HOLDING N.V.
changed its name to EXOR N.V. EXOR N.V. is listed on the Milan Stock Exchange. As a result of the acquisition, PartnerRe's
publicly issued common shares were cancelled and are no longer traded on the NYSE. The Company’s preferred shares continue to
be traded on the NYSE.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company's Class A shares included in Shareholders' Equity on the Consolidated Balance

Sheets are owned by EXOR Nederland N.V.

B. Business Overview

The Company provides reinsurance for its clients in approximately 190 countries around the world. The Company’s principal

offices are located in Hamilton (Bermuda), Dublin, Stamford (Connecticut, U.S.), Toronto, Paris, Singapore and Zurich.

The Company provides reinsurance of risks to ceding companies (cedants or reinsureds). Risks reinsured include, but are not

limited to, agriculture, aviation/space, casualty, catastrophe, energy, engineering, financial risks, marine, motor, multiline and
property as well as mortality, longevity, accident and health and alternative risk products. The Company’s alternative risk products
include weather and credit protection to financial, industrial and service companies on a worldwide basis.

Reinsurance is offered on either a proportional or non-proportional basis through treaties or facultative reinsurance:

• In a proportional (or quota share) treaty reinsurance agreement, the reinsurer assumes a proportional share of the original
premiums and losses incurred by the cedant. The reinsurer pays the ceding company a commission, which is generally based
on the ceding company’s cost of acquiring the business being reinsured (including commissions, premium taxes, assessments
and miscellaneous administrative expenses) and may also include a profit.

• In a non-proportional (or excess of loss) treaty reinsurance agreement the reinsurer indemnifies the reinsured against all or
a specified portion of losses on underlying insurance policies in excess of a specified amount, which is called a retention or
attachment point. Non-proportional business is written in layers and a reinsurer or group of reinsurers accepts a band of
coverage up to a specified amount. The total coverage purchased by the cedant is referred to as a program and is typically
placed with predetermined reinsurers in pre-negotiated layers. Any liability exceeding the upper limit of the program reverts to
the ceding company.

• In a facultative (proportional or non-proportional) reinsurance agreement the reinsurer assumes individual risks. The
reinsurer separately rates and underwrites each risk rather than assuming all or a portion of a class of risks as in the case of
treaty reinsurance.

Table of Contents

The Company monitors the performance of its operations in three worldwide business units comprised of Property & Casualty

(P&C), Specialty and Life and Health, which represent its segments. The P&C segment is comprised of property and casualty
business, including property catastrophe and facultative risks, underwritten in North America, Europe, Asia, Latin America, Middle
East, Africa and Russia. The Specialty segment is comprised of specialty business, including treaty and facultative contracts. The
combined business included in the P&C and Specialty segments is collectively referred to in this report as Non-life business.

The Company’s Life and Health segment includes the mortality and longevity business written primarily in the United
Kingdom (U.K.), Ireland and France, accident and health business written in the U.S. and, following the acquisition of Aurigen,
mortality business originating in Canada and the U.S.

See Results by Segment in Item 5 of this report and Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report

for further details on Segments.

The Company’s businesses are geographically diversified with premiums being written on a worldwide basis.

Premium Distribution

The Company’s gross premiums written by segment for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows (in

millions of U.S. dollars). Segment data included below for prior years has been recast to conform to the current year presentation.

Non-life business:
P&C segment
Specialty segment

Total Non-life business

Life and Health segment

2017

2016

2015

2,255
1,934
4,189
1,399
5,588

40 % $
35 %
75 %
25 %
100 % $

2,269
1,920
4,189
1,168
5,357

42 % $
36 %

78 %
22 %

100 % $

2,371
1,906
4,277
1,271
5,548

43 %
34 %

77 %
23 %

100 %

See Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for additional disclosure of the geographic

distribution of gross premiums written and for information about the Company’s segments.

The Company’s results by segment are presented in Operating Results—Results by Segment in Item 5 of this report.

Distribution Channels

The Company generates business through brokers and through direct relationships with insurance companies. For the year
ended December 31, 2017, the Company had two brokers that individually accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s total gross
premiums written.

Non-Life

The percentage of Non-life gross premiums written through these two brokers for the year ended December 31, 2017 was as
follows:

Broker
Marsh (including Guy Carpenter)
Aon Group (including the Benfield Group)

Percentage

32 %
25 %

The combined percentage of Non-life gross premiums written through these two brokers by segment for the year ended

December 31, 2017 was as follows:

Non-life segment
P&C
Specialty

Percentage

57 %
56 %

Table of Contents

The majority of the Company’s gross premiums written were written on a proportional basis for each of the years ended

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Life and Health

The Company’s Life and Health business is generated both through brokers and through direct relationships with insurance

companies. For the year ended December 31, 2017, only one broker, the Aon Group (including the Benfield Group), accounted for
more than 10% of the Life and Health segment’s total gross premiums written at 14%. No one cedant, and no other broker,
accounted for more than 10% of the Life and Health segment’s total gross premiums written.

The gross premiums written in each of the Company's segments for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, and

the year-over-year comparisons, are described in Operating Results—Results by Segment in Item 5 of this report.

The geographic distribution of the Company’s total gross premiums written for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and

2015 is presented in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report.

Competition

The Company competes with other reinsurers, some of which have greater financial, marketing and management resources
than the Company, and also competes with new market entrants, and, specifically in the catastrophe line of business, with alternative
capital sources and insurance-linked securities. Competition in the types of reinsurance that the Company underwrites is based on
many factors, including the perceived and relative financial strength, pricing and other terms and conditions, services provided,
ratings assigned by independent rating agencies, speed of claims payment, and reputation and experience in the lines of business to
be written.

Management believes the Company ranks among the world’s largest professional reinsurers and is well positioned in terms of

client services and highly technical underwriting expertise. Management also believes that the Company’s global franchise and
diversified platform, which allows the Company to provide broad risk solutions across many lines of business and geographies, is
increasingly attractive to cedants who are choosing to utilize fewer reinsurers by consolidating their reinsurance panels and focus on
those reinsurers who can cover more than one line of business. Furthermore, the Company’s capitalization and strong financial
ratios allow the Company to demonstrate a solid balance sheet to its clients.

Management believes that the Company’s major competitors for the Company's Non-life business are the larger European,
U.S. and Bermuda-based international reinsurance companies, as well as specialty reinsurers and regional companies in certain local
markets. These competitors include Munich Re, Swiss Re, Hannover Re, SCOR SE, Transatlantic, GenRe, Everest Re, RenRe and
Validus.

For the Company’s Life business, the competition differs by location but generally includes multi-national reinsurers and local
reinsurers or state-owned insurers in the U.K., Ireland and Continental Europe for its mortality and longevity lines of business. The
competition specifically related to the Health business generally includes other specialty accident and health reinsurance providers
in the U.S. and departments of worldwide reinsurance companies. These competitors include Munich Re, RGA, Swiss Re,
Hannover Re, SCOR SE and GenRe.

Risk Management

In the reinsurance industry, the core of the business model is the assumption and management of risk. A key challenge is to
create shareholder value through the intelligent and optimal assumption and management of reinsurance and investment risks while
limiting and mitigating those risks that can destroy value, those risks for which the organization is not sufficiently compensated, and
those risks that could threaten the ability of the Company to achieve its objectives. The Company defines a capital-based risk
appetite and then looks for risks that meet its return targets within that framework. Management believes that this construct allows
the Company to deliver to shareholders an adequate risk adjusted return, while ensuring appropriate margins exists to pay
policyholders' claims.

All business decisions entail a risk/return trade-off, and these decisions are applicable to the Company’s risks. In the context of
assumed business risks, this requires an accurate evaluation of risks to be assumed, and a determination of the appropriate economic
returns required as fair compensation for such risks. In the context of other than voluntarily assumed business risks, the decision
relates to comparing the probability and potential severity of a risk event against the costs of risk mitigation strategies. In many
cases, the potential impact of a risk event is so severe as to warrant significant, and potentially expensive, risk mitigation strategies.
In other cases, the probability and potential severity of a risk does not warrant extensive risk mitigation.

Successful risk management is the foundation of the Company’s value proposition, with diversification of risks at the core of

its risk management strategy. The Company’s ability to succeed in risk assumption and business management is dependent on its

Table of Contents

ability to accurately analyze and quantify risk, to understand volatility and how risks aggregate or correlate, and to establish the
appropriate capital requirements and limits for the risks assumed. All risks, whether they are reinsurance-related risks or capital
market risks, are managed by the Company within an integrated framework of policies and processes to ensure the intelligent and
consistent evaluation and valuation of risk, and to ultimately provide an appropriate return to shareholders.

The Company’s results are primarily determined by how well the Company understands, prices and manages assumed risk.

Management also believes that every organization faces numerous risks that could threaten the successful achievement of its goals
and objectives. These include strategic, financial and operational risks that are common to all industries, such as choice of strategy
and markets, economic and business cycles, competition, changes in regulation, data quality and security, fraud, business
interruption and management continuity. See Risk Factors above.

The Company has a clearly defined governance structure for risk management. The Company has established an Enterprise

Risk Committee (ERC) which, in junction with the Board, are responsible for setting the overall vision and goals of the Company,
which include the Company’s risk appetite and return expectations. The Company’s risk framework, including key risk policies, is
recommended by Executive Management through ERC and approved by the Board. Each of the Company’s risk policies relates to a
specific risk and describes the Company’s approach to risk management, defines roles and responsibilities relating to the
assumption, mitigation, and control processes for that risk, and an escalation process for exceptions. Risk management policies and
processes are coordinated by the Capital & Risk department and compliance is verified by Internal Audit on a periodic basis. The
audit results are monitored by the Audit Committee of the Board.

The Company utilizes a multi-level risk management structure where the Executive Management and Board are responsible for

the establishment of the critical exposure limits, capital at risk and key policies. Nevertheless, the execution of Business activities
and related risk mitigation strategies are delegated to the Business Units (“BU”). These activities are represented in risk control
practices embedded in the BUs which support the high level policies. Reporting on risk management activities is integrated within
the Company’s annual planning process, quarterly operations reports, periodic reports on exposures and large losses, and
presentations to the Executive Management and Board. Individual Business Units and Support Units employ, and are responsible for
reporting on, current risk management procedures and controls, while Internal Audit periodically evaluates the effectiveness of such
procedures and controls.

Risk Universe

The Company structures its risks within a Risk Universe which is comprised of Industry and Company Risks. Industry Risks

are those risks which are external to the Company caused by changes in demand and supply patterns, such as the competitive
structure of the industry, as well as macroeconomic and regulatory trends. In contrast, Company Risks are those risks which arise as
a direct result of business operations. These risks are further structured by the following sub-categories:

Strategic Risks

Strategic risks are discussed and agreed to between the CEO and the Board, and managed by the CEO, and include the
direction and governance of the Company, as well as its response to key external factors faced by the reinsurance industry, such as
changes in cedants’ risk retention behavior, regulation, competitive structure, and macroeconomic, legal and social trends.
Management considers that strong governance procedures, including a robust system of processes and internal controls are
appropriate to manage risks related to its reputation and risks related to new initiatives, including acquisitions, new products or
markets. The Company seeks to preserve its reputation through high professional and ethical standards and manages the impact of
identified risks through the adoption and implementation of a sound and comprehensive assumed risk framework.

Operational and Financial Risks

Operational and financial risks are managed by designated functions within the organization. These risks include, but are not

limited to, failures or weaknesses in financial reporting and controls, regulatory non-compliance, poor cash management, fraud,
breach of information technology security, disaster recovery planning and reliance on third-party vendors. The Company seeks to
minimize these risks through robust processes and monitoring throughout the organization.

Assumed Risks

The Company’s underwriting is conducted at the Business Unit level through specialized underwriting teams with the support

of technical staff in disciplines such as actuarial, claims, legal, risk management and finance.

The Company’s underwriters develop close working relationships with their ceding company counterparts and brokers through

regular visits, gathering detailed information about the cedant’s business and local market conditions and practices. As part of the
underwriting process, the underwriters also focus on the reputation and quality of the proposed cedant, the likelihood of establishing

Table of Contents

a long-term relationship with the cedant, the geographic area in which the cedant does business and the cedant’s market share,
historical loss data for the cedant and, where available, historical loss data for the industry as a whole in the relevant regions, in
order to compare the cedant’s historical loss experience to industry averages, and to gauge the perceived insurance and reinsurance
expertise and financial strength of the cedant. The Company trains its underwriters and strives to maintain continuity of
underwriters within specific geographic markets and areas of specialty.

The Company generally underwrites risks with specified limits per treaty program or facultative contract. Like other
reinsurance companies, the Company is exposed to multiple insured losses arising out of a single occurrence, whether a natural
event such as hurricane, windstorm, tornado, flood or earthquake, or man-made events. Any such catastrophic event could generate
insured losses in one or many of the Company’s reinsurance treaties and facultative contracts and in one or more lines of business.
The Company considers such event scenarios as part of its evaluation and monitoring of its aggregate exposures to catastrophic
events.

Investment Risk

The Company defines this risk as the risk of a substantial decline in the value of its holdings in fixed income, equities, equity-
like securities, real estate, and other investment categories. The Company’s fully integrated information system provides real-time
investment data, allowing for continuous monitoring and decision support. Each portfolio is managed against a predetermined
benchmark to enable alignment with appropriate risk parameters and achievement of desired returns. Any such investment risks
could generate losses in the Company’s portfolios. The Company considers such scenarios as part of its evaluation and monitoring
of its aggregate exposures to investment risk.

Market Risk

Financial assets are defined by the Company as comprising of its equity and equity-like securities which include all invested
assets that are not investment grade standard fixed income securities and certain fixed income asset classes that are not liquid (but
excludes certain insurance-linked securities, such as catastrophe bonds, as that risk is aggregated with liability risks). The Company
limits its aggregate exposure to financial assets as well as sub-limits the exposures by type of financial assets (public equity, private
equity, real estate and alternative credit). Refer to Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for
further details of equities and changes in composition of investments, including equities, over the prior year.

Credit Spread Risk

The Company defines this risk as the risk of a substantial decline in the market value of its fixed income assets that is not a
result of changes in risk-free interest rates. Spread risk also includes migration and default risks (defined as the risk that a given
security is downgraded or upgraded before maturity and the risk that recovery is less than the full valuation of the security,
respectively). The Company limits its aggregate exposure to spread risk and sub-limits its exposures by sector, by individual issuer
and by rating.

Interest Rate Risk

The Company defines this risk as the risk of a substantial mismatch of asset and liability durations, which may result in
economic losses to the Company. Economically, the Company is hedged against changes in asset and liability values resulting from
small parallel changes in the risk-free yield curve to the degree asset and liability durations are matched. Nonparallel shifts in the
yield curve or extremely large changes in yields can introduce investment losses to the degree that asset maturity and coupon
payments are not exactly matched to liability payments. Investment losses associated with interest rate risk of a magnitude that have
the potential to exceed the Company’s risk tolerance are associated with extremely large increases in interest rates over an annual
period. See Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk in Item 11 of this report.

Table of Contents

Risk Appetite and Risk Tolerance

Risk appetite is an integral part of an effective risk management system that defines the overall level of risk the Company is
prepared to accept in pursuit of its strategic objectives, and which is managed through a robust Risk Tolerance Framework of risk
limits. Executive Management regularly reviews the Company’s deployment and may decide to adjust the amount of capacity
deployed for each risk driver (within the established risk tolerance) based on strategic considerations and changes in market
conditions.

The Company’s risk tolerance is expressed as the maximum economic loss that the Board is willing to incur based on various

modeled probability return periods. To mitigate the chance of economic losses exceeding the risk tolerance, the Company relies
upon diversification of risk sources and risk limits to manage exposures. Diversification enables losses from one risk source to be
offset by profits from other risk sources so that the chance of overall losses exceeding the Company’s risk tolerance is reduced.

The Company’s risk tolerance is expected to remain stable and changes are to be approved by the Board. Definitions for the

maximum economic loss and available economic capital are as follows:

Economic Loss. The Company defines an economic loss as a decrease in the Company’s economic value, which is defined as
common shareholder’s equity attributable to PartnerRe Ltd. plus the “time value of money” discount of the non-life reserves that is
not recognized in the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, net of tax, plus the embedded value of the
Life portfolio that is not recognized in the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, net of tax, less goodwill
and intangible assets, net of tax.

Available Economic Capital. The Company defines economic capital as the economic value, as defined above, plus preferred

shareholders’ equity and the carrying value of debt recognized in the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S.
GAAP.

The Maximum Economic Loss. The maximum economic loss is a loss expressed as a percentage of economic capital under

various modeled probability return periods.

Risk Tolerance Framework

The Company establishes key risk limits net of any reinsurance/retrocession for any risk source deemed by Management to

have the potential to cause economic losses greater than the Company’s risk tolerance.

In 2017, a revised Risk Tolerance framework was approved by the Board in order to drive consistency in the application of
Company limits. The overall risk tolerance is 35% of the loss of available economic capital based on the internal model 1-in-100
Value at Risk or 1-in-100 scenarios. Furthermore, limits are applied to Financial Assets and Risk Tiers. The Financial Assets
comprise the Company’s equity and equity-like securities, as defined above, and have an established tolerance limit of $1.6 billion
based on the internal model 1-in-100 return period. Additionally there are operational sub-limits for certain asset classes. The Risk
Tiers consist of a classification of risk drivers which consider the following criteria:

• Materiality
• Risk driver expertise
• Potential for superior risk-adjusted return over the cycle

Management monitors Tier 1 Risks on a periodic basis. The approved limits and the actual limits deployed at December 31, 2017
were as follows (in billions of U.S. dollars):

Tier 1 Risks

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Approved limit (1)

Actual deployed(1)

Approved limit(1)

Natural Catastrophe Risk
Longevity Risk(2)
Pandemic Risk
Casualty Risk
Standard Fixed Income Credit

$
$
$
$
$

1.6 $
1.6 $
1.6 $
1.6 $
1.6 $

0.8 $
0.9 $
0.4 $
0.7 $
0.8 $

(1) The limits approved and the actual limits deployed in the table above are shown net of retrocession.
(2) The longevity risk duration for modelling purposes extends to the full run-off rather than one year.

Actual deployed(1)
0.8
0.7
0.4
0.7
1.0

1.6 $
1.6 $
1.6 $
1.6 $
1.6 $

Table of Contents

Tier 1 Risks

Tier 1 Risks consists of risk drivers which meet all three criteria of the Risk Tolerance Framework including materiality, risk

driver expertise and potential for superior risk-adjusted return over the cycle. Additionally, the risk tolerance limit for this Risk Tier
is $1.6 billion based on either the internal model 1-in-100 Value at Risk or a 1-in-100 scenario. The Tier 1 Risk Tier encompasses
the following risk drivers:

Natural Catastrophe Risk

The Company defines this risk as the risk that the aggregate losses from natural perils materially exceed the net premiums that

are received to cover such risks, which may result in operating and economic losses to the Company. The Company considers both
catastrophe losses due to a single large event and catastrophe losses that would occur from multiple (but potentially smaller) events
in any year. The actual deployed figure shown for Natural Catastrophe Risk in the Tier 1 table above represents the modeled 1-in-
100 Value at Risk of the annual aggregate natural catastrophe financial losses (i.e. losses minus premiums and expenses).

Natural catastrophe risk is managed through the allocation of catastrophe exposure capacity in each exposure zone to different

Business Units, regular catastrophe modeling and a combination of quantitative and qualitative analysis. The Company considers a
peril zone to be an area within a geographic region, continent or country in which losses from insurance exposures are likely to be
highly correlated to a single catastrophic event. Not all peril zones have the same limit and peril zones are broadly defined so that it
would be unlikely for any single event to substantially erode the aggregate exposure limits from more than one peril zone. Even
extremely high severity/low likelihood events will only partially exhaust the limits in any peril zone, as they are likely to only affect
a part of the area covered by a wide peril zone.

Longevity Risk

The Company considers longevity exposure to have a material accumulation potential and has established a limit to manage
the risk of loss associated with this exposure, which may result in operating and economic losses to the Company. The Company
defines longevity risk as the potential for increased actual and future expected annuity payments resulting from annuitants living
longer than expected, or the expectation that annuitants will live longer in the future. Assuming longevity risk, through reinsurance
or capital markets transactions, is part of the Company’s strategy of building a diversified portfolio of risks. While longevity risk is
highly diversifying in relation to other risks in the Company’s portfolio (e.g. mortality products), longevity risk itself is a systemic
risk with little opportunity to diversify within the risk class. Longevity risk accumulates across cedants, geographies, and over time
because mortality trends can impact diverse populations in the same manner. Longevity risk can manifest slowly over time as
experience proves annuitants are living longer than original expectations, or abruptly as in the case of a “miracle drug” that
increases the life expectancy of all annuitants simultaneously.

Pandemic Risk

The Company considers mortality exposure to have a material accumulation potential to common risk drivers, in particular to

pandemic events, which may result in operating and economic losses to the Company. The Company defines pandemic risk as the
increase in mortality over an annual period associated with a rapidly spreading virus (either within a highly populated geographic
area or on a global basis) with a high mortality rate. Assuming mortality risk, through reinsurance or capital markets transactions, is
part of the Company’s strategy of building a diversified portfolio of risks. While mortality risk is highly diversifying in relation to
other risks in the Company’s portfolio (e.g. longevity products), mortality risk itself is a systemic risk when the risk driver is a
pandemic with little opportunity to diversify within the risk class. Mortality risk from pandemics can accumulate across cedants and
geographies.

Casualty Risk

The Company defines this risk as the risk that the estimates of ultimate losses for casualty will prove to be too low, leading to

the need for substantial reserve strengthening, which may result in operating and economic losses to the Company. Particularly in
U.S. casualty, actual loss trends may in the future result to be higher than the assumptions underlying the Company’s ultimate loss
estimates, resulting in ultimate losses that exceed recorded loss reserves. When loss trends prove to be higher than those underlying
the reserving assumptions, the impact can be large because of an accumulation effect.

The Company manages and mitigates the reserving risk for casualty in a variety of ways. Underwriters and pricing actuaries

follow a disciplined underwriting process that utilizes all available data and information, including industry trends, and the
Company establishes prudent reserving policies for determining recorded reserves. These policies are systematic and Management
endeavors to apply them consistently over time. See Liquidity and Capital Resources-Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates-
Non-life and Life and Health Reserves in Item 5 of this report.

Table of Contents

Standard Fixed Income Credit Risk

The Company defines this risk as the risk of a substantial increase in defaults in the Company’s standard fixed income credit
securities (which includes investment grade corporate bonds and asset-backed securities) leading to realized investment losses or a
significant widening of credit spreads resulting in realized or unrealized investment losses, either of which may result in economic
losses to the Company. Investment losses of the magnitude that have the potential to exceed the Company’s risk tolerance are
associated with the systemic impacts of severe economic and financial stress. As a result, the Company limits the exposure to the
standard fixed income credit securities so that investment losses will be mitigated in an extreme economic or financial crisis.

Tier 1 Risks are monitored by the ERC and reported to the Board.

See also Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk-Credit Spread Risk in Item 11 of this report.

Tier 2 Risks

Tier 2 Risks consists of risks drivers which meet two of the three criteria. Additionally, the risk tolerance limit is less than half

of the Tier 1 Risk limit based on either the internal model 1-in-100 Value at Risk or a 1-in-100 scenario. The Tier 2 Risks
encompasses the following risk drivers:

Mortgage Risk

The Company defines this risk as the risk that losses from mortgage reinsurance materially exceed the net premiums that are
received to cover such risks, which may result in operating and economic losses to the Company. Mortgage insurance underwriting
losses that have the potential to exceed the Company’s risk tolerance are associated with the systemic impacts of severe mortgage
defaults, driven by large scale economic downturns and high unemployment. Localized or regional economic downturns are
unlikely to have a large enough geographic footprint to create material losses exceeding the net premiums collected.

Credit and Surety Risk

The Company defines this risk as the risk that aggregated trade credit losses materially exceed the net premiums that are

received to cover such risks, which may result in operating and economic losses to the Company. Trade credit losses of the
magnitude that have the potential to exceed the Company’s risk tolerance are associated with the systemic impacts of severe
economic and financial stress. In these events, with respect to underwriting, losses may arise from defaults of single large named
insureds and from a high frequency of defaults of smaller insureds. In addition, trade credit risk is highly correlated with default and
credit spread widening risk of the standard investment grade fixed income portfolio during times of economic stress or financial
crises.

Tier 2 Risks are monitored by the ERC.

All other underwriting risks are considered as part of the Tier 3 Risks and are monitored by the Chief Underwriting Officer,

Chief Investment Officer and corresponding Business Units.

Natural Catastrophe PML

The following discussion of the Company’s natural catastrophe PML information contains forward-looking statements based

upon assumptions and expectations concerning the potential effect of future events that are subject to uncertainties. See Risk Factors
in Item 3 of this report for a list of the Company’s risk factors. Any of these risk factors could result in actual losses that are
materially different from the Company’s PML estimates below.

Natural catastrophe risk is a source of significant aggregate exposure for the Company and is managed by setting risk
tolerance and limits, as discussed above. Natural catastrophe perils can impact geographic regions of varying size and can have
economic repercussions beyond the geographic region directly impacted.

The Company defines peril zones to capture the vast majority of exposures likely to be incorporated by typical modeled
events. There is, however, no industry standard and the Company’s definitions of peril zones may differ from those of other parties.

The Company has exposures in other peril zones that can potentially generate losses greater than the PML estimates below.

The Company’s PMLs represent an estimate of loss for a single event for a given return period. The table below discloses the
Company’s expected loss, 1-in-50, 1-in-100, and 1-in-250 year return period estimated loss for a single occurrence of a natural
catastrophe event in a one-year period.

The PML estimates below include all significant exposure from our Non-life and Life and Health business operations. This
includes coverage for property, marine, energy, engineering, workers’ compensation, mortality, and exposure to catastrophe from
insurance-linked securities. The PML estimates do not include casualty coverage that could be exposed as a result of a catastrophic

Table of Contents

event. In addition, they do not include estimates for contingent losses to insureds that are not directly impacted by the event (e.g.
loss of earnings due to disruption in supply lines).

The Company’s single occurrence estimated net PML exposures (pre-tax and net of retrocession and reinstatement premiums) of the
top ten natural catastrophe perils as at December 31, 2017 were as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Zone
U.S. Southeast
U.S. Northeast

U.S. Gulf Coast

Caribbean

Europe

Japan

California

British Columbia

Japan

Australia

New Zealand

Peril
Hurricane
Hurricane
Hurricane
Hurricane
Windstorm
Typhoon
Earthquake
Earthquake
Earthquake
Earthquake
Earthquake

Risk Mitigation

Retrocessional Reinsurance

1-in-250
year PML

556
573
586
175
403
209
512 $
143
330
152
140

1-in-500
year PML
(Earthquake
perils only)

1-in-250
year PML

640
306
368
222
201

1-in-500
year PML
(Earthquake
perils only)

595
317
349
258
211

496
560
502
165
387
190
462 $
161
315
187
147

The Company uses retrocessional reinsurance agreements to reduce its exposure on certain reinsurance risks assumed and to

mitigate the effect of any single major event or the frequency of medium-sized events. These agreements provide for the recovery of
a portion of losses and loss expenses from retrocessionaires. The majority of the Company’s retrocessional reinsurance agreements
cover property and specialty lines (e.g. aviation, marine, mortgage and certain risks included in the credit/surety line) exposures,
predominantly those that are catastrophe exposed. The Company also utilizes retrocessions in the Life and Health segment to
manage the amount of per-event and per-life risks to which it is exposed. Retrocessionaires must be pre-approved based on their
financial condition and business practices, with stability, solvency and credit ratings being important criteria. Strict limits per
retrocessionaire are also put into place and monitored to mitigate counterparty credit risk.

The Company remains liable to its cedants to the extent that the retrocessionaires do not meet their obligations under
retrocessional agreements, and therefore retrocessions are subject to credit risk in all cases and to aggregate loss limits in certain
cases. The Company holds collateral, including escrow funds, trusts, securities and letters of credit under certain retrocessional
agreements. Provisions are made for amounts considered potentially uncollectible and reinsurance losses recoverable from
retrocessionaires are reported after allowances for uncollectible amounts.

In addition to the retrocessional agreements, PartnerRe Europe has a Reserve Agreement in place with Colisée Re (see

Liquidity and Capital Resources- Reserves in Item 5 of this report).

Regulation

The business of reinsurance is regulated in all countries in which we operate, although the degree and type of regulation varies

significantly from one jurisdiction to another. Some jurisdictions impose complex regulatory requirements on reinsurance or
licensed by governmental authorities. See Risk Factors - Legal and Regulatory Risks in Item 3 of this report.

Table of Contents

Bermuda has been deemed Solvency II equivalent under the European Union’s (EU) Solvency II Directive, effective January

1, 2016. Bermuda has been granted equivalence for an unlimited period for all three relevant equivalence areas: Articles 172, 227
and 260, with the exception of rules on captives and special purpose insurers, which are subject to a different regulatory regime in
Bermuda. This determination has resulted in Bermuda-based reinsurers being exempt from the requirement to post collateral in the
EU and allows reinsurance contracts concluded with undertakings having their head office in Bermuda to be treated in the same
manner as reinsurance contracts concluded with undertakings authorized in accordance with the Directive (Article 172); EU
insurance groups can conduct their EU prudential reporting for a subsidiary in Bermuda under local rules instead of Solvency II if
deduction and aggregation is allowed as the method of consolidation of group accounts (Article 227); and Bermuda insurance
groups which are active in the EU are exempt from some aspects of group supervision in the EU as Member States will rely on the
equivalent supervision exercised by the Bermuda Monetary Authority (BMA ) (Article 260).

One of the key concepts of Solvency II is the principal of one “home” regulator over all the operating entities in a particular
insurance or reinsurance group (referred to as Group Supervision). The Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda and related regulations, as
amended (the Insurance Act) sets out provisions regarding Group Supervision, including the power of the BMA to include or
exclude specified entities from Group Supervision, the power of the BMA to withdraw as group supervisor, the functions of the
BMA as Group supervisor and the power of the BMA to make rules regarding Group Supervision for, amongst other things (1)
assessing the financial situation and the solvency position of the insurance group and/or its members and (2) regulating intra-group
transactions, risk concentration, governance procedures, risk management and regulatory reporting and disclosure. This Group
Supervision regime is in addition to the regulation of the Company’s various operating subsidiaries in their local jurisdictions. The
BMA’s Group Supervision rules set out the rules in respect of the assessment of the financial situation and solvency of an insurance
group, the system of governance and risk management, and supervisory reporting and disclosures of an insurance group. The Group
solvency rules set out the rules in respect of the capital and solvency return and enhanced capital requirements for an insurance
group. PartnerRe Bermuda is the designated insurer for the purposes of Group Supervision, and the BMA currently acts as Group
supervisor of the Company and its subsidiaries. As Group supervisor, the BMA will perform a number of supervisory functions
including (1) coordinating the gathering and dissemination of information which is of importance for the supervisory task of other
competent authorities; (2) carrying out a supervisory review and assessment of the Group; (3) carrying out an assessment of the
Group’s compliance with the rules on solvency, risk concentration, intra-group transactions and good governance procedures; (4)
planning and coordinating, with other competent authorities, supervisory activities in respect of the Group, both as a going concern
and in emergency situations; (5) taking into account the nature, scale and complexity of the risks inherent in the business of all
companies that are part of the Group; (6) coordinating any enforcement action that may need to be taken against the Group or any of
its members and (7) planning and coordinating meetings of colleges of supervisors (consisting of insurance regulators) in order to
facilitate the carrying out of the functions described above.

PartnerRe Ltd. is not a registered insurer; however, pursuant to its functions as Group supervisor, the BMA includes the

Company and may include any member of the group within its Group Supervision.

Significant aspects of the Bermuda insurance regulatory framework and requirements imposed on Insurance and Reinsurance

Groups include the solvency assessment. The Company must annually perform an assessment of its own risk and solvency
requirements, referred to as a Group’s Solvency Self Assessment (GSSA). The GSSA allows the BMA to obtain an insurance
group’s view of the capital resources required to achieve its business objectives and to assess a group’s governance, risk
management and controls surrounding this process. In addition, the Company must file with the BMA a Catastrophe Risk Return
which assesses an insurer’s reliance on vendor models in assessing catastrophe exposure.

Effective January 1, 2014, the BMA imposed the Enhanced Capital Requirement (ECR) on the Company pursuant to its
function as the Company’s group supervisor. The PartnerRe group’s ECR may be calculated by either (a) the standard model
developed by the BMA known as the Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirement model (BSCR), or (b) an internal capital model which
the BMA has approved for use for this purpose. The Company currently uses the BMA standard model in calculating its group ECR
requirements. In addition, the Company is required to prepare and submit annual audited group U.S. GAAP financial statements,
annual group statutory financial statements, annual group statutory financial return, annual group capital and solvency return and
quarterly group unaudited financial returns.

The BSCR model is a risk-based capital model which provides a method for determining an insurer’s capital requirements
(statutory capital and surplus) by taking into account the risk characteristics of different aspects of the insurer’s business. The BSCR
formulae establishes on a consolidated basis capital requirements for eleven categories of risk: fixed income investment risk, equity
investment risk, interest rate/liquidity risk, currency risk, concentration risk, premium risk, reserve risk, credit risk, catastrophe risk
long-term insurance risk and operational risk.

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Insurance (Public Disclosure) Rules 2015, the BMA requires commercial insurers and insurance groups to
prepare and publish a Financial Condition Report (FCR). The FCR provides an overview of the company’s financial condition
including business performance, governance structure, risk profile, solvency valuation and capital management process. On June 30,
2017, PartnerRe Ltd. and each of its two Bermuda registered reinsurers submitted their first required FCRs for the year ended
December 31, 2016 to the BMA. The FCR includes, among other disclosures, the respective company’s required and available
statutory capital. The FCR is required to be filed with the BMA annually and published on the PartnerRe website within fourteen
days of filing with the BMA. The FCR must be signed off by the CEO and either the chief risk officer or chief financial officer
(CFO) declaring the appropriateness of the information contained in the FCR.

Bermuda

The Insurance Act regulates the business of PartnerRe Bermuda. The Insurance Act imposes solvency and liquidity standards
and auditing and reporting requirements on Bermuda insurance companies and grants the BMA powers to supervise, investigate and
intervene in the affairs of Bermuda registered insurance companies. The Insurance Act makes no distinction between insurance and
reinsurance business.

PartnerRe Bermuda is licensed as a Class 4, Class C and Class E insurer in Bermuda and is therefore authorized to carry on

general and long-term insurance business. Significant aspects of the Bermuda insurance regulatory framework and requirements
imposed on Class 4, Class C and Class E insurers such as PartnerRe Bermuda include the following:

Minimum Solvency Margin and Enhanced Capital Requirements. The Insurance Act provides that the value of the statutory
assets of an insurer must exceed the value of its statutory liabilities by an amount greater than its prescribed minimum solvency margin
(MSM). The MSM that must be maintained by PartnerRe Bermuda with respect to its (A) general business is the greater of (i) $100
million, or (ii) 50% of net premiums written (with a credit for reinsurance ceded not exceeding 25% of gross premiums), or (iii) 15% of
net discounted aggregate loss and loss expense provisions and other insurance reserves, or (iv) 25% of its ECR as reported at the end of
the relevant year; and (B) long-term business is the greater of $8 million or 2% of the first $500 million of assets plus 1.5% of assets
above $500 million. Assets are defined as the total assets reported on an insurer’s balance sheet in the relevant year less the amount held
in a segregated account;

Minimum Capital Requirements. While not specifically referred to in the Insurance Act, the BMA has also established a
Target Capital Level (TCL) equal to 120% of its ECR. While an insurer is not currently required to maintain its statutory capital and
surplus at this level, the TCL serves as an early warning tool for the BMA and failure to maintain statutory capital at least equal to the
TCL will likely result in increased regulatory oversight.

Any applicable insurer which at any time fails to meet the MSM requirements must, upon becoming aware of such failure,
immediately notify the BMA and, within 14 days thereafter, file a written report with the BMA describing the circumstances that gave
rise to the failure and setting out its plan detailing specific actions to be taken and the expected time frame in which the company
intends to rectify the failure.

Any applicable insurer which at any time fails to meet the ECR applicable to it will upon becoming aware of that failure,

or of having reason to believe that such a failure has occurred, immediately notify the BMA in writing and, within 14 days of
such notification, file with the BMA a written report containing particulars of the circumstances leading to the failure; and a plan
detailing the manner, specific actions to be taken and time within which the insurer intends to rectify the failure and within 45
days of becoming aware of that failure, or of having reason to believe that such a failure has occurred, furnish the BMA with: (1)
unaudited interim standard accounting principles financial statements covering such period as the BMA may require, (2) the
opinion of a loss reserve specialist where applicable, (3) a general business solvency certificate in respect of the financial
statements and unaudited statutory economic balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, (4) a capital and solvency return
reflecting an ECR prepared using post-failure data, where applicable, (5) a long-term business solvency certificate in respect of
those statements, where applicable and (6) the opinion of an approved actuary, where applicable.

To enable the BMA to better assess the quality of the insurer’s capital resources, applicable insurers are required to

disclose the makeup of its capital in accordance with the “3-tiered capital system.”

Under this system, all of the insurer’s capital instruments will be classified as either basic or ancillary capital which in

turn will be classified into one of three tiers based on their “loss absorbency” characteristics. Highest quality capital will be
classified as Tier 1 Capital, lesser quality capital will be classified as either Tier 2 Capital or Tier 3 Capital. Under this regime, up
to certain specified percentages of Tier 1, Tier 2, and Tier 3 Capital may be used to support the insurer’s MSM, ECR, and TCL.

The characteristics of the capital instruments that must be satisfied to qualify as Tier 1, Tier 2, and Tier 3 Capital are set

out in the Insurance (Eligible Capital) Rules 2012, as amended. Under these rules, Tier 1, Tier 2, and Tier 3 Capital may, until

Table of Contents

January 1, 2026, include capital instruments that do not satisfy the requirement that the instrument be non-redeemable or settled
only with the issuance of an instrument of equal or higher quality upon a breach, or if it would cause a breach, in the ECR.

While the BMA has previously approved the use of certain instruments for capital purposes, the BMA’s consent will

need to be obtained if such instruments are to remain eligible for use in satisfying the MSM and the ECR.

Effective from the 2016 financial year end onwards, the BMA has implemented an Economic Balance Sheet (EBS) framework

which will now be used as the basis to determine the ECR for all commercial insurers, including PartnerRe Bermuda. The EBS
framework applies prudential filters and other EBS valuation adjustments to an insurers GAAP balance sheet to produce an
economic valuation of the assets and liabilities of the insurer. The EBS framework includes BSCR capital charge amendments for
cash and cash equivalents, credit risk, currency risk, concentration risk and geographic diversification.

Reporting Requirements. PartnerRe Bermuda must prepare and submit, on an annual basis, both audited GAAP and statutory
financial statements. The Insurance Act prescribes rules for the preparation and substance of statutory financial statements (which
include, in statutory form, a balance sheet, income statement, a statement of capital and surplus, and notes thereto). The statutory
financial statements include detailed information and analysis regarding premiums, claims, reinsurance and investments of the
insurer.

Every insurer is also required to deliver to the BMA a declaration of compliance declaring whether or not that insurer has, with
respect to the preceding financial year, (i) complied with the minimum criteria applicable to it, (ii) complied with its MSM and ECR
as at its financial year-end, and (iii) where an insurer’s license has been issued subject to limitations, restrictions or conditions, that
the insurer has observed such limitations, restrictions or conditions. The declaration of compliance must be signed by 2 directors
and filed at the same time the insurer submits its statutory financial statements

Dividends and Distributions. The Insurance Act prohibits PartnerRe Bermuda, as an insurer registered as a Class E and as a

Class 4 insurer from declaring or paying any dividends during any financial year if it is in breach of its MSM or if the declaration or
payment of such dividends would cause such a breach. PartnerRe Bermuda is also prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend
where it has failed to comply with the ECR, until such noncompliance is rectified. Furthermore, under the Insurance Act, PartnerRe
Bermuda shall not in any financial year pay dividends which would exceed 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus, as shown
on its statutory balance sheet in relation to the previous financial year, unless at least 7 days before payment of those dividends it
files with the BMA an affidavit signed by at least two directors, and by PartnerRe Bermuda’s principal representative in Bermuda,
which states that in the opinion of those signing, declaration of those dividends has not caused the insurer to fail to meet its relevant
margins.

Generally, an insurer carrying on long-term business, such as PartnerRe Bermuda, is also restricted from declaring or paying

a dividend unless the value of its assets in its long-term business fund exceeds the extent of the liabilities of the insurer’s long-
term business.

Further, under the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, as amended, PartnerRe Bermuda may only declare or pay a dividend, or
make a distribution out of contributed surplus, if it has no reasonable grounds for believing that: (1) it is, or would after the payment
be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due or (2) the realizable value of its assets would be less than its liabilities.

In addition to the above, PartnerRe Bermuda maintains an operating branch in Canada and a representative office in Mexico.
The Canadian branch is subject to regulation in Canada by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OFSI). For a
further discussion of the regulations pertaining to the Canadian branch see below.

Ireland

The Central Bank of Ireland (the Central Bank) regulates insurance and reinsurance companies authorized in Ireland,
including PartnerRe Europe and PartnerRe Ireland. PartnerRe Holdings Europe Limited, a holding company for PartnerRe Europe
and PartnerRe Ireland, is not subject to regulation by the Central Bank. PartnerRe Europe is a reinsurance company incorporated
under the laws of Ireland and is duly authorized as a reinsurance undertaking to carry on non-life and life reinsurance business in
accordance with the European Union (Insurance and Reinsurance) Regulations 2015. PartnerRe Ireland is an insurance company
incorporated under the laws of Ireland and is duly authorized as an insurance undertaking to carry on non-life insurance business in
accordance with the European Union (Insurance and Reinsurance) Regulations 2015.

Significant aspects of the Irish re/insurance regulatory framework and requirements imposed on PartnerRe Europe and

PartnerRe Ireland include the following:

Solvency Requirements. The Directive related to the solvency standards applicable to insurers and reinsurers prescribes, at the
level of PartnerRe Europe and PartnerRe Ireland, the minimum amounts of financial resources that both companies are required to
have in order to cover the risks to which they are exposed and the principles that should guide their overall risk management and
reporting.

Table of Contents

This Directive became effective January 1, 2016. Under the Solvency II requirements, PartnerRe Europe and PartnerRe
Ireland have similar governance requirements to those of PartnerRe Bermuda such as Balance Sheet, Own Risk and Solvency
Assessment, Solvency and Financial Condition Report and a Regular Supervisory Report.

Reporting Requirements. PartnerRe Europe and PartnerRe Ireland must file and submit annual audited financial statements in
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards and related reports to the Irish Companies Registration Office (CRO)
together with an annual return of certain core corporate information. Changes to core corporate information during the year must
also be notified to the CRO. These requirements are in addition to the regulatory returns required to be filed annually with the
Central Bank and additionally, in the case of PartnerRe Ireland, with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC)
in the U.S.; and

Dividends and Distributions. Pursuant to Irish company law, PartnerRe Europe and PartnerRe Ireland are restricted to

declaring dividends only out of “profits available for distribution”. Profits available for distribution are, broadly, a company’s
accumulated realized profits less its accumulated realized losses. Such profits may not include profits previously utilized.

In addition to the above, PartnerRe Europe has also established operating branches in the U.K., France, Switzerland, Dubai

and Hong Kong and a representative office in Brazil, which are subject to Irish reinsurance supervision regulations. In addition, the
Hong Kong branch is subject to regulation by the Insurance Authority of Hong Kong. PartnerRe Ireland, pursuant to the
Nonadmitted and Reinsurance Reform Act of 2010 (part of the Dodd-Frank Act), is a nonadmitted alien insurer in the U.S. and is
eligible to write business as an excess and surplus lines insurer in all U.S. states. PartnerRe Ireland has also established an operating
branch in the U.K. which is subject to Irish insurance supervision regulations.

PartnerRe Europe and PartnerRe Ireland dac (PartnerRe Ireland) are parties to a regulatory investigation with the Central Bank

of Ireland. On September 20, 2017, the Central Bank of Ireland (Central Bank) issued notices of commencement of investigation
pursuant to Part IIIC of the Central Bank Act 1942, as amended (Act), to PartnerRe Europe and PartnerRe Ireland. In summary, the
Central Bank is alleging contraventions of Corporate Governance Requirements for Insurance Undertakings 2015, Solvency II
Regulations and the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/35. We are cooperating with the investigation, however, we are
unable to predict the investigation’s likely timing and outcome. While at this stage in the process, it is unclear whether we will have
any liability related to these matters, the Company does not believe, at this time, this matter will have a material adverse effect on
the Group’s business or the Group’s consolidated financial condition.

United States

PartnerRe U.S. Corporation is a Delaware domiciled holding company for its wholly-owned (re)insurance subsidiaries,

PartnerRe U.S., PartnerRe Insurance Company of New York (PRNY) and PartnerRe America Insurance Company (PRAIC)
(PartnerRe U.S., PRNY and PRAIC together being the PartnerRe U.S. Insurance Companies). The PartnerRe U.S. Insurance
Companies are subject to regulation under the insurance statutes and regulations of their domiciliary states (New York in the case of
PartnerRe U.S. and PRNY, and Delaware in the case of PRAIC, and all states where they are licensed, accredited or approved to
underwrite insurance and reinsurance).

Currently, the PartnerRe U.S. Insurance Companies are licensed, accredited or approved reinsurers and/or insurers in all fifty

states and the District of Columbia, and are subject to the requirements described below.

PartnerRe U.S. Corporation is also the owner of Presidio and its 100% owned subsidiaries Presidio Excess Insurance Services,

Inc. (PXS), PartnerRe Management Ltd. (PRM) and Presidio Reinsurance Corporation Inc. (PRC). PXS is a managing general
underwriter licensed in a number of states. PRM is domiciled in the U.K. and regulated by the Financial Services Authority. PRC is
a Montana domiciled captive reinsurer and the Montana Department of Insurance is the domiciliary regulator of PRC. These entities
are not subject to any significant regulatory requirements or restrictions that would have a material impact on the Company.

The Company also, through its 100% owned subsidiary Aurigen Capital Limited, owns 100% of PartnerRe Life Reinsurance

Company of America (PLRA) a life reinsurance company which is subject to regulation under the insurance statutes and regulations
of Arkansas and all states where PLRA is licensed, accredited or approved to underwrite reinsurance.

Table of Contents

Risk-Based Capital Requirements. The Risk-Based Capital (RBC) for Insurers Model Act (the Model RBC Act), as it applies

to property and casualty insurers and reinsurers, was initially adopted by the NAIC in December 1993. The Model RBC Act or
similar legislation has been adopted by the majority of states in the U.S. The main purpose of the Model RBC Act is to provide a
tool for insurance regulators to evaluate the capital of insurers with respect to the risks assumed by them and to determine whether
there is a need for possible corrective action. U.S. insurers and reinsurers are required to report the results of their RBC calculations
as part of the statutory annual statements that such insurers and reinsurers file with state insurance regulatory authorities. The Model
RBC Act provides for four different levels of regulatory actions, each of which may be triggered if an insurer’s Total Adjusted
Capital (as defined in the Model RBC Act) is less than a corresponding level of risk-based capital. Decreases in an insurer’s Total
Adjusted Capital as a percentage of its Authorized Control Level (as defined in the Model RBC Act) triggers increasing regulatory
actions. Such regulatory actions include but are not limited to issuance of orders for corrective action by the insurer, rehabilitation or
liquidation of the insurer.

Insurance Regulatory Information System (IRIS) Ratios. A committee of state insurance regulators developed the NAIC’s IRIS

primarily to assist state insurance departments in executing their statutory mandates to oversee the financial condition of insurance
or reinsurance companies operating in their respective states. IRIS identifies thirteen industry ratios and specifies usual values for
each ratio. Generally, a company will become subject to regulatory scrutiny if it falls outside the usual ranges with respect to four or
more of the ratios, and regulators may then act, if the company has insufficient capital, to constrain the company’s underwriting
capacity. No such action has been taken with respect to the PartnerRe U.S. Insurance Companies.

Reporting Requirements. Regulations vary from state to state, but generally require insurance holding companies and insurers

and reinsurers that are subsidiaries of insurance holding companies to register and file with their state domiciliary regulatory
authorities certain reports, including information concerning their capital structure, ownership, financial condition and general
business operations. State regulatory authorities monitor compliance with, and periodically conduct examinations with respect to,
state mandated standards of solvency, licensing requirements, investment limitations, and restrictions on the size of risks which may
be reinsured, deposits of securities for the benefit of reinsureds, methods of accounting for assets, reserves for unearned premiums
and losses, and other purposes. In general, such regulations are for the protection of reinsureds and, ultimately, their policyholders,
rather than security holders. In the U.S., the New York State Department of Financial Services (NYDFS) is the domiciliary regulator
of PartnerRe U.S. and PRNY, and the Delaware Department of Insurance is the domiciliary regulator of PRAIC.

Dividends and Distributions. Under New York law, the NYDFS must approve any dividend declared or paid by PartnerRe
U.S. or PRNY that, together with all dividends declared or distributed by each of them during the preceding twelve months, exceeds
the lesser of 10% of their respective statutory surplus as shown on the latest statutory financial statements on file with the NYDFS,
or 100% of their respective adjusted net investment income during that period. In addition, as a condition of the acquisition by Exor
N.V., PartnerRe U.S. committed that it would not take any action to pay any dividend for the two-year period from March 18, 2016
to March 18, 2018 without the prior approval of the NYDFS (see Risk Factors in Item 3 of this report). Under Delaware law the
Delaware Commissioner of Insurance must approve any dividend declared or paid by PRAIC that, together with all dividends or
distributions made within the preceding 12 months exceeds the greater of (i) ten percent of PRAIC’s surplus as regards
policyholders as of the preceding December 31 or (ii) the net income, not including realized capital gains, for the 12-month period
ending the preceding December 31. In addition, as a condition of the acquisition by Exor N.V., PRAIC also committed that it would
not take any action to pay any dividend for the two-year period from March 18, 2016 to March 18, 2018 without the prior approval
of the Delaware Commissioner of Insurance (see Risk Factors in Item 3 of this report). Both Delaware and New York do not permit
a dividend to be declared or distributed, except out of earned surplus.

In addition to the above, the Dodd-Frank Act currently impacts the PartnerRe U.S. Insurance Companies. The Dodd-Frank Act

represents a comprehensive overhaul of the financial services industry in the U.S. and established a Federal Insurance Office (FIO)
within the U.S. Treasury Department. Although the FIO does not have general supervisory or regulatory authority over the business
of insurance or reinsurance, it is charged with monitoring all aspects of the insurance industry, consulting with state insurance
regulators, assisting in administration of the TRIA and other duties. Furthermore, the director of the FIO is a non-voting member of
the multi-agency Financial Stability Oversight Council (FSOC), and the FSOC may, among other things, subject an insurance
company or an insurance holding company to heightened prudential standards in accordance with Title I of the Dodd-Frank Act
following an extended determination process (which can require that such insurance company be subject also to supervision by the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Dodd-Frank Act also made small changes to the regulation of credit for
reinsurance and surplus lines insurance in the U.S. See Risk Factors in Item 3 of this report.

Cybersecurity Requirements. In February 2017, the NYDFS issued final Cybersecurity Requirements for Financial Service

Companies that will require regulated entities, including PartnerRe U.S. Insurance Companies, to establish and maintain a
cybersecurity program designed to protect consumers and ensure the safety and soundness of New York’s financial services
industry. The regulation became effective on March 1, 2017, subject to certain phase-in periods. Depending on the regulation’s
implementation and the NYDFS enforcement efforts with respect to it, the PartnerRe U.S. Insurance Companies and other financial
services companies may be required to incur significant expense in order to meet its requirements.

Table of Contents

Canada

Canadian branches of PartnerRe Bermuda and PartnerRe U.S. hold licenses to write reinsurance business in Canada. Each
Canadian branch is authorized to insure, in Canada, risks falling within the classes of insurance and reinsurance as specified in their
respective licenses and is limited to the business of reinsurance. The Canadian branch of PartnerRe Bermuda is licensed to write life
business in Ontario. The Canadian branch of PartnerRe U.S. is licensed to write property and casualty business in Ontario. Each
Canadian branch is subject to local regulation for its Canadian branch business, specified principally pursuant to Part XIII of the
Insurance Companies Act (the Canadian Insurance Act) applicable to foreign property and casualty companies and to foreign life
companies as well as relevant provincial insurance acts. Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI) supervises the
application of the Canadian Insurance Act.

PartnerRe Bermuda and PartnerRe U.S. maintain sufficient assets, vested in trust at a Canadian financial institution approved
by OSFI, to allow their branches to meet minimum statutory solvency requirements as required by the Act and the regulations made
under it. Certain statutory information is filed with federal and provincial insurance regulators in respect of both property and
casualty and life business written by branches. This information includes, among other things, a yearly business plan and an annual
Dynamic Capital Adequacy Test report from the Appointed Actuary of the branch that tests the adequacy of the assets that are vested
under various adverse scenarios.

Singapore

The Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) regulates insurance and reinsurance companies authorized in Singapore,

including PartnerRe Asia.

PartnerRe Asia is the principal reinsurance carrier for the Company’s business underwritten in the Asia Pacific region,
conducting general insurance business as a reinsurer and life insurance business as a reinsurer. PartnerRe Asia has an established
operating branch in Labuan which is subject to regulation by the Labuan Financial Services Authority.

Significant aspects of the Singapore reinsurance regulatory framework and requirements include the following:

Solvency Requirements: As a licensed reinsurer, PartnerRe Asia is required to maintain minimum capital of SGD25 million. In

addition, PartnerRe Asia is required to establish and maintain separate insurance funds for each class of business that it carries on
for both Singapore and offshore policies. The solvency requirement in respect of each insurance fund shall at all times be not less
than the total risk requirement of the fund (determined by reference to three components being insurance risks, asset portfolio risks
and asset concentration risks). The MAS is entitled to require that a licensed reinsurer holds assets of a certain type and prescribed
value in Singapore.

Reporting Requirements: PartnerRe Asia must file and submit annual audited financial statements in accordance with

Singapore Financial Reporting Standards and related reports to the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority (ACRA)
together with an annual return of certain core corporate information. Changes to core corporate information during the year must
also be notified to ACRA. These requirements are in addition to the regulatory returns required to be filed annually with the MAS.

Dividends and Distribution: Dividends are generally declared from unappropriated profits. The declaration of a dividend by
PartnerRe Asia may be subject to relevant conditions and requirements being met as specified under the Insurance Act (Singapore)
and its associated regulations. Any proposed reduction of capital or redemption of preference shares requires the prior approval of
the MAS. In addition to the above, the laws and initiatives issued by the MAS regarding Corporate Governance, Outsourcings and
Technology Risk Management currently impact or may impact Partner Re Asia in the future.

Taxation of the Company and its Subsidiaries

The following summary of the taxation of PartnerRe and its subsidiaries, PartnerRe Bermuda, PartnerRe Europe, PartnerRe

Asia, and PartnerRe U.S. Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively PartnerRe U.S. Companies) is based upon current law.
Legislative, judicial or administrative changes may be forthcoming that could affect this summary.

Certain subsidiaries, branch offices and representative offices of the Company are subject to taxation related to operations in

Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, France, Hong Kong, Ireland, Labuan, Mexico, Singapore, Switzerland and the U.S. The discussion
below covers the significant locations for which the Company or its subsidiaries are subject to taxation.

Bermuda

PartnerRe Ltd. and PartnerRe Bermuda have each received from the Bermuda Minister of Finance an assurance under The
Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act, 1966 of Bermuda, that in the event that any legislation is enacted in Bermuda imposing
tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or
inheritance tax, then the imposition of any such tax shall not be applicable to PartnerRe Ltd. or PartnerRe Bermuda or to any of their
operations or the shares, debentures or other obligations of PartnerRe Ltd. or PartnerRe Bermuda until March 2035. These
assurances are subject to the proviso that they are not construed to prevent the application of any tax or duty to such persons as are
ordinarily resident in Bermuda (PartnerRe Ltd. and PartnerRe Bermuda are not currently so designated) or to prevent the application
of any tax payable in accordance with the provisions of The Land Tax Act, 1967 of Bermuda or otherwise payable in relation to the
property leased to PartnerRe Bermuda.

Canada

The Canadian life branch of PartnerRe Bermuda, the Canadian non-life branch of PartnerRe U.S. and PartnerRe Life

Reinsurance Company of Canada are subject to Canadian taxation on their profits. Their profits are taxed at the federal level, as well
as the Ontario provincial level at a combined rate of 26.5% in 2017. See also the discussion of taxation in the United States below.

France

The French branch of PartnerRe Europe is conducting business in and is subject to taxation in France. Since January 1, 2016,

the tax on corporate profits in France has been 34.43%.

The French Bill for 2018, enacted on December 30, 2017, includes a graduated decrease of the statutory corporate income tax
rate from 34.43% in 2017 to 25.83% in 2022, including all applicable surtaxes. See also the discussion of taxation in Ireland below.

Ireland

The Company’s Irish subsidiaries, PartnerRe Holdings Europe Limited, PartnerRe Europe, PartnerRe Ireland and PartnerRe

Ireland Finance dac conduct business in and are subject to taxation in Ireland. Profits of an Irish trade or business are subject to Irish
corporation tax at the rate of 12.5%, whereas profits arising from other than a trade or business are taxable at the rate of 25%. The
Swiss, U.S. and French branches and subsidiaries of PartnerRe Europe are subject to taxation in Ireland at the Irish corporation tax
rate of 12.5%. However, under Irish domestic tax law, the amount of tax paid in Switzerland, U.S. and France can be credited or
deducted against the Irish corporation tax. As a result, the Company does not expect to incur significant taxation in Ireland with
respect to the Swiss, U.S. and French branches.

Singapore

The Company’s Singapore subsidiary, PartnerRe Asia, is subject to corporate taxation in Singapore at the rate of 17% on

profits arising from onshore business and 10% on profits arising from offshore business. However, tax exemptions may apply to
qualifying profits derived from certain lines of business.

Switzerland

The Swiss branch of PartnerRe Europe is subject to Swiss taxation, mainly on profits and capital. To the extent that net profits

are generated, profits are taxed at a rate of 21.15%. The branch pays capital taxes at a rate of approximately 0.17% on its imputed
branch capital calculated according to a procured taxation ruling. See also the discussion of taxation in Ireland above.

United States

PartnerRe U.S. Companies transact business in and are subject to taxation in the U.S. The Canadian non-life branch of
PartnerRe U.S. conducts business in Canada and is subject to taxation in Canada as discussed above. Under U.S. tax law, the
amount of tax paid in Canada by the Canadian non-life branch of PartnerRe U.S. can be credited or deducted against U.S.
corporation tax.

In addition, PartnerRe Europe and PartnerRe Ireland writes certain U.S. facultative and Latin American business, through its

U.S. reinsurance intermediaries. As a result, PartnerRe Europe is deemed to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business and thus is
subject to taxation in the U.S. Finally, PartnerRe Capital Investments Corp. (PCIC) and PartnerRe Life Reinsurance Company of
America (PRLA) are also U.S. corporations subject to taxation in the U.S. The current statutory rate of tax on corporate profits in
the U.S. is 35%, reducing to 21% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. See the discussion of U.S. branch taxation
below and the discussion of taxation in Ireland above.

On this basis, the Company does not expect that it and its subsidiaries, other than the PartnerRe U.S. Companies, PartnerRe

Europe and PartnerRe Ireland for its U.S. intermediaries, PCIC and PRLA, will be required to pay U.S. corporate income taxes

(other than withholding taxes as described below). However, because there is considerable uncertainty as to the activities that
constitute a trade or business in the U.S., there can be no assurance that the IRS will not contend successfully that the Company or
its non-U.S. subsidiaries are engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. The maximum federal tax rate is currently 35%, reducing to
21% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, for a corporation’s income that is effectively connected with a trade or
business in the U.S. In addition, U.S. branches of foreign corporations may be subject to the branch profits tax, which imposes a tax
on U.S. branch after-tax earnings that are deemed repatriated out of the U.S., for a potential maximum effective federal tax rate of
approximately 54%, 45% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, on the net income connected with a U.S. trade or
business.

Foreign corporations not engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. are subject to U.S. income tax, effected through

withholding by the payer, on certain fixed or determinable annual or periodic gains, profits and income derived from sources within
the U.S. as enumerated in Section 881(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, such as dividends and interest on certain investments.

For tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the U.S. will impose a base erosion and anti-abuse tax (BEAT) on certain

payments from entities subject to U.S. tax to related foreign persons, also referred to as base erosion payments. Base erosion
payments generally include any amounts that are deductible, including reinsurance premiums ceded to a related foreign person.
Entities that meet certain thresholds are required to pay the new minimum base erosion and anti-abuse tax. The minimum BEAT is
based on the excess of a percentage of the entities’ modified taxable income over its regular tax liability for the year, but the amount
cannot be less than zero. The modified taxable income is taxed at 5% in 2018, 10% in 2019 through 2025, and 12.5% thereafter.
This provision generally applies to entities that are subject to US net income tax with average annual gross receipts of at least $500
million and that have made foreign related-party deductible payments totaling 3% or more of the entities’ total deductions for the
year. The BEAT is effective for base erosion payments paid or accrued in taxable years beginning after 31 December 2017.

The U.S. also imposes an excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premiums paid to foreign insurers or reinsurers with respect
to risks located in the U.S. The rate of tax applicable to reinsurance premiums paid to PartnerRe Bermuda is 1% of gross premiums.

Legal Proceedings

The Company’s reinsurance subsidiaries, and the insurance and reinsurance industry in general, are subject to litigation and

arbitration in the normal course of their business operations. In addition to claims litigation, the Company and its subsidiaries may
be subject to lawsuits and regulatory actions in the normal course of business that do not arise from or directly relate to claims on
reinsurance treaties. This category of business litigation typically involves, among other things, allegations of underwriting errors
or omissions, employment claims or regulatory activity. While the outcome of business litigation cannot be predicted with
certainty, the Company will dispute all allegations against the Company and/or its subsidiaries that management believes are
without merit.

At December 31, 2017, the Company was not a party to any litigation or arbitration that it believes could have a material

effect on the financial condition, results of operations or liquidity of the Company.

Disclosure Pursuant to Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act

Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012 added Section 13(r) to the Exchange Act.
Section 13(r) requires an issuer to disclose in its annual or quarterly reports filed with the SEC whether the issuer or any of its
affiliates have knowingly engaged in certain activities, transactions or dealing with the Government of Iran, relating to Iran or
with designated natural persons or entities involved in terrorism or the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction during the
period covered by the annual or quarterly report. Disclosure is required even when the activities were conducted outside the U.S.
by non-U.S. entities and even when such activities were conducted in compliance with applicable law.

On January 16, 2016, the United States and the EU eased sanctions against Iran pursuant to the Joint Comprehensive Plan of
Action, and many of the reportable activities, transactions and dealings under Section 13(r) are no longer subject to U.S. sanctions
and no longer prohibited by applicable local law.

Certain of our non-U.S. reinsurance operations provide reinsurance treaty coverage to non-U.S. insurers of marine & energy

risks as well as mutual associations of ship owners that provide their members with protection and liability coverage. As a result
of the recent lifting of European sanctions on Iran, some of these insurers have informed us that they have begun shipping, or will
begin to ship, cargo to and from Iran, including transporting crude oil, petrochemicals and refined petroleum products. Because
these non-U.S. subsidiaries insure or reinsure multiple voyages and fleets containing multiple ships, we are unable to attribute
gross revenues and net profits from such policies to activities with Iran. As the activities of our insureds are permitted under
applicable laws and regulations, the Company intends for its non-U.S. subsidiaries to continue providing such coverage to its
insureds and reinsureds.

Table of Contents

Though the intermediary of non-Iranian brokers, a non-U.S. subsidiary of the Company, entered into:

• A four layers property excess of loss reinsurance treaty with Bimeh Iran which is an entity that has been identified
as owned or controlled by the Government of Iran and appears on the List of Persons Identified as Blocked Solely
Pursuant to Executive Order 13599. The agreement was executed in 2017 and coverage began on January 1, 2017
for one year. Expected gross revenue is €177 thousand (approximately $218 thousand) and expected net profit
attributable to the contract is €47 thousand (approximately $58 thousand). The subsidiary intends to continue
providing such coverage in accordance with applicable law.

• A three layers marine excess of loss reinsurance treaty with Bimeh Iran. The agreement was executed in 2017 and
coverage began on July 1, 2017 for one year. Expected gross revenue is €129 thousand (approximately $160
thousand) and expected net profit attributable to the contract is €23 thousand (approximately $28 thousand). The
subsidiary intends to continue providing such coverage in accordance with applicable law.

• A three layers property catastrophe excess of loss reinsurance treaty with an Iranian pool of insurers of which one
member is Bimeh Iran. The agreement was executed in 2017 and coverage began on September 23, 2017 for one
year. Expected gross revenue is IRR 4,635 million (approximately $124 thousand) and expected net loss
attributable to the contract is IRR 4,947 million ($132 thousand). The subsidiary intends to continue providing such
coverage in accordance with applicable law.

Table of Contents

C. Organizational Structure

On March 18, 2016, following receipt of regulatory approvals, the Company's publicly held common shares were acquired by

Exor N.V., a subsidiary of EXOR S.p.A., one of Europe’s leading investment companies controlled by the Agnelli family.

In October 2016, Exor N.V. changed its name to EXOR Nederland N.V. In December 2016, EXOR S.p.A. merged with and

into EXOR HOLDING N.V., a newly formed entity organized in the Netherlands and, in conjunction with the merger, EXOR
HOLDING N.V. changed its name to EXOR N.V. EXOR N.V. is listed on the Milan Stock Exchange.

In addition to the Company, significant subsidiaries of EXOR N.V. include Fiat Chrysler Automobiles, CNH Industrial,

Ferrari, The Economist Group and Juventus Football Club.

The Company’s principal operating subsidiaries at December 31, 2017 are as follows:

Partner Reinsurance Company Ltd.
Partner Reinsurance Europe SE

Partner Reinsurance Company of the U.S.

Partner Reinsurance Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd.

Jurisdiction

Bermuda

Ireland

New York, United States

Singapore

Percentage Interest Held

100%

See Exhibit 8.1 to this annual report on Form 20-F for a listing of all of the Company’s subsidiaries.

D. Property, Plants and Equipment

The Company leases office space in Hamilton (Bermuda) where its principal executive offices are located. Additionally, the

Company leases office space in various other locations, principally in Dublin, Stamford, Connecticut in the U.S., Toronto, Paris and
Zurich.

In 2017, the Company purchased from a related party certain real estate investments located in the U.K. See Note 19 to the

Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 for further details.

ITEM 4.A UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

The following discussions should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements for the years ended

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 in Item 18 of this report.

The financial results below are presented in U.S. dollars as the reporting currency. The financial information presented below

is based on, or has been derived from the U.S. GAAP Consolidated Financial Statements presented in Item 18 of this report.

This discussion includes forward-looking statements, which, although based on assumptions that we consider reasonable, are
subject to risks and uncertainties which could cause actual events or conditions to differ materially from those expressed or implied
by the forward-looking statements. See G. Safe Harbor section below and Risk Factors in Item 3 of this report for a discussion of
risks and uncertainties.

Executive Overview

The Company is a leading global reinsurer, with a broadly diversified and balanced portfolio of traditional reinsurance risks

and capital markets risks. The Company has three segments: P&C, Specialty, Life and Health (see Results by Segment below).

The Company is in the business of assessing and assuming risk for an appropriate return. The Company creates value through
its ability to understand, evaluate, diversify and distribute risk. The Company's strategy is founded on a capital-based risk appetite
and the selected risks that management believes will allow the Company to meet its goals for appropriate profitability and risk
management within that appetite. Management believes that this construct allows the Company to balance the cedant’s need for
confidence of claims payment with shareholder needs for an appropriate return on their capital.

The Company’s long-term objective is to manage a portfolio of diversified risks that will create shareholder value. The

Company’s profitability in any particular period can be significantly affected by large catastrophic or other large losses and the
impact of changes in interest rates on the fair value of investments (see Key Factors Affecting Year-over-Year Comparability

Table of Contents

below). Accordingly, the Company’s performance during any particular period is not necessarily indicative of its performance over
the longer-term reinsurance cycle.

Industry Environment, Strategic Initiatives and Capital Management

In spite of the challenging and limited growth environment experienced in the reinsurance industry for a number of years, the

need for reinsurance is not diminishing. To the contrary, the reinsurance environment is becoming more and more complex, as the
traditional forms of risk are increasingly exposed to globalization and urbanization and new forms of risks develop (such as cyber,
geopolitical and supply chain). Factors such as a high protection gap in the Non-life and Life and Health reinsurance and emerging
markets, as well as primary insurers needs to reduce volatility in earnings, further increase the need for reinsurance. While the
alternative capital market has been growing, it cannot replace traditional reinsurers whose balance sheets can absorb risks more
efficiently, especially in medium and long tail lines of business.

The Company believes that overall, reinsurance will broadly remain a cyclical market, albeit of less amplitude, primarily as a

result of excess capital, and that the cycles will become more specific and local, with less global amplitude. The Company's
strategy is to focus on reinsurance of business written by our cedants, and not compete with our clients through directly writing or
assuming insurance risks.

Among the Company's strategic priorities are growing the non-life footprint with selected clients and brokers, using
retrocession to enhance balance sheet and relevance, and growing the Life and Health book in targeted product segments and
geographies. The Company is focused on striking the right balance between top down and bottom up risk selection by broadening
scope and client penetration for well-understood, efficient risk classes and keeping a selective approach for less predictable risk
patterns.

During 2017, the Company continued to execute its growth strategy in the Life and Health segment by completing the

acquisition of Aurigen expanding its life reinsurance footprint in Canada and the U.S. In addition, as a result of the reorganization of
the Company's support units and initiated other cost-saving initiatives following the closing of the acquisition by Exor N.V., the
Company has achieved operational cost savings.

See Risk Factors in Item 3 of this report for a description of risks that may affect our business.

The following discussion provides an overview of business operations, trends and the outlook for 2018 with respect to each of

the Company’s Non-life, Life and Health and Investment operations.

Non-life reinsurance operations, trends and 2018 outlook

The Company generates its non-life reinsurance revenue from premiums. Premium rates and overall terms and conditions vary

depending on market conditions. Pricing cycles are driven by supply of capital in the industry and demand for reinsurance and
insurance and other risk transfer products. The reinsurance business is also influenced by several other factors, including variations
in interest rates and financial markets, changes in legal, regulatory and judicial environments, loss trends, inflation and general
economic conditions.

In an increasingly competitive market environment, and considering increased regulatory and rating agency expectations, the

Company continues to focus on its risk management strategy, financial strength, underwriting selection process and global presence.
The Company removes the volatility associated with those risks from the client, and then manages those risks and the risk-related
volatility. Through its broad product and geographic diversification, the Company is able to achieve portfolio diversification of
risks, and its execution capabilities and global presence enables the Company to respond quickly to market needs.

A key challenge facing the Company is successfully managing risk through all phases of the reinsurance cycle. The Company

believes that its long-term strategy of closely monitoring and being selective in the business that it writes, and maintaining the
diversification and balance of its portfolio, will optimize returns over the reinsurance cycle. Individual businesses and markets have
their own unique characteristics and are at different stages of the reinsurance pricing cycle at any given point in time. Management
believes the Company has an appropriate portfolio diversification by product, geography, type of business, length of tail and
distribution channel. Further, management believes that this diversification, in addition to the financial strength of the Company and
its strong global franchise, will help to mitigate cyclical declines in underwriting profitability.

The Non-life reinsurance market has historically been highly cyclical in nature as evidenced by hard and soft markets. For

many years, with the exception of lines and markets impacted by specific catastrophic or large loss events, the Company has been
experiencing a soft market with general decreases in pricing and profitability. Following recent large catastrophe losses during the
third and fourth quarters of 2017, the catastrophe exposed business has experienced price increases. However, the availability of
capital is reducing the amplitude of cycles compared to the past.

Table of Contents

The Company writes a large majority of its business on a treaty basis and the majority of the non-life treaty business renews

on January 1. The remainder of this business renews at other times during the year. In addition to treaty business, the Company
writes direct and facultative business which renews throughout the year.

The outlooks for 2017 for each of the P&C and Specialty segments are summarized as follows:

2018 P&C Segment Outlook

During the January 1, 2018 renewals, the Company observed improving pricing, with a double-digit rate increase in North
America property catastrophe rates along with improving profit margins in other P&C segments globally. The expected premium
volume from the Company’s January 1, 2018 renewals, at constant foreign exchange rates, increased compared to the prior year
renewal. As a result of the persisting competition and excess capacity in the industry, it is not possible to forecast if improving
pricing conditions will continue in the future.

2018 Specialty Segment Outlook

During the January 1, 2018 renewals, the Company generally observed improved pricing in most lines of business within the

Specialty segment. The expected premium volume from the Company’s January 1, 2018 renewal, at constant foreign exchange
rates, increased compared to the prior year renewal. As a result of the persisting competition and excess capacity in the industry, it is
not possible to forecast if improving pricing conditions will continue in the future.

Life and Health reinsurance operations, trends and 2018 outlook

The Company’s Life and Health segment derives revenues primarily from premiums. Within the Life and Health segment, the
Company writes mortality, longevity, and accident and health products. Management believes the Life and Health business provides
the Company with diversification benefits and balance to its portfolio as they are generally not correlated to the Company’s Non-life
business.

The profitability of the life and accident and health business mainly depends on the volume and amount of death claims
incurred, medical claims and expenses, and the ability to adequately price the risk the Company assumes. The majority of the life
premium arises from long-term in-force contracts. The life reinsurance policies are often in force for the remaining lifetime of the
underlying individuals insured, with premiums earned typically over a period of 10 to 30 years. The volume of the business may be
reduced each year by lapses, voluntary surrenders, death of insureds and recaptures by ceding companies. While death claims are
reasonably estimated over a period of many years, claims become less predictable over shorter periods and can fluctuate
significantly from period to period. Similarly, while the volume of medical claims can be predicted to a certain extent, the amount of
claims and expenses depends on various factors, primarily healthcare inflation rates, driven by a shift towards the older population,
reliance on expensive medical equipment and technology, and changes in demand for healthcare services over time.

Compared to the Non-life markets, the Life and Health reinsurance markets are more concentrated, with fewer market

participants.

2018 Life and Health Outlook

The January 1, 2018 renewal for Life business is not relevant, as it only impacts the short-term mortality in-force premium,
which is a relatively limited portion of the Life portfolio. Management expects moderate continued growth in the Company’s Life
portfolio in 2018 assuming constant foreign exchange rates, mainly due to growth in Canada following the Aurigen acquisition.
Pricing conditions are not expected to materially differ from 2017. The renewal of the Company's Health business was relatively
stable compared to the prior year as a result of non-renewal of certain business being offset by rate increases.

Investment operations, trends and 2018 outlook

The Company generates revenue from its high quality investment portfolio through net investment income, including interest

on fixed maturities, interest in earnings of equity method investments, and realized and unrealized gains on investments.

For the Company’s investment risks, which include public, private market and real estate investments, diversification of risk is

critical to achieving the risk and return objectives of the Company.

The Company allocates its invested assets into two categories: liability funds and capital funds. The Company’s investment

policy distinguishes between liquid, high quality (investment grade) assets that support the Company’s liabilities, and the more
diversified, higher risk asset classes that are allowed within the Company’s capital funds (see B. Liquidity and Capital Resources
below for a discussion of liability and capital funds).

Table of Contents

While there will be periods where such investments may earn less than the risk-free rate of return, or potentially produce
negative results, the Company believes the rewards for assuming these risks in a disciplined and measured way will produce a
positive excess return to the Company over time. Additionally, since a portion of our investment risks are not fully correlated with
the Company’s reinsurance risks, this increases the overall diversification of the Company’s total risk portfolio.

The Company follows prudent investment guidelines through a strategy that seeks to maximize returns while managing

investment risk in line with the Company’s overall objectives of earnings stability and long-term book value growth. A key
challenge for the Company is achieving the right balance in changing market conditions. The Company regularly reviews the
allocation of investments to asset classes within its investment portfolio and its funds held–directly managed account and allocates
investments to those asset classes the Company anticipates will outperform in the future, subject to limits and guidelines. Similarly,
the Company reduces its exposure to asset classes where returns are deemed unattractive. The Company may also lengthen or
shorten the duration of its fixed maturity portfolio in anticipation of changes in interest rates, or increase or decrease the amount of
credit risk it assumes, depending on credit spreads and anticipated economic conditions.

In 2017, the Company's investment portfolio benefited by a market environment characterized by relatively low volatility, and
positive performance of most asset classes, particularly at the higher end of the risk spectrum. In particular, the Company benefited
from positive performances in public and private equity, as well as in real estate. Compression of credit spreads resulted in gains in
the investment-grade corporate bond portfolio, more than offsetting the losses generated by the moderate increase in U.S. risk-free
rates.

Assuming constant foreign exchange rates and absence of negative cash flows related to catastrophic or large loss events,

management expects net investment income in 2018 to be comparable to 2017.

A. Operating Results

Following the acquisition of the Company’s common shares by Exor N.V. (subsequently renamed EXOR Nederland N.V.) in

March 2016, all of the Company’s publicly traded common shares and all treasury shares were canceled. At December 31, 2017 and
2016, EXOR Nederland N.V. holds 100% of the 100 million Class A shares of $0.00000001 par value each for a total share capital
of $1.00. Accordingly, per share data is not considered meaningful and is no longer presented by the Company.

Key Factors Affecting Year-over-Year Comparability

The key factors affecting the year-over-year comparability of the Company’s results for the years ended December 31, 2017,

2016 and 2015 include large catastrophic and large loss events, volatility in capital markets and non-recurring other expenses. These
factors may continue to affect our results of operations and financial condition in the future.

Large Catastrophic and Large Loss Events

As the Company’s reinsurance operations are exposed to low-frequency and high-severity risk events, some of which are
seasonal, results for certain periods may include unusually low loss experience, while results for other periods may include modest
or significant loss experience driven by catastrophic losses. The Company considers losses greater than $35 million, net of
retrocession and reinstatement premiums, to be large catastrophic or large loss events.

The combined impact of the large catastrophic and large losses on the Company’s operating results for the years ended

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

Large catastrophic and large losses

Impact on combined ratio

P&C
segment
$ 508 $

2017

Specialty
segment

61 $

P&C
segment
$ 110

Total
Non-life(1)
569
15.4 %

2016

Specialty
segment
46

Total
Non-life(2)
156
4.0 %

P&C
segment
$ 37

2015

Specialty
segment
22

Total
Non-life(3)
59
1.5 %

(1) Large catastrophic and large losses for 2017 are net of retrocession and reinstatement premiums and were comprised of $449

million related to the 2017 Hurricanes and $120 million related to the California Wildfires.

(2) Large catastrophic and large losses for 2016 are net of retrocession and reinstatement premiums and were comprised of $69

million related to the Canadian Wildfires, $45 million related to Hurricane Matthew and $42 million related to the Ghana
energy loss.

(3) Large losses of $59 million for 2015 are net of retrocession and represent losses related to the Tianjin Explosion.

The combined ratio is presented and defined in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report.

Table of Contents

Volatility in Capital Markets

Operating results for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were significantly impacted by the volatility in the
capital markets with the Company reporting net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments in net income as follows (in
millions of U.S. dollars):

Year ended December 31,
2017
2016

2015

Total

232
26
(297 )

In 2017, corporate bond spreads narrowed, equity markets increased and U.S. risk-free rates increased, resulting in a net

realized and unrealized gain on investments recorded in net income.

In 2016, U.S. risk-free interest rates increased at the end of the year and credit spreads narrowed compared to December 31,

2015, resulting in a modest net realized and unrealized gain on investments recorded in net income.

In 2015, U.S. risk-free interest rates increased, credit spreads widened and worldwide equity markets deteriorated. The result

of these movements was a net realized and unrealized loss on investments recorded in net income.

Other Expenses

The results for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were significantly impacted by certain expenses that are

reasonably expected to not recur, included within Other expenses, as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

Year ended December 31,
2017
2016

2015

Total

33
128
411

See Review of Net Income below and Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 for further details of the

non-recurring expenses noted above.

Foreign Exchange Movements

The Company’s reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. The Company’s significant subsidiaries and branches have one of the

following functional currencies: U.S. dollar, Euro or Canadian dollar. As a significant portion of the Company’s operations is
transacted in foreign currencies, fluctuations in foreign exchange rates may affect year-over-year comparisons. To the extent that
fluctuations in foreign exchange rates affect comparisons, their impact has been quantified, when possible, and discussed throughout
this annual report. See Note 2(m) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for a discussion of translation of
foreign currencies.

The foreign exchange fluctuations for the principal currencies in which the Company transacts business were as follows:

•

the U.S. dollar ending exchange rate weakened against most currencies at December 31, 2017 compared to December 31,
2016;

the U.S. dollar average exchange rate for the year weakened against most major currencies with the exception of GBP and
the Japanese yen which strengthened, in 2017 compared to 2016; and

the U.S. dollar average exchange rate for the year was stronger against most currencies, except the Japanese yen, in 2016
compared to 2015.

The above fluctuations impacted individual line items of the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations, however, the

overall net impact is not significant due to the matching of assets and liabilities by currency and due to the hedging of material
foreign exchange exposures. See also section B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Currency below for a discussion of the impact of
foreign exchange movements on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Table of Contents

Review of Net Income

The components of net income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are presented in the Company’s
Consolidated Statements of Operations, and the breakdown by segment in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item
18 of this report.

Management analyzes the Company’s net income in three parts: underwriting result, investment result and other components

of net income or loss not allocated to the Company’s Non-life and Life and Health segments (included in Corporate and Other
component). These components for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows (in millions of U.S.
dollars):

Underwriting result

Investment result

Corporate and Other

Net income

2017

2016

2015

(88 )
720
(368 ) $
264 $

252
414
(219 ) $
447 $

619
159
(671 )
107

The components of net income, and changes for the years presented above, are described below.

Underwriting Result

Underwriting result consists of net premiums earned and other income less losses and loss expenses, acquisition costs and
other expenses. Underwriting result is a primary measure of underlying profitability for the Company’s core reinsurance operations,
separate from the investment results, and is used to manage and evaluate the Company's Non-life segments (P&C and Specialty)
and Life and Health segment. The Company believes that in order to enhance the understanding of its profitability, it is useful for
our shareholders and other users of this report to evaluate the components of net income or loss separately and in the aggregate.
Underwriting result should not be considered a substitute for net income or loss and does not reflect the overall profitability of the
business, which is also impacted by investment results and other items.

The Non-life and Life and Health underwriting results for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows

(in millions of U.S. dollars):

Non-life

Life and Health

Total underwriting result

2017

2016

2015

24 $

(112 )

(88 )

249 $
3
252

584
35
619

The Non-life and Life and Health underwriting results for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were comprised

as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

Total
Non-life

2017

Life and
Health

Total

Total
Non-life

2016

Life and
Health

Total

Total
Non-life

2015

Life and
Health

Technical result
Other (loss) income(1)
Other expenses(1)
Underwriting result

129 $
(1 )
(104 )

24 $

(65 ) $
14
(61 )
(112 ) $

64 $
13
(165 )
(88 ) $

476 $
2
(229 )
249 $

59 $
10
(66 )

3 $

535 $
12
(295 )
252 $

803 $
—
(219 )
584 $

92 $
6
(63 )
35 $

Total

895
6
(282 )
619

(1) Other income or loss and other expenses above represent expenses allocated to the segments and include direct expenses and
certain other expenses that vary with the volume of business. The indirect fixed costs are not allocated to segments and are
presented in Corporate and Other below.

Non-life segments

The Non-life underwriting result and combined ratio for 2017 primarily reflected large catastrophic losses related to the 2017

Hurricanes and California Wildfires. The Non-life combined ratio benefited from net favorable prior year development of $448
million (12.2 points on the combined ratio) with both the P&C and Specialty segments experiencing net favorable development.

Table of Contents

The Non-life underwriting result and combined ratio for 2016 primarily reflected losses from the Canadian wildfires, hurricane

Matthew and an energy loss. The Non-life combined ratio benefited from net favorable prior year development of $677 million
(17.6 points on the combined ratio) for 2016, with both the P&C and Specialty segments experiencing net favorable development.

The Non-life underwriting result and combined ratio in 2015 reflected increasingly competitive pricing and conditions,
resulting in higher downward prior year premium adjustments and large losses related to the Tianjin Explosion. The net favorable
prior year development of $831 million (20.5 points on the combined ratio) was driven by both Non-life segments.

Life and Health segment

The underwriting loss in the Life and Health segment in 2017 was primarily due to losses in Health, partially offset by gains in

Life.

The underwriting gain in 2016 and 2015 was due to positive contribution from both Life and Health business, driven by

favorable prior year development.

See Results by Segment below for further details and Note 8(a) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this

report for a further discussion of the reserve development related to prior accident years.

Investment Result

Investment result consists of net investment income, net realized and unrealized investment gains or losses and interest in
earnings or losses of equity method investments. Net investment income includes interest, dividends and amortization of premiums
and discounts on fixed maturities and short-term investments, rental income on investments in real estate as well as investment
income on funds held and funds held–directly managed, and is net of investment expenses, generated by the Company’s investment
activities, and withholding taxes. Net realized and unrealized investment gains or losses include sales of the Company’s fixed
income, equity and other invested assets and investments underlying the funds held–directly managed account and changes in net
unrealized gains or losses. Interest in earnings or losses of equity method investments represents the Company’s aggregate share of
earnings or losses related to several private placement investments and limited partnership interests.

The components of the investment result for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows (in millions

of U.S. dollars):

Net investment income

Net realized and unrealized investment gains (losses)

Interest in earnings (losses) of equity method investments

Total investment result

Net Investment Income

2017

2016

2015

402
232
86
720

411
26
(23 )
414

450
(297 )
6
159

Net investment income by asset source for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was as follows (in millions of

U.S. dollars):

Fixed maturities, short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents
Equities

Funds held and other

Funds held–directly managed

Investment expenses

Net investment income

2017 compared to 2016

2017

2016

2015

388 $
—
29
8
(23 )
402 $

398 $
4
34
10
(35 )
411 $

426
31
27
12
(46 )
450

Net investment income decreased in 2017 compared to 2016 due to the partial sale of the principal finance portfolio in the

fourth quarter of 2016, which was partially offset by the inclusion of Aurigen's portfolio, increases in reinvestment rates in the U.S.
and Canada, a higher allocation to investment grade corporate bonds and lower investment expenses during the year.

Table of Contents

2016 compared to 2015

Net investment income decreased in 2016 compared to 2015 due to lower income from fixed income securities, the
strengthening of the U.S. dollar against most major currencies (which resulted in a 2% decrease in net investment income) and a
decrease from equities, primarily due to a change in investment portfolio composition. These decreases were partially offset by
lower investment expenses.

Net Realized and Unrealized Investment Gains (Losses)

The Company’s portfolio managers have a total return investment objective, achieved through a combination of optimizing
current investment income and pursuing capital appreciation. To meet this objective, it is often desirable to buy and sell securities to
take advantage of changing market conditions and to reposition the investment portfolios. Accordingly, recognition of realized gains
and losses is considered by the Company to be a normal consequence of its ongoing investment management activities. In addition,
the Company recognized changes in fair value for substantially all of its investments as changes in unrealized investment gains or
losses in its Consolidated Statements of Operations. Realized and unrealized investment gains and losses are generally a function of
multiple factors, with the most significant being prevailing interest rates, credit spreads and equity market conditions.

The components of net realized and unrealized investment gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
were as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

Net realized investment gains
Change in net unrealized investment gains or losses

Net realized and unrealized investment gains (losses)

2017

2016

2015

22
210
232 $

103
(77 )
26 $

172
(469 )

(297 )

The net realized and unrealized investment gains of $232 million in 2017 were primarily due to narrowing of corporate bond
spreads and increases in equity markets, partially offset by increases in U.S. risk-free interest rates. Net realized investment gains
were primarily driven by gains on fixed maturities and short-term investments and net unrealized gains were primarily driven by
fixed maturities and short-term investments, equities and other invested assets.

The net realized and unrealized investment gains of $26 million in 2016 were primarily due to narrowing of credit spreads,

partially offset by increases in U.S. risk-free interest rates at the end of the year. Net realized investment gains in 2016 were
primarily driven by gains on fixed maturities and short-term investments and net unrealized losses were primarily driven by fixed
maturities and short-term investments.

The net realized and unrealized investment losses of $297 million in 2015 were primarily due to increases in U.S. risk-free
interest rates, the widening of credit spreads, decreases in worldwide equity markets and realized losses on treasury note futures. Net
realized investment gains in 2015 were primarily driven by gains on equities and net unrealized losses were primarily driven by
equities and fixed maturities and short-term investments.

See also Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 for further details.

Interest in Earnings (Losses) of Equity Method Investments

The interest in earnings in equity method investments of $86 million in 2017 was primarily due to a significant gain related to

Almacantar, a privately held real estate investment and development group.

The losses of $23 million in 2016 and gains of $6 million in 2015 were due to the Company’s aggregate share of earnings or

losses related to several private placement investments and limited partnerships.

Corporate and Other

The following are components of net income (in millions of U.S. dollars) that the Company does not allocate to segments, in

line with the way the Company manages its business, as described above.

Table of Contents

Other income not allocated to the segments(1)
Other expenses not allocated to the segments

Interest expense

Loss on redemption of debt

Amortization of intangible assets

Net foreign exchange (losses) gains

Income tax expense

Corporate and Other

2017

2016

2015

2
(183 )
(42 )
(2 )
(25 )
(108 )
(10 )
(368 ) $

3
(177 )

(49 )

(22 )

(26 )
78
(26 )

3
(509 )

(49 )
—
(27 )

(9 )

(80 )

(219 ) $

(671 )

(1) Other income includes income on insurance-linked securities. Other income for 2017 also includes a bargain purchase gain on
the Aurigen acquisition of less than $1 million. Other income for 2016 and 2015 also includes principal finance transactions
within the investment portfolio.

Other Expenses

The Company allocates direct expenses and certain other expenses that vary with the volume of business to its operating

segments. These expenses are included in underwriting result above and are presented in Results by Segment below. The indirect
fixed costs are not allocated to segments and are presented in Corporate and Other.

The Company’s total other expenses, included in the underwriting result and in Corporate and other, for the years ended

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars, except ratios):

2017

2016

2015

Other expenses, as reported

Other transaction and severance related costs

Other expenses, as adjusted for various transaction and severance related costs

Other expenses, as adjusted, as a % of total net premiums earned

348
(33 )
315
6.3 %

472
(128 )
344
6.9 %

791
(411 )
380
7.2 %

2017 compared to 2016

Other expenses, as reported, decreased by $124 million, or 26%, in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to the efficiency
actions undertaken following the closing of the acquisition by Exor N.V. and lower reorganization and transaction costs, partially
offset by the inclusion of Aurigen expenses. In 2017, other expenses include $33 million of transaction costs primarily related to the
reorganization costs and the acquisition of Aurigen (see Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report
for further details).

2016 compared to 2015

Other expenses, as reported, decreased by $319 million, or 40%, in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to a termination fee

and reimbursement of expenses of $315 million to Axis Capital Holdings Limited (Axis) for terminating an amalgamation
agreement previously entered into in January 2015. The Company also expensed $71 million of other transaction and
reorganization related costs in addition to $25 million pursuant to an earn-out agreement with former shareholders of Presidio.

In addition, other transaction and severance related costs were $57 million higher in 2016 compared to 2015, primarily as a

result of the closing of the acquisition by Exor N.V. in March 2016 and costs related to the reorganization of the Company’s
operations (see Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for further details).

Interest Expense

Interest expense in 2017 decreased compared to 2016 and 2015 due to the optimization of the Company's capital structure
through the issuance of a 750 million Euro-denominated bond in September 2016 and the redemption of certain high coupon senior
notes and preferred shares during the fourth quarter of 2016 (see below and Note 10 to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item
18 of this report for further details).

Loss on Redemption of Debt

The loss on redemption of debt in 2017 and 2016 relates to debt settled by Aurigen in 2017 and redemption of the $250
million 2008 senior notes in 2016, representing a make whole provision related to future interest foregone as a result of the early

Table of Contents

retirement (see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 for further details of the Company’s redemption of
senior notes).

Amortization of Intangible Assets

Amortization of intangible assets relates to intangible assets acquired upon acquisition of Paris Re in 2009, Presidio in 2012

and Aurigen in 2017. See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 for further details of the Company’s intangible
assets and amortization.

Net Foreign Exchange Losses (Gains)

The Company hedges a significant portion of its currency risk exposure as discussed in Quantitative and Qualitative

Disclosures about Market Risk in Item 11 of this report.

The net foreign exchange losses in 2017 resulted primarily from the impact of the weakening of the U.S. dollar on certain

unhedged non-U.S. denominated liabilities and the cost of hedging activities.

The net foreign exchange gains in 2016 resulted primarily from the impact of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar on certain

unhedged non-U.S. denominated liabilities, partially offset by the cost of hedging activities.

The net foreign exchange losses in 2015 resulted primarily from the impact of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar on certain
unhedged non-U.S. denominated investment portfolios, partially offset by gains related to the timing of hedging activities and the
difference in forward points embedded in the Company’s hedges.

Income Taxes

The effective income tax rate, which the Company calculates as income tax expense or benefit divided by net income or loss

before taxes, may fluctuate significantly from period to period depending on the geographic distribution of pre-tax net income or
loss in any given period between different jurisdictions. The geographic distribution of pre-tax net income or loss can vary
significantly between periods due to, but not limited to, the following factors: the business mix of net premiums earned, the
geographic location, quantum and nature of net losses and loss expenses and life policy benefits incurred, the quantum and
geographic location of other expenses, net investment income, net realized and changes in unrealized investment gains and losses
and the quantum of specific adjustments to determine the income tax basis in each of the Company’s operating jurisdictions. In
addition, a significant portion of the Company’s gross and net premiums are written and earned in Bermuda, a non-taxable
jurisdiction, including the majority of the Company’s catastrophe business, which can result in significant volatility in the
Company’s pre-tax net income or loss from period to period.

The Company’s income tax expense and effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

were as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

Income tax expense
Effective income tax rate

2017

2016

2015

10
3.8 %

26
5.5 %

80
42.6 %

Income tax expense and the effective income tax rate during 2017, 2016 and 2015 were primarily driven by the geographic

distribution of the Company’s pre-tax net income between its various jurisdictions.

The recent enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act in the U.S. resulted in a charge of $5 million in the fourth quarter of 2017.

In 2016, the income tax expense included a tax benefit of $29 million recorded following the favorable outcome of certain tax

litigation and favorable adjustments related to certain tax-exempt bonds.

In 2015, the Company’s non-taxable jurisdictions recorded a pre-tax net loss with no associated tax benefit, driven primarily

by the termination fee and reimbursement of expenses paid to Axis of $315 million.

Results by Segment

The Company monitors the performance of its operations in three segments: P&C, Specialty and Life and Health. See the
description of the Company’s segments, including a discussion of how the Company measures its segment results, in Note 20 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this report.

Table of Contents

P&C Segment

The components of the technical result, which is calculated as net premiums earned less losses and loss expenses and
acquisition costs, and the corresponding ratios, which are calculated as a percentage of net premiums earned, for the P&C segment
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars, except ratios):

2017

2016

2015

Gross premiums written

Net premiums written

Net premiums earned
Losses and loss expenses(1)
Acquisition costs

Technical result

Other income

Other expenses

Underwriting result

Loss ratio

Acquisition ratio

Technical ratio

Other expense ratio

Combined ratio

2,255
1,996
1,963
(1,620 )
(495 )
(152 ) $
—
(71 )

(223 )
82.6 %
25.2
107.8 %
3.6
111.4 %

2,269
2,061
2,086
(1,248 )

(556 )
282
3
(141 )
144
59.8 %
26.7
86.5 %
6.7
93.2 %

2,371
2,236
2,240
(1,129 )

(570 )
541
—
(137 )
404
50.4 %
25.4
75.8 %
6.2
82.0 %

(1) See Liquidity and Capital Resources—Non-life and Life and Health Reserves—Non-life reserves below and Note 8 to the

Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for an analysis of losses and loss expenses.

Premiums

The P&C segment represented 39%, 42% and 43% of total net premiums written in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Business reported in this segment is, to a significant extent, originally denominated in foreign currencies and is reported in U.S.
dollars. The U.S. dollar can fluctuate significantly against other currencies and this should be considered when making year to year
comparisons.

2017 compared to 2016

The decrease in gross premiums written resulted primarily from cancellations and renewal changes in all lines, which were

partially offset by new business written and a higher level of gross reinstatement premiums related to the large catastrophic losses.
Net premiums written and earned decreased due to the same factors driving the decrease in gross premiums written, in addition to
higher premiums ceded in the catastrophe portfolio.

2016 compared to 2015

The decrease in gross premiums written resulted primarily from foreign exchange movements and cancellations and non-
renewals due to continued pressure on pricing and increased retentions by clients, which were partially offset by new business
written. Net premiums written and earned decreased due to the same factors driving the decrease in gross premiums written, in
addition to higher premiums ceded in the catastrophe portfolio.

Technical and underwriting result and related ratios

2017 compared to 2016

The decrease in the technical result (and the corresponding increase in the technical ratio) in 2017 compared to 2016 was
primarily driven by a higher level of large catastrophic losses related to the 2017 Hurricanes and the California Wildfires compared
to large catastrophic losses related to the Canadian Wildfires and Hurricane Matthew during 2016, and a lower level of favorable
prior year loss development. The increase in the underwriting loss (and a corresponding increase in the combined ratio) was driven
by the decrease in the technical result, partially offset by a decrease in other expenses allocated to the P&C segment as a result of
the efficiency actions undertaken following the closing of the acquisition by Exor N.V.

Table of Contents

2016 compared to 2015

The decrease in the technical result and the underwriting results (and the corresponding increase in the technical and combined

ratios) in 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily attributable to a higher level of mid-sized loss activity, large catastrophic losses
related to the Canadian Wildfires and Hurricane Matthew during 2016 compared to the Tianjin Explosion in 2015 and a lower level
of favorable prior year loss development.

Specialty Segment

The components of the technical result, which is calculated as net premiums earned less losses and loss expenses and
acquisition costs, and the corresponding ratios, which are calculated as a percentage of net premiums earned, for the Specialty
segment for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars, except ratios):

2017

2016

2015

Gross premiums written
Net premiums written
Net premiums earned
Losses and loss expenses(1)
Acquisition costs

Technical result
Other (loss) income
Other expenses

Underwriting result
Loss ratio
Acquisition ratio

Technical ratio
Other expense ratio

Combined ratio

$
$
$

1,934
1,780
1,725
(955 )
(489 )
281
(1 )
(33 )
247
55.4 %
28.4
83.8 %
1.9
85.7 %

$
$
$

1,920
1,776
1,767
(1,073 )
(500 )
194

(1 )
(88 )
105
60.8 %
28.3
89.1 %
4.9
94.0 %

1,906
1,786
1,820
(1,064 )
(494 )
262
—
(82 )
180
58.5 %
27.1
85.6 %
4.5
90.1 %

(1) See Liquidity and Capital Resources—Non-life and Life and Health Reserves—Non-life reserves in Item 5 and Note 8 to the

Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for an analysis of losses and loss expenses.

Premiums

The Specialty segment represented 35%, 36% and 34% of total net premiums written in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Business reported in this segment is, to a significant extent, originally denominated in foreign currencies and is reported in U.S.
dollars.

2017 compared to 2016

The increase in gross premiums written was driven primarily by new business written and renewal changes. These increases
were largely offset by cancellations and the impact of foreign exchange. Net premiums written increased due to the same factors
driving the increase in gross premiums written, partially offset by higher premiums ceded in 2017 under new and existing contracts.

2016 compared to 2015

The increase in gross premiums written was driven primarily by the impact of foreign exchange, new business written and a

lower level of downward prior year premium adjustments in 2016 compared to 2015. These increases were partially offset by
cancellations, reduced participations and changes in underlying cedant premium. Net premiums written and earned decreased
largely due to higher premiums ceded in 2016.

Table of Contents

Technical and underwriting result and related ratios

2017 compared to 2016

The increase in the technical result (and the corresponding decrease in the technical ratio) in 2017 compared to 2016 was
primarily attributable to lower mid-sized and attritional losses in the current accident year, partially offset by large catastrophic
losses related to the 2017 Hurricanes and the California Wildfires, and lower prior year loss development in 2017. The increase in
the underwriting result (and a corresponding decrease in the combined ratio) was driven by the increase in the technical result,
partially offset by a decrease in other expenses allocated to the Specialty segment as a result of the efficiency actions undertaken
following the closing of the acquisition by Exor N.V.

2016 compared to 2015

The decrease in the technical and underwriting results (and the corresponding increase in the technical and combined ratios) in

2016 compared to 2015 was primarily attributable to a lower level of favorable prior year loss development, large catastrophic
losses related to Hurricane Matthew and the Ghana energy loss in 2016 and a marginal increase in the acquisition cost ratio, mainly
related to profit commission adjustments in agriculture reflecting favorable experience, partially offset by a lower level of mid-sized
loss activity during 2016 compared to 2015.

Life and Health Segment

The Company provides reinsurance coverage to primary life insurers and pension funds to protect against individual and group

mortality and disability risks. Mortality business is written primarily on a proportional basis through treaty agreements and is
subdivided into death and disability covers (with various riders), term assurance and critical illness (TCI) and guaranteed minimum
death benefit (GMDB). The Company also writes certain treaties on a non-proportional basis.

The Company provides reinsurance coverage to employer sponsored pension schemes and primary life insurers who issue
annuity contracts offering long-term retirement benefits to consumers, who, in turn, seek protection against outliving their financial
resources. Longevity business is written on a long-term, proportional basis. The Company’s longevity portfolio is subdivided into
standard and non-standard annuities. The non-standard annuities are annuities sold to consumers with aggravated health conditions
and are usually medically underwritten on an individual basis. The main risk the Company is exposed to by writing longevity
business is an increase in the future life span of the insured compared to the expected life span.

The Company provides reinsurance coverage to primary life insurers with respect to individual and group health risks,

including specialty accident and health business such as Health Maintenance Organizations (HMO) reinsurance, medical
reinsurance and provider and employer excess of loss programs.

The components of the allocated underwriting result for the Life and Health segment for the years ended December 31, 2017,

2016 and 2015 were as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

Gross premiums written
Net premiums written
Net premiums earned
Losses and loss expenses(1)
Acquisition costs

Technical result
Other income(2)
Other expenses

Underwriting result
Net investment income

Allocated underwriting result

2017

2016

2015

$
$
$

1,399 $
1,344 $
1,337 $
(1,266 )
(136 )
(65 ) $
14
(61 )
(112 ) $
60
(52 ) $

1,168 $
1,117 $
1,117 $
(927 )
(131 )

59 $
10
(66 )

3 $
58
61 $

1,271
1,208
1,209
(964 )
(153 )
92
6
(63 )
35
59
94

(1) See Liquidity and Capital Resources—Non-life and Life and Health Reserves—Life and Health Reserves in Item 5 and Note 8

to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for an analysis of losses and loss expenses.

(2) Other income represents fee income on deposit accounted contracts and longevity swaps.

Table of Contents

Premiums

The Life and Health segment represented 26%, 23% and 23% of total net premiums written in 2017, 2016 and 2015,

respectively. Business reported in this segment is, to a significant extent, originally denominated in foreign currencies and is
reported in U.S. dollars.

2017 compared to 2016

The increases in gross and net premiums written and net premiums earned were driven by the inclusion of Aurigen premiums

and growth in the health line of business.

2016 compared to 2015

The decreases in gross and net premiums written and net premiums earned were driven by reductions in the longevity line due
to the increased participation on a significant longevity swap in 2015, downward prior year premium adjustments and cancellations
in the mortality business, in addition to marginal decreases in the health business due to continued competitive pressures. The
impact of changes in foreign exchange rates also contributed to these decreases.

Allocated underwriting result

2017 compared to 2016

The allocated underwriting result decreased primarily due to losses in the health lines of business which were partially offset

by gains from the Life business. The loss in the Health business resulted from an increase in frequency of large claims activity in
underwriting years 2015 to 2017, primarily in Affordable Care Act related programs.

2016 compared to 2015

The allocated underwriting result decreased primarily due to a lower technical result in the health line of business.

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following discussion of liquidity and capital resources principally focuses on the Company’s Consolidated Balance

Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. See Risk Factors in Item 3 for additional information concerning risks
related to our business, strategy and operations.

Capital Adequacy

A key challenge for management is to maintain an appropriate level of capital. Management’s first priority is to hold sufficient

capital to meet all of the Company’s obligations to cedants, meet regulatory requirements and support its position as one of the
stronger reinsurers in the industry. Management closely monitors its capital needs and capital level throughout the reinsurance cycle
and in times of volatility and turmoil in global capital markets actively takes steps to increase or decrease the Company’s capital in
order to achieve an appropriate balance of financial strength and shareholder returns. Capital management is achieved by either
deploying capital to fund attractive business opportunities, or in times of excess capital and times when business opportunities are
not so attractive, returning capital to its common shareholder by way of dividends.

Shareholders’ Equity and Capital Resources Management

As part of its long-term strategy, the Company will seek to grow capital resources to support its operations throughout the

reinsurance cycle, maintain strong ratings from the major rating agencies and maintain the ability to pay claims as they arise. The
Company may also seek to restructure its capital through the repayment or purchase of debt obligations or preferred shares, or
increase or restructure its capital through the issuance of debt or preferred shares, when opportunities arise.

The total debt liabilities and preferred and common shareholders’ equity of the Company at December 31, 2017 and 2016 was

as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

Senior notes

Capital efficient notes

Preferred shareholders’ equity, aggregate liquidation value

Common shareholder’s equity

Total

December 31, 2017
1,385
63
704
6,041
8,193

17 % $
1
9
73
100 % $

December 31, 2016
1,274
63
704
5,984
8,025

16 %
1
9
74
100 %

Shareholders’ equity, comprised of preferred and common shareholders’ equity in the table above, was $6.7 billion at
December 31, 2017, a 1% increase compared to December 31, 2016. The major factors contributing to this increase were as
follows:

• comprehensive income of $248 million, which was primarily related to net income in 2017; partially offset by

• common and preferred dividend payments of $191 million in 2016.

See also Notes 10, 11, 12 and 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for a further discussion
related to the Company's indebtedness and shareholders' equity, and Operating Results above for a discussion of the Company’s net
income for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Liquidity and Cash Flows

Liquidity is a measure of the Company’s ability to access sufficient cash flows to meet the short-term and long-term cash

requirements of its business operations.

The Company aims to be a reliable and financially secure partner to its cedants. This means that the Company must maintain

sufficient liquidity at all times so that it can support its cedants by settling claims quickly. The Company generates cash flows
primarily from its underwriting and investment operations. Management believes that a profitable, well-run reinsurance organization
will generate sufficient cash from premium receipts to pay claims, acquisition costs and other expenses in most years. To the extent
that underwriting cash flows are not sufficient to cover operating cash outflows in any year, the Company may utilize cash flows
generated from investments and may ultimately liquidate assets from its investment portfolio. Management ensures that its liquidity
requirements are supported by maintaining a high quality, well balanced and liquid investment grade investment portfolio, and by
matching within certain risk tolerance limits the duration and currency of its investments and the investments underlying the funds
held—directly managed account with that of its net reinsurance liabilities. In 2018, the Company expects to continue to generate
positive operating cash flows, absent catastrophic events, and absent negative developments on large catastrophe events incurred in
2017.

Management believes that its significant cash flows from operations and high quality liquid investment portfolio will provide

sufficient liquidity for the foreseeable future to meet its present requirements. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, cash and cash
equivalents were $1.8 billion.

The Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of

this report. Explanations of the cash flows presented in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows are as follows:

Net cash provided by operating activities of $243 million in 2017 decreased from $445 million in 2016 primarily due to higher

losses paid in 2017. The positive cash flow in 2017 was primarily driven by investment income and included $148 million of paid
losses related to the 2017 Hurricanes and California Wildfires, offset by other net cash operating outflows.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $99 million in 2017 compared to net cash used in investing activities of $34
million in 2016. The net cash provided by investing activities in 2017 reflects cash proceeds on sale of investments used to fund
financing activities noted below, partially offset by cash used to fund the Aurigen acquisition and to invest in public equity funds.
The net cash used in investing activities in 2016 was primarily driven by purchases of short-term investments and an equity method
investment in Almacantar for $539 million, partially offset by cash provided by sales and redemptions of securities.

Net cash used in financing activities was $387 million in 2017 compared to $153 million in 2016. Net cash used in financing

activities in 2017 was primarily related to the redemption of debt by Aurigen and dividend payments on common and preferred
shares. Net cash used in financing activities in 2016 was primarily related to the dividend payments on common and preferred
shares, the redemptions of preferred shares and senior notes, and the payment of a one-time special cash dividend and settlement of
certain share-based awards related to the acquisition by Exor N.V. These cash outflows were partially offset by cash inflows from
the issuance of Euro-denominated senior notes.

The Company’s ability to pay common and preferred shareholder dividends, interest payments on debt, and corporate
expenses is dependent mainly on cash dividends from PartnerRe Bermuda, PartnerRe Europe, PartnerRe U.S. and PartnerRe Asia
(collectively, the reinsurance subsidiaries), which are the Company’s most significant subsidiaries. The payment of such dividends
by the reinsurance subsidiaries to the Company is limited under Bermuda, Irish and Singapore laws and certain statutes of various
U.S. states in which PartnerRe U.S. is licensed to transact business. The restrictions are generally based on net income and/or
certain levels of policyholders’ earned surplus as determined in accordance with the relevant statutory accounting practices.

The reinsurance subsidiaries’ dividend restrictions at December 31, 2017 are described in Note 13 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report. In accordance with the terms of the merger agreement between the Company and
Exor N.V., subsequent to the preferred share exchange in May 2016, the Company's payment of dividends on common shares

declared with respect to any fiscal quarter is restricted to an amount not exceeding 67% of net income per fiscal quarter until
December 31, 2020.

The reinsurance subsidiaries of the Company depend upon cash inflows from the collection of premiums as well as investment
income and proceeds from the sales and maturities of investments to meet their obligations. Cash outflows are in the form of claims
payments, purchase of investments, other expenses, income tax payments, intercompany payments as well as dividend payments to
the respective parent company. See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report and F. Tabular
Disclosures of Contractual Obligations below for further details.

Historically, the Company, including through its the operating subsidiaries, has generated sufficient cash flows to meet its
obligations. Because of the inherent volatility of the business written by the Company, the seasonality in the timing of payments by
cedants, the irregular timing of loss payments, the impact of a change in interest rates and credit spreads on the investment income
as well as seasonality in coupon payment dates for fixed income securities, cash flows from operating activities may vary
significantly between periods. The Company expects cash flows from operating activities to continue to be sufficient to cover claims
payments, absent catastrophic or other large loss activity. In the event that paid losses accelerate beyond the ability to fund such
payments from operating cash flows, the Company would use its cash and cash equivalents balances available, liquidate a portion of
its high quality and liquid investment portfolio or access certain uncommitted credit facilities. As discussed in the Investments
section below, the Company’s investments and cash and cash equivalents (excluding the funds held–directly managed account)
totaled $16.5 billion at December 31, 2017, of which $14.1 billion were cash and cash equivalents and government issued or
investment grade fixed income securities.

Financial strength ratings and senior unsecured debt ratings represent the opinions of rating agencies on the Company’s
capacity to meet its obligations. In the event of a significant downgrade in ratings, the Company’s ability to write business and to
access the capital markets could be impacted. Some of the Company’s reinsurance treaties contain special funding and termination
clauses that would be triggered in the event the Company or one of its subsidiaries is downgraded by one of the major rating
agencies to levels specified in the treaties, or the Company’s capital is significantly reduced. If such an event were to occur, the
Company would be required, in certain instances, to post collateral in the form of letters of credit and/or trust accounts against
existing outstanding losses, if any, related to the treaty. In a limited number of instances, the subject treaties could be canceled
retroactively or commuted by the cedant.

The Company’s current financial strength ratings and outlooks are as follows:

Standard & Poor’s
Moody’s(1)
A.M. Best
Fitch

A+
A1
A
A+

(1) Applies to Partner Reinsurance Company Ltd. and Partner Reinsurance Company of the U.S.

Credit Agreements

In the normal course of its operations, the Company enters into agreements with financial institutions to obtain unsecured and
secured letter of credit facilities. These facilities are used for the issuance of letters of credit, which must be fully secured with cash,
government bonds and/or investment grade bonds. The agreements include default covenants, which could require the Company to
fully secure the outstanding letters of credit to the extent that the facility is not already fully secured and disallow the issuance of
any new letters of credit. See Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for further details.

Investments

Investment philosophy

The Company employs a prudent investment philosophy. It maintains a high quality, well-balanced and liquid portfolio having

a total return investment objective, achieved through a combination of optimizing current investment income and pursuing capital
appreciation. The Company’s total invested assets of $16,982 and $16,887 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, are
comprised of total investments, cash and cash equivalents, the investment portfolio underlying the funds held–directly managed
account (which excludes other asset and liabilities underlying the funds held–directly managed account), and accrued interest. From
a risk management perspective, the Company allocates its invested assets into two categories: liability funds and capital funds.

Table of Contents

Liability funds (including funds held–directly managed) represent invested assets supporting the net reinsurance liabilities,

and are invested primarily in investment-grade fixed maturity securities and cash and cash equivalents. The preservation of
liquidity and protection of capital are the primary investment objectives for these assets. The portfolio managers are required to
adhere to investment guidelines as to minimum ratings and issuer and sector concentration limitations. Liability funds are
invested in a way that generally matches them to the corresponding liabilities (referred to as asset-liability matching) in terms of
both duration and major currency composition to provide the Company with a natural hedge against changes in interest and
foreign exchange rates. In addition, the Company utilizes certain derivatives to further protect against changes in interest and
foreign exchange rates. Liability funds represented approximately 54% of the total invested assets at December 31, 2017 and
2016.

Capital funds represent shareholder capital of the Company and are invested in a diversified portfolio with the objective of

maximizing investment return, subject to prudent risk constraints. Capital funds contain most of the asset classes typically
viewed as offering a higher risk and higher return profile, subject to risk assumption and portfolio diversification guidelines
which include issuer and sector concentration limitations. Capital funds may be invested in investment grade and below
investment grade fixed maturity securities, publicly listed and private equities, bond and loan investments, real estate
investments, structured credit and certain other specialty asset classes. Capital funds represented approximately 46% of the total
invested assets at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

The Company’s investment strategy allows for the use of derivative instruments, subject to strict limitations. The Company

may utilize various derivative instruments, such as treasury note and equity futures contracts, credit default swaps, foreign
currency option contracts, foreign exchange forward contracts, total return and interest rate swaps, insurance-linked securities
and to-be-announced mortgage-backed securities (TBAs) for the purpose of managing and hedging currency risk, market
exposure and portfolio duration, hedging certain investments, mitigating the risk associated with underwriting operations, or
enhancing investment performance that would be allowed under the Company’s investment policy if implemented in other ways.
The use of financial leverage, whether achieved through derivatives or margin borrowing, requires approval from the Board.

At December 31, 2017, the Company had no financial leverage achieved through derivatives and no margin borrowing has

been approved by the Board.

The components and carrying values of the Company’s total investments, and the percentages of total investments, at

December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

Fixed maturities

Short-term investments

Equities

Investments in real estate

Other invested assets
Total investments (1)

December 31, 2017
12,655
4
639
83
1,385
14,766

86 % $
—
4
1
9
100 % $

December 31, 2016
13,432
22
39
—
1,076
14,569

92 %
—
—
—
8
100 %

(1) In addition to the total investments shown in the above table, the Company held cash and cash equivalents of $1.8 billion at

December 31, 2017 and 2016.

The majority of the Company’s investments are carried at fair value with changes in fair value included in net realized and

unrealized investment gains or losses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The fair value of the Company’s fixed
maturities and short-term investments at December 31, 2017 compared to 2016 primarily reflected higher U.S. risk-free interest
rates, the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against most major currencies and the impact of portfolio allocation decisions, which were
partially offset by narrowing credit spreads and the acquisition of Aurigen. In 2017, the Company increased its overall allocation to
equities, while the increase in other invested assets reflects new investments in certain third-party managed high yield privately
issued corporate loans and mark-to-market gains on third-party funds. In prior years, the Company's Board authorized the entry into
direct real estate investments. In line with this authorization, the Company completed the acquisition of certain real estate
investment properties during the fourth quarter of 2017. The investments in real estate are carried at cost.

The Company’s investment portfolio generated a net total accounting return of 4.2% in 2017 compared to 2.4% in 2016. The

total accounting return in 2017 reflected overall mark-to-market gains driven by equities and compression in corporate bonds
spreads, notwithstanding increases in U.S. and European risk-free interest rates. The total accounting return in 2016 reflected overall
mark-to-market gains, notwithstanding increases in U.S. and European risk-free interest rates.

The cost, fair value and credit ratings of the Company’s fixed maturities and short-term investments carried at fair value at

December 31, 2017 were as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

Table of Contents

December 31, 2017
Fixed maturities

U.S. government

U.S. government sponsored enterprises

U.S. states, territories and municipalities

Non-U.S. sovereign government,
supranational and government related
Corporate

Asset-backed securities

Residential mortgage-backed securities

Other mortgage-backed securities

Fixed maturities

Short-term investments

Total fixed maturities and short-term investments

Cost (1)

Fair
Value

AAA

BBB

Below
investment
grade/
Unrated

Credit Rating (2)

$ 2,194 $ 2,184 $ —
22 —
150
690

22
648

$ 2,184
22
410

$ —
—
1

$ —
—
—

$ —
—
129

1,696
6,034
47
1,835
5
12,481
4
12,485

655
1,751
43
6,129
8
51
43
1,823
1
5
900
12,655
4
1
12,659 $ 901

763
365
—
1,780
4
5,528
2
$ 5,530

333
2,269
—
—
—
2,603
1
$ 2,604

—
3,310
—
—
—
3,310
—
$ 3,310

—
142
43
—
—
314
—
314

% of Total fixed maturities and short-term investments

7 %

44 %

21 %

26 %

2 %

(1) Cost is amortized cost for fixed maturities and short-term investments.
(2) All references to credit rating reflect Standard & Poor’s (or estimated equivalent). Investment grade reflects a rating of

BBB- or above.

At December 31, 2017, the Company did not hold any investments in securities issued by peripheral European Union (EU)

sovereign governments (Portugal, Italy, Ireland, Greece and Spain).

At December 31, 2017, approximately 89% of the Company’s fixed maturity and short-term investments, which includes fixed

income type mutual funds, were publicly traded and approximately 98% were rated investment grade (BBB- or higher) by
Standard & Poor’s (or estimated equivalent). The average credit quality, the year-end yield to maturity and the expected average
duration of the Company’s fixed maturities and short-term investments (which includes fixed income type mutual funds) at
December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

Average credit quality
Year-end yield to maturity
Expected average duration

December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016

A
2.8 %
4.7 years

A
2.7 %
4.9 years

The average credit quality of fixed maturities and short-term investments at December 31, 2017 remained unchanged

compared to December 31, 2016.

The average yield to maturity on fixed maturities and short-term investments increased modestly by 0.1% primarily due to

increases in U.S. and European risk-free interest rates for most of the year.

The expected average duration of fixed maturities and short-term investments of 4.7 years at December 31, 2017 and 4.9 years
at December 31, 2016 is in line with our expected duration of reinsurance liabilities of approximately 4.8 years. Duration is adjusted
through the utilization of interest rate futures and other instruments.

Maturity Distribution

The distribution of fixed maturities and short-term investments at December 31, 2017 by contractual maturity date was as

follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

Table of Contents

December 31, 2017
One year or less

More than one year through five years

More than five years through ten years

More than ten years

Subtotal

Mortgage/asset-backed securities

Total

Cost

Fair
Value

283 $

4,252
4,100
1,963
10,598
1,887
12,485 $

280
4,259
4,126
2,115
10,780
1,879
12,659

Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because certain borrowers have the right to call or prepay certain

obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

Corporate bonds included in Fixed maturities

Corporate bonds are comprised of obligations of U.S. and foreign corporations. The fair values of corporate bonds issued by

U.S. and foreign corporations by economic sector at December 31, 2017 were as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

December 31, 2017
Sector

Consumer noncyclical
Finance
Industrials
Energy
Consumer cyclical
Communications
Insurance
Utilities
Real estate investment trusts
Technology
Basic materials
Catastrophe bonds
Longevity and mortality bonds
Government guaranteed corporate debt

Total
% of Total

U.S.

Foreign

Fair
Value

Percentage to Total
Fair Value of
Corporate Bonds

1,121
762
566
428
498
401
402
237
282
246
109
2
25
—
5,079

218
261
100
128
19
33
26
106
13
—
71
66
—
9
1,050

1,339
1,023
666
556
517
434
428
343
295
246
180
68
25
9
6,129

83 %

17 %

100 %

22 %
17
11
9
8
7
7
6
5
4
3
1
—
—
100 %

At December 31, 2017, other than the U.S., no country accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s corporate bonds. At

December 31, 2017, the ten largest issuers accounted for 18% of the corporate bonds held by the Company (7% of total investments
and cash) and no single issuer accounted for more than 4% of total corporate bonds (2% of total investments and cash).

Within the finance sector, 100% of corporate bonds were rated investment grade and 54% were rated A- or better at

December 31, 2017.

Table of Contents

Asset-backed and Residential Mortgage-backed Securities included in Fixed maturities

Asset-backed securities and residential mortgage-backed securities by U.S. and non-U.S. originations and the related fair value

and credit ratings at December 31, 2017 were as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

December 31, 2017
Asset-backed securities

U.S.

Non-U.S.

Asset-backed securities

Residential mortgage-backed securities

U.S.

Non-U.S.

Residential mortgage-backed securities

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

U.S.

Commercial mortgage-backed securities $

Total

% of Total

Credit Rating (1)

GNMA (2)

GSEs (3)

AAA

Below
investment
grade /
Unrated

Fair Value

—
—
—

516
—
516

—
—
516
27 %

—
—
—

1,264
—
1,264

—
—
1,264

68 %

1
7
8

7
36
43

—
—
—

—
43
43

—
—
—

1
1
52
3 %

4
4
4
— %

—
—
43
2 %

1
50
51

1,787
36
1,823

5
5
1,879

100 %

(1) All references to credit rating reflect Standard & Poor’s (or estimated equivalent).
(2) GNMA represents the Government National Mortgage Association. The GNMA, or Ginnie Mae as it is commonly known, is
a wholly-owned U.S. government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development which guarantees
mortgage loans of qualifying first-time home buyers and low-income borrowers.

(3) GSEs, or government sponsored enterprises, includes securities that carry the implicit backing of the U.S. government and

securities issued by U.S. government agencies.

Residential mortgage-backed securities include U.S. residential mortgage-backed securities, which generally have a low risk

of default. The issuers of these securities are U.S. government agencies or GSEs, which set standards on the mortgages before
accepting them into the program. Although these U.S. government backed securities do not carry a formal rating, they are generally
considered to have a credit quality equivalent to or greater than AA+ corporate issues. They are considered prime mortgages and the
major risk is uncertainty of the timing of prepayments.

Short-term Investments

Short-term investments of $4 million consisted of U.S. and non-U.S. government obligations and U.S. corporate bonds. At

December 31, 2017, 79% of short-term investments were rated AA or higher by Standard & Poor’s (or estimated equivalent).

Equities

During 2017, the Company increased its investment in equities, as noted above. The increase in equities at December 31, 2017

compared to December 31, 2016 was primarily due to a $500 million investment in two Exor managed public equity funds (see
Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 for further details).

Investments in Real Estate

Investments in real estate comprise certain direct investments valued at cost (see also Notes 2(f) and 19 to the Consolidated

Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for further details).

Table of Contents

Other Invested Assets

Other invested assets are comprised of investments that are accounted for using the equity method of accounting, cost method
of accounting or fair value accounting. At December 31, 2017, other invested assets primarily include an investment in Almacantar
of $538 million accounted for under the equity method, a portfolio of third-party managed privately issued corporate loans carried at
fair value of $205 million, investments with a fair value of $444 million (mainly third party private equity funds) and notes and loan
receivables and notes securitizations of $112 million (mainly part of our Principal Finance portfolio). In addition, other invested
assets include certain derivatives. See Notes 5 and 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for further
details.

Funds Held—Directly Managed Account

Following Paris Re’s acquisition of substantially all of the reinsurance operations of Colisée Re in 2006, Paris Re and its
subsidiaries entered into various agreements, including Quota Share Retro Agreement and Run-Off Services and Management
agreement (collectively, the 2006 Acquisition Agreements) to assume business written by Colisée Re from January 1, 2006 to
September 30, 2007 as well as the in-force business at December 31, 2005. The agreements provided that the premium related
to the transferred business was retained by Colisée Re and credited to a funds held account. The assets underlying the funds
held–directly managed account are maintained by Colisée Re in a segregated investment portfolio and managed by the
Company. Substantially all of the investments in the segregated investment portfolio underlying the funds held–directly
managed account are fixed maturity investments carried at fair value. The fair value of the investment portfolio underlying the
funds held–directly managed account decreased from $354 million at December 31, 2016 to $300 million at December 31,
2017 primarily related to a commutation of a portion of the Reserve Agreement with Colisée Re, the run -off of the underlying
loss reserves associated with this account and the impact of the weakening of the U.S. dollar against most major currencies. See
also note 8(a) for discussion of the related reserve agreement.

The average credit quality, the year-end yield to maturity and the expected average duration of the fixed maturities

underlying the funds held–directly managed account at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

Average credit quality

Year-end yield to maturity

Expected average duration

December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016

1.4 %
3.2 years

1.1 %
3.5 years

The average credit quality remained unchanged while the year-end yield to maturity was higher by 0.3% for the fixed
maturities underlying the funds held–directly managed account at December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016 as a
result of a general increase in risk-free rates and the liquidation of lower yielding portfolios.

The expected average duration of fixed maturities remained relatively unchanged from December 31, 2016 to

December 31, 2017.

See Non-life and Life and Health Reserves below and Notes 5 and 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18

of this report for further details on the funds held–directly managed account and related guaranteed reserves.

The credit risk of Colisée Re in the event of its insolvency or its failure to honor the value of the funds held balances for

any other reason is discussed in Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Counterparty Credit Risk in
Item 11 of this report.

Funds Held by Reinsured Companies (Cedants)

The Company writes certain business on a funds held basis. Under funds held contractual arrangements, the cedant retains the

net funds that would have otherwise been remitted to the Company and credits the net fund balance with investment income. The
Company does not legally own or directly control the investments underlying its funds held assets and only has recourse to the
cedant for the receivable balances and no claim to the underlying securities that support the balances. Decisions as to purchases and
sales of assets underlying the funds held balances are made by the cedant; in some circumstances, investment guidelines regarding
the minimum credit quality of the underlying assets may be agreed upon between the cedant and the Company as part of the
reinsurance agreement, or the Company may participate in an investment oversight committee regarding the investment of the net
funds, but investment decisions are not otherwise influenced by the Company.

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded $801 million and $685 million, respectively, of funds held assets,

excluding the funds held–directly managed account discussed above. The majority of the funds held balance relate to contracts that
earned investment income based upon a predetermined interest rate, either fixed contractually at the inception of the contract or
based upon a recognized market index (e.g., LIBOR). Under these contractual arrangements, there are no specific assets linked to
the funds held assets, and the Company is only exposed to the credit risk of the cedant.

Non-life and Life and Health Reserves

See Notes 2(b) and 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for further details for the
Company’s loss reserves, including disclosures required by the SEC Industry Guide 4: Disclosures concerning unpaid
claims and claim adjustment expenses of property-casualty insurance underwriters.

Non-life Reserves

Loss reserves represent estimates of amounts an insurer or reinsurer ultimately expects to pay in the future on claims

incurred at a given time, based on facts and circumstances known at the time that the loss reserves are established. It is
possible that the total future payments may exceed, or be less than, such estimates. The estimates are not precise in that,
among other things, they are based on predictions of future developments and estimates of future trends in claim severity,
frequency and other variable factors such as inflation. During the loss settlement period, it often becomes necessary to refine
and adjust the estimates of liability on a claim either upward or downward. Despite such adjustments, the ultimate future
liability may exceed or be less than the revised estimates.

As part of the reserving process, insurers and reinsurers review historical data and anticipate the impact of various
factors such as legislative enactments and judicial decisions that may affect potential losses from casualty claims, changes in
social and political attitudes that may increase exposure to losses, mortality and morbidity trends and trends in general
economic conditions. This process assumes that past experience, adjusted for the effects of current developments, is an
appropriate basis for anticipating future events.

The Company’s gross reserves by segment and the total ceded and net non-life reserves at December 31, 2017 and

2016 were as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

P&C segment
Specialty segment

Gross non-life reserves
Ceded non-life reserves

Net non-life reserves

December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
6,187
$
2,798
8,985
(267 )
8,718

6,942 $
2,769
9,711
(689 )
9,022 $

Net non-life reserves increased from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017 primarily due to the occurrence of
major catastrophic events in 2017 and the impact of foreign exchange, partially offset by net favorable loss emergence on
prior accident years and loss payments. The changes in these reserves and the reconciliation of the gross and net total non-
life reserves for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are presented and discussed further in Note 8(a) to the
Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report.

The net favorable prior year loss development on prior accident years was $448 million for the year ended

December 31, 2017, primarily resulting from favorable loss emergence across most lines of business within the P&C and
Specialty segments. See Note 8(a) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 for further details related to the 2017
net favorable loss development by segment and for comparisons to 2016 and 2015.

See also Note 8(a) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for details of the net incurred and

paid losses and loss expenses development by accident year, the total of incurred but not reported liabilities plus expected
development on reported claims, and the net liability as at December 31, 2017 for total Non-life and each of the P&C and
Specialty segments.

Table of Contents

The gross reserves reported by cedants (case reserves), those estimated by the Company (ACRs and IBNR) and the total
gross, ceded and net loss reserves recorded at December 31, 2017 by reserving line for the Company’s Non-life operations
were as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

Reserving lines
P&C
Specialty

Total Non-life reserves

Case reserves
$

3,025 $
1,152
4,177 $

ACRs

IBNR
reserves

Total gross
loss reserves
recorded

Ceded loss
reserves

Net non-
life reserves
recorded

156 $
20
176 $

3,761 $
1,596
5,357 $

6,942 $
2,769
9,711 $

(495 ) $
(194 )

(689 ) $

6,447
2,575
9,022

The net non-life loss reserves represent the Company’s best estimate of future losses and loss expense amounts based

on the information available at December 31, 2017. Loss reserves rely upon estimates involving actuarial and statistical
projections at a given time that reflect the Company’s expectations of the costs of the ultimate settlement and administration
of claims. Estimates of ultimate liabilities are contingent on many future events and the eventual outcome of these events
may be different from the assumptions underlying the reserve estimates. In the event that the business environment and
social trends diverge from historical trends, the Company may have to adjust its loss reserves to amounts falling
significantly outside its current estimate. These estimates are regularly reviewed and the ultimate liability may be in excess
of, or less than, the amounts provided, for which any adjustments will be reflected in the period in which the need for an
adjustment is determined.

The Company’s best estimates are point estimates within a reasonable range of actuarial liability estimates. These
ranges are developed using stochastic simulations and techniques and provide an indication as to the degree of variability of
the loss reserves. The Company interprets the ranges produced by these techniques as confidence intervals around the point
estimates for each Non-life sub-segment. However, due to the inherent volatility in the business written by the Company,
there can be no assurance that the final settlement of the loss reserves will fall within these ranges.

The point estimates related to net loss reserves recorded by the Company and the range of actuarial estimates at

December 31, 2017 for P&C and Specialty segments were as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

P&C
Specialty

Recorded Point
Estimate

$
$

6,447 $
2,575 $

High

Low

6,803 $
2,866 $

5,305
2,084

It is not appropriate to add together the ranges of each segment in an effort to determine a high and low range around

the Company’s total carried loss reserves.

Of the Company’s $9,022 million of net loss reserves related to the P&C and Specialty business at December 31,
2017, net loss reserves for accident years 2005 and prior of $426 million are guaranteed by Colisée Re, pursuant to the
Reserve Agreement. The Company is not subject to any loss reserve variability associated with the guaranteed reserves. See
below for a discussion of the Reserve Agreement.

Included in the business that is considered to have a long reporting tail is the Company’s exposure to asbestos and
environmental claims. See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for further details.

Non-life Reserving Methodology

Because a significant amount of time can elapse between the assumption of risk, occurrence of a loss event, the
reporting of the event to an insurance company (the primary company or the cedant), the subsequent reporting to the
reinsurance company (the reinsurer) and the ultimate payment of the claim on the loss event by the reinsurer, the Company’s
non-life reserves (loss reserves) are based largely upon estimates.

The Company categorizes loss reserves into three types of reserves: reported outstanding loss reserves (case reserves),

additional case reserves (ACRs) and amounts for losses incurred but not yet reported to the Company (IBNR). The
Company updates its estimates for each of the aforementioned categories on a quarterly basis using information received
from its cedants.

Case reserves represent unpaid losses reported by the Company’s cedants and recorded by the Company.

ACRs are established for particular circumstances where, on the basis of individual loss reports, the Company
estimates that the particular loss or collection of losses covered by a treaty may be greater than those advised by the cedant.

Table of Contents

IBNR reserves represent a provision for claims that have been incurred but not yet reported to the Company, as well as

future loss development on losses already reported, in excess of the case reserves and ACRs. Unlike case reserves and
ACRs, IBNR reserves are often calculated at an aggregated level and cannot usually be directly identified as reserves for a
particular loss or treaty.

The Company also estimates the future unallocated loss adjustment expenses (ULAE) associated with the loss reserves

and these form part of the Company’s loss adjustment expense reserves.

The amount of time that elapses before a claim is reported to the cedant and then subsequently reported to the reinsurer

is commonly referred to in the industry as the reporting tail. Lines of business for which claims are reported quickly are
commonly referred to as short-tail lines; and lines of business for which a longer period of time elapses before claims are
reported to the reinsurer are commonly referred to as long-tail lines. In general, for reinsurance, the time lags are longer than
for primary business due to the delay that occurs between the cedant becoming aware of a loss and reporting the information
to its reinsurer(s). The delay varies by reinsurance market (country of cedant), type of treaty, whether losses are first paid by
the cedant and the size of the loss. The delay could vary from a few weeks to a year or sometimes longer. For all lines, the
Company’s objective is to estimate ultimate losses and loss expenses. Total loss reserves are then calculated by subtracting
losses paid. Similarly, IBNR reserves are calculated by subtraction of case reserves and ACRs from total loss reserves.

The Company analyzes its ultimate losses and loss expenses after consideration of the loss experience of various
reserving cells. The Company assigns treaties to reserving cells and allocates losses from the treaty to the reserving cell. The
reserving cells are selected in order to ensure that the underlying treaties have homogeneous loss development
characteristics (e.g., reporting tail) but are large enough to make estimation of trends credible. The selection of reserving
cells is reviewed annually and changes over time as the business of the Company evolves. For each reserving cell, the
Company tabulates losses in reserving triangles that show the total reported or paid claims at each financial year end by
underwriting year cohort. An underwriting year is the year during which the reinsurance treaty was entered into as opposed
to the year in which the loss occurred (accident year), or the calendar year for which financial results are reported. For each
reserving cell, the Company’s estimates of loss reserves are reached after a review of the results of several commonly
accepted actuarial projection methodologies. In selecting its best estimate, the Company considers the appropriateness of
each methodology to the individual circumstances of the reserving cell and underwriting year for which the projection is
made. The methodologies that the Company employs include, but may not be limited to, paid and reported Chain Ladder
methods, Expected Loss Ratio method, paid and reported Bornhuetter-Ferguson (B-F) methods, and paid and reported
Benktander methods. In addition, the Company uses other methodologies to estimate liabilities for specific types of claims.
For example, reserves established for the catastrophe line are primarily a function of the presence or absence of catastrophic
events during the year, and the complexity and uncertainty associated with estimating unpaid losses from these large
disclosed events. Internal and vendor catastrophe models are typically used in the estimation of loss and loss expenses at
the early stages of catastrophe losses before loss information is reported to the reinsurer. In addition, reserves are also
established in consideration of mid-sized and attritional loss events that occur during a year. In the case of asbestos and
environmental claims, the Company has established reserves for future losses and allocated loss expenses based on the
results of periodic actuarial studies, which consider the underlying exposures of the Company’s cedants.

The reserve methodologies employed by the Company are dependent on data that the Company collects. This data
consists primarily of loss amounts and loss payments reported by the Company’s cedants, and premiums written and earned
reported by cedants or estimated by the Company. The actuarial methods used by the Company to project loss reserves that
it will pay in the future do not generally include methodologies that are dependent on claim counts reported, claim counts
settled or claim counts open as, due to the nature of the Company’s business, this information is not routinely provided by
cedants for every treaty.

For a description of the reserving methods commonly employed by the Company see Note 8 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report. Each of these methods have certain advantages and disadvantages which the
Company takes into consideration when determining which methods to use and method weights.

The main strengths of the Chain Ladder (CL) Development method are that it is reactive to loss emergence (payments)

and that it makes full use of historical experience on claim emergence (payments). For homogeneous low volatility lines,
under stable economic conditions, the method can often produce good estimates of ultimate liabilities and reserves.
However, the method has weaknesses when the underlying assumption of stable patterns is not true. This may be the
consequence of changes in the mix of business, changes in claim inflation trends, changes in claim reporting practices or the
presence of large claims, among other things. Furthermore, the method tends to produce volatile estimates of ultimate
liabilities in situations where there is volatility in reported (paid) patterns. In particular, when the expected percentage
reported (paid) is low, small deviations between actual and expected claims can lead to very volatile estimates of ultimate
liabilities and reserves. Consequently, this method is often unsuitable for projections at early development stages of an

Table of Contents

underwriting year. Finally, the method fails to incorporate any information regarding market conditions, pricing, etc., which
could improve the estimate of liabilities and reserves. It therefore tends not to perform very well in situations where there
are rapidly changing market conditions.

The Expected Loss Ratio method is insensitive to actual reported or paid losses therefore it is usually inappropriate at

later stages of development, but can often be useful at the early stages of development when very few losses have been
reported or paid, and the principal sources of information available to the Company consist of information obtained during
pricing and qualitative information supplied by the cedant.

The Bornhuetter-Ferguson (B-F) methods (Reported or Paid) tend to provide less volatile indications at early stages of

development and reflect changes in the external environment, however, this method can be slow to react to emerging loss
development (payment). In particular, to the extent that the a priori loss ratios prove to be inaccurate (and are not revised),
the B-F methods will produce loss estimates that take longer to converge with the final settlement value of loss liabilities.

Benktander (B-K) Methods (Reported or Paid), which can be viewed as a blend between the CL Development and the
B-F methods, still exhibits the same advantages and disadvantages as the B-F method, but the mechanics of the calculation
imply that it is more reactive to loss emergence (payment) than the B-F method.

The reserving methods used by the Company are dependent on a number of key parameter assumptions. The principal

parameter assumptions underlying the methods used by the Company are:

• the loss development factors used to form an expectation of the evolution of reported and paid claims for several

years following the inception of the underwriting year. These are often derived by examining the Company’s data
after due consideration of the underlying factors listed below. In some cases, where the Company lacks sufficient
volume to have statistical credibility, external benchmarks are used to supplement the Company’s data;

• the tail factors used to reflect development of paid and reported losses after several years have elapsed since the

inception of the underwriting year;

• the a priori loss ratios used as inputs in the B-F methods; and
• the selected loss ratios used as inputs in the Expected Loss Ratio method.

As an example of the sensitivity of the Company’s reserves to reserving parameter assumptions by reserving line, the

effect on the Company’s reserves of higher/lower a priori loss ratio selections, higher/lower loss development factors and
higher/lower tail factors based on amounts recorded at December 31, 2017 was as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

Reserving lines selected assumptions
A Priori Loss Ratio +5%
Loss Development Factors (up to 10 years) 6 months longer
Tail Loss Development Factors higher by 5%(1)

A Priori Loss Ratio -5%

Loss Development Factors (up to 10 years) 6 months faster
Tail Loss Development Factors lower by 5%(1)

P&C

Specialty

227
475
389

(243 )
(227 )
(348 )

101
280
167

(112 )

(116 )

(138 )

(1) Tail factors are defined as aggregate development factors after 10 years from the inception of an underwriting year.

The Company believes that the illustrated sensitivities to the reserving parameter assumptions are indicative of the

potential variability inherent in the estimation process of those parameters. Some reserving lines show little sensitivity to a
priori loss ratio, loss development factor or tail factor as the Company may use reserving methods such as the Expected
Loss Ratio method in several of its reserving cells within those lines. It is not appropriate to sum the total impact for a
specific factor or the total impact for a specific reserving line as the lines of business are not perfectly correlated.

The validity of all parameter assumptions used in the reserving process is reaffirmed on a quarterly basis.

Reaffirmation of the parameter assumptions means that the actuaries determine that the parameter assumptions continue to
form a sound basis for projection of future liabilities. Parameter assumptions used in projecting future liabilities are
themselves estimates based on historical information. As new information becomes available (e.g., additional losses
reported), the Company’s actuaries determine whether a revised estimate of the parameter assumptions that reflects all
available information is consistent with the previous parameter assumptions employed. In general, to the extent that the

Table of Contents

revised estimate of the parameter assumptions are within a close range of the original assumptions, the Company determines
that the parameter assumptions employed continue to form an appropriate basis for projections and continue to use the
original assumptions in its models. In this case, any differences could be attributed to the imprecise nature of the parameter
estimation process. However, to the extent that the deviations between the two sets of estimates are not within a close range
of the original assumptions, the Company reacts by adopting the revised assumptions as a basis for its reserve models.
Notwithstanding the above, even where the Company has experienced no material deviations from its original assumptions
during any quarter, the Company will generally revise the reserving parameter assumptions at least once a year to reflect all
accumulated available information.

In addition to examining the data, the selection of the parameter assumptions is dependent on several underlying

factors. The Company’s actuaries review these underlying factors and determine the extent to which these are likely to be
stable over the time frame during which losses are projected, and the extent to which these factors are consistent with the
Company’s data. If these factors are determined to be stable and consistent with the data, the estimation of the reserving
parameter assumptions are mainly carried out using actuarial and statistical techniques applied to the Company’s data. To
the extent that the actuaries determine that they cannot continue to rely on the stability of these factors, the statistical
estimates of parameter assumptions are modified to reflect the direction of the change. The main underlying factors upon
which the estimates of reserving parameters are predicated are:

• the cedant’s business practices will proceed as in the past with no material changes either in submission of accounts

or cash flows;

• any internal delays in processing accounts received by the cedant are not materially different from that experienced
historically, and hence the implicit reserving allowance made in loss reserves through the methods continues to be
appropriate;

• case reserve reporting practices, particularly the methodologies used to establish and report case reserves, are

unchanged from historical practices;

• the Company’s internal claim practices, particularly the level and extent of use of ACRs, are unchanged;
• historical levels of claim inflation can be projected into the future and will have no material effect on either the

acceleration or deceleration of claim reporting and payment patterns;

• the selection of reserving cells results in homogeneous and credible future expectations for all business in the cell

and any changes in underlying treaty terms are either reflected in cell selection or explicitly allowed in the
selection of trends;

• in cases where benchmarks are used, they are derived from the experience of similar business; and
• the Company can form a credible initial expectation of the ultimate loss ratio of recent underwriting years through

a review of pricing information, supplemented by qualitative information on market events.

The Company’s best estimate of total loss reserves is typically in excess of the midpoint of the actuarial ultimate

liability estimate. The Company believes that there is potentially significant risk in estimating loss reserves for long-tail
lines of business and for immature underwriting years that may not be adequately captured through traditional actuarial
projection methodologies as these methodologies usually rely heavily on projections of prior year trends into the future. In
selecting its best estimate of future liabilities, the Company considers both the results of actuarial point estimates of loss
reserves as well as the potential variability of these estimates as captured by a reasonable range of actuarial liability
estimates. The selected best estimates of reserves are always within the reasonable range of estimates indicated by the
Company’s actuaries. In determining the appropriate best estimate, the Company reviews (i) the position of overall reserves
within the actuarial reserve range, (ii) the result of bottom up analysis by underwriting year reflecting the impact of
parameter uncertainty in actuarial calculations, and (iii) specific qualitative information that may have an effect on future
claims but which may not have been adequately reflected in actuarial estimates, such as potential for outstanding litigation,
claims practices of cedants, etc.

During 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company reviewed its estimate for prior year losses for the P&C and Specialty

segments and, in light of developing data, adjusted its ultimate loss ratios for prior accident years. The net prior year
favorable loss development for each segment for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is presented in Note 8
to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report.

Actual losses paid and reported compared with the Company’s expectations, and the changes of the Company’s
reserving parameter assumptions in response to the emerging development during the year ended December 31, 2017 were
as follows:

Table of Contents

• P&C and Specialty: Aggregate losses reported in 2017 for both P&C and Specialty segments were better than

Company’s expectations as losses for most underwriting years continue to emerge below expectations. The better
than expected loss emergence within the P&C segment was mainly driven by the casualty business. The better than
expected loss emergence within the Specialty segment was predominantly driven by credit & surety, energy
onshore and agriculture exposures. The Company reflected this experience by reducing the selected loss ratios for
these lines of business.

Reserve Agreement and Funds Held–Directly Managed Account

The non-life reserves at December 31, 2017 and 2016 include reserves guaranteed by Colisée Re (formerly known as

AXA RE, a subsidiary of AXA SA (AXA)), acquired in the Paris Re acquisition.

Following Paris Re’s acquisition of substantially all of the reinsurance operations of Colisée Re in 2006, Paris Re and

its subsidiaries entered into the 2006 Acquisition Agreements to assume business written by Colisée Re from January 1,
2006 to September 30, 2007 as well as the in-force business at December 31, 2005.

Pursuant to the Reserve Agreement, the benefits and risks of Colisée Re’s reinsurance agreements were ceded to Paris

Re France, which is now PartnerRe Europe, but AXA and Colisée Re remain both the legal counterparties for all such
reinsurance contracts and the legal holders of the assets relating to such reserves. The Reserve Agreement provides that
AXA and Colisée Re shall guarantee reserves in respect of Paris Re France and subsidiaries. The agreements also provided
that the premium related to the transferred business was retained by Colisée Re and credited to a funds held account. Paris
Re France would receive any surplus, and be responsible for any deficits remaining with respect to the funds held–directly
managed account, after all liabilities have been discharged and payments pursuant to the Reserve Agreement have been
settled. In addition, realized and unrealized investment gains and losses and net investment income related to the investment
portfolio underlying the funds held–directly managed account inure to the benefit of Paris Re France. The assets underlying
the funds held–directly managed account are maintained by Colisée Re in a segregated investment portfolio and managed
by the Company and are discussed above.

On October 1, 2010, PartnerRe Europe and Paris Re France effected a cross border merger whereby all the assets and
liabilities of Paris Re France were transferred to PartnerRe Europe, including the agreements between Paris Re France and
Colisée Re.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s net liability for non-life reserves includes $426 million and $496
million, respectively, of guaranteed reserves and the decrease during the year was primarily due to commutation of a portion
of the Reserve Agreement with Colisée Re, the run -off of the underlying loss reserves associated with these reserves and
the impact of the weakening of the U.S. dollar against most major currencies.

See Notes 5 and 8(a) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for further details of the funds

held–directly managed account and related guaranteed reserves.

Life and Health Reserves

Life and Health reserves relate to the Company’s Life and Health segment, which predominantly includes:

• mortality business, covering death and disability risks (with various riders) primarily written in Continental

Europe, TCI primarily written in the U.K. and Ireland, and GMDB business primarily written in Continental
Europe. Following the acquisition of Aurigen, the Company also writes mortality business originating in Canada;

• reinsurance of longevity, subdivided into standard and non-standard annuities primarily written in the U.K.; and

• specialty accident and health business, including Health Maintenance Organizations (HMO) reinsurance, medical

reinsurance and provider and employer excess of loss programs primarily written in the U.S.

The Company categorizes life reserves into three types of reserves: case reserves, IBNR and reserves for future policy

benefits. Case reserves represent unpaid losses reported by the Company’s cedants and recorded by the Company. IBNR
reserves represent a provision for claims that have been incurred but not yet reported to the Company, as well as future loss
development on losses already reported, in excess of the case reserves. Reserves for future policy benefits relate to future
events occurring on policies in force over an extended period of time. Reserves for future policy benefits represent an
estimate of the amount which, together with estimated future premiums and investment income, will be sufficient to pay
claims and future benefits, expenses and costs on in-force policies, as such claims and expenses are incurred.

Table of Contents

Reserves for future policy benefits are calculated as the present value of future expected claims, benefits and costs to

be paid, reduced by the present value of future expected premiums. Such liabilities are established based on methods and
underlying assumptions in accordance with U.S. GAAP and applicable actuarial standards. Principal assumptions used in
the establishment of reserves for future policy benefits have been determined based upon information reported by ceding
companies, supplemented by the Company’s actuarial estimates of mortality, critical illness, persistency and future
investment income, with appropriate provision to reflect uncertainty. Case reserves, IBNR reserves and reserves for future
policy benefits are generally calculated at the treaty level. The Company updates its estimates for each of the
aforementioned categories on a periodic basis using information received from its cedants.

The Company’s gross and net reserves for the Life and Health segment at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as

follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

Case reserves

IBNR reserves

Reserves for future policy benefits

Total gross Life and Health reserves

Ceded reserves

Net Life and Health reserves

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

342
1,042
1,107
2,491
(41 )
2,450

281
798
905
1,984
(31 )
1,953

The increase in the Life and Health reserves in 2017 was primarily due to the Aurigen acquisition, increase in
expected claims for health business, an increase in policy benefit reserves related to new mortality and longevity business
written and the impact of foreign exchange as value of the U.S. dollar strengthened against most currencies from
December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017. The net incurred losses for the Company’s life reserves will generally exceed net
paid losses in any one given year due to the long-term nature of the liabilities and the growth in the book of business.

Life and Health Reserving Methodology

The Company’s reserving methodologies are as follows:

• Mortality: The reserves for the short-term mortality business consist of case reserves and IBNR, calculated at the
treaty level based upon cedant information. The Company’s reserving methodology includes a review of actual
experience against expected experience and the use of the ELR method described above.

The reserves for the long-term traditional mortality and term critical illness (TCI) reinsurance are established based
upon management’s best estimate of claims and policy benefits and includes a provision for adverse deviation.
Management’s best estimate relies upon actuarial indications of future claims and policy benefits. The provision for
adverse deviation contemplates reasonable deviations from the best estimate assumptions for the key risk elements
relevant to the product being evaluated, including mortality, disability, critical illness, expenses, and discount rates.
The Company’s actuaries annually verify the current reserving assumptions in consideration of evolving experience
and the actuarial indications for assumptions relating to future policy benefits, including mortality, disability,
critical illness, persistency and future investment income The reserves for the GMDB reinsurance business are
established similar to provisions for universal life contracts. Key actuarial assumptions for this business are
mortality, lapses, interest rates, expected returns on cash and bonds and stock market performance. For the latter
parameter, a stochastic option pricing approach is used and the benefits used in calculating the liabilities are based
on the average benefits payable over a range of scenarios. The assumptions of investment performance and
volatility are consistent with expected future experience of the respective underlying funds available for
policyholder investment options. Recorded reserves for GMDB reflect management’s best estimate based upon
actuarial indications.

• Longevity: Reserves for the annuity portfolio of reinsurance contracts within the longevity book are established.
Some of these contracts subject the Company to risks arising from policyholder mortality over a period that
extends beyond the periods in which premiums are collected. The Reserves for future policy benefits follow the
reserving methodology discussed above for long-term traditional mortality.

For standard annuities, the main risk is a higher than expected increase in future life span in the medium to long
term. Non-standard annuities are annuities sold to people with aggravated health conditions and are usually

Table of Contents

medically underwritten on an individual basis and the main risk is the inadequate assessment of the future life span
of the insured.

• Accident and Health: The unpaid loss and loss expense reserves for accident and health business are initially

calculated using the ELR method. Subsequently, the Company’s reserving methodology utilizes actual reported
loss experience and the B-F method to calculate IBNR.

As an example of the sensitivity of the Company’s reserves for life and health contracts to reserving parameter

assumptions by reserving line, the effect of different assumption selections based on the gross reserves recorded at
December 31, 2017 was as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

Reserving lines
Longevity

Factors

Standard and non-standard annuities

Mortality improvements per annum

Mortality

Long-term and TCI
GMDB

Mortality
Stock market performance

Change

Impact on total
net Life and Health
reserves

1% $

10% $
-10% $

401

470
2

It is not appropriate to sum the total impact for a specific reserving line or the total impact for a specific factor because

the reinsurance portfolios are not perfectly correlated.

Refer to Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for disclosures on life and health

reserves.

Reinsurance Recoverable on Paid and Unpaid Losses

The Company has exposure to credit risk related to reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses. See Note 9 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 and Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Counterparty
Credit Risk in Item 11 of this report for a discussion of the Company’s risk related to reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid
losses and the Company’s process to evaluate the financial condition of its reinsurers.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded $829 million and $332 million, respectively, of reinsurance
recoverable on paid and unpaid losses in its Consolidated Balance Sheets, of which $730 million and $298 million, respectively,
represents reinsurance recoverable on total non-life and life and health reserves. The increase in the reinsurance recoverable during
2017 was primarily due to the large catastrophic losses incurred.

At December 31, 2017, the distribution of the Company’s reinsurance recoverable on total non-life and life and health reserves

categorized by the reinsurer’s Standard & Poor’s rating was as follows:

Rating Category
AA- or better
A- to A+
Less than A-
Unrated

Total

% of total reinsurance recoverable on
paid and unpaid losses

7 %
30
—
63
100 %

At December 31, 2017, 37% of the Company’s reinsurance recoverable on total non-life and life and health reserves were due

from reinsurers with A- or better rating from Standard & Poor’s, compared to 59% at December 31, 2016. The remaining amounts
included in Unrated above are all collateralized.

Currency

The Company’s reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. The Company has exposure to foreign currency risk due to both its
ownership of its Irish, French and Canadian subsidiaries and branches, whose functional currencies are the Euro and the Canadian
dollar, and to underwriting reinsurance exposures, collecting premiums and paying claims and other expenses in currencies other
than the U.S. dollar and holding certain net assets in such currencies.

At December 31, 2017, the value of the U.S. dollar strengthened against most major currencies compared to December 31,
2016, which resulted in a decrease in the U.S. dollar value of the assets and liabilities denominated in non-U.S. dollar currencies.
See Operating Results above for a discussion of the impact of foreign exchange and net foreign exchange gains and losses during
the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

The currency translation adjustment account is a component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss in

shareholders’ equity. This account decreased by $15 million during the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to an increase of
$12 million and a decrease of $46 million during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, due to the translation
of the financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries and branches, whose functional currencies are the Canadian dollar and the
Euro, into U.S. dollars.

The reconciliation of the currency translation adjustment for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was as

follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

Currency translation adjustment at beginning of year
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment included in accumulated other comprehensive
loss, inclusive of the impact of designated net investment hedge

Currency translation adjustment at end of year

2017

2016

2015

(42 ) $

(54 ) $

(8 )

(15 )
(57 ) $

(42 ) $

(46 )

(54 )

The Company’s gross and net exposure in its Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2017 to foreign currency as well as

the associated foreign currency derivatives the Company has entered into to manage this exposure is presented in Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk in Item 11 of this report.

See Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Foreign Currency Risk in Item 11 for a discussion of the

Company’s risk related to changes in foreign currency movements, and Note 2(m) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item
18 of this report for a discussion of currencies to which the Company is exposed.

Effects of Inflation

The effects of inflation are considered implicitly in pricing and estimating non-life reserves. The actual effects of inflation on

the results of operations of the Company cannot be accurately known until claims are ultimately settled.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of

financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. The following are the Company’s accounting estimates that management believes are the most critical
to its operations and require the most difficult, subjective and complex judgment. If actual events differ significantly from the
underlying assumptions and estimates used by management, there could be material adjustments to prior estimates that could
potentially adversely affect the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. These critical accounting policies
and estimates should be read in conjunction with Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report.

Non-life and Life and Health Reserves

The Company’s Non-life and Life and Health reserves are significant accounting estimates. These estimates are continually
reviewed with any adjustments reflected in the periods in which they are determined, which may affect the Company’s results in
future periods. See Liquidity and Capital Resources—Reserves above and Notes 2(b) and 8 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements in Item 18 of this report for further details.

Premium Estimates and Recoverability of Deferred Acquisition Costs

The Company provides proportional and non-proportional reinsurance coverage to cedants (insurance companies). In most
cases, cedants seek protection for business that they have not yet written at the time they enter into reinsurance agreements and thus
have to estimate the volume of premiums they will cede to the Company. Reporting delays are inherent in the reinsurance industry
and vary in length by reinsurance market (country of cedant) and type of treaty. As delays can vary from a few weeks to a year or
sometimes longer, the Company produces accounting estimates to report premiums and acquisition costs until it receives the
cedants’ actual premium reported data.

Under proportional treaties, which represented 72% of the Company’s total gross premiums written for the year ended
December 31, 2017, the Company shares proportionally in both the premiums and losses of the cedant and pays the cedant a

Table of Contents

commission to cover the cedant’s acquisition costs. Under this type of treaty, the Company’s ultimate premiums written and earned
and acquisition costs are not known at the inception of the treaty. As such, reported premiums written and earned and acquisition
costs on proportional treaties are generally based upon reports received from cedants and brokers, supplemented by the Company’s
own estimates of premiums written and acquisition costs for which ceding company reports have not been received. Premium and
acquisition cost estimates are determined at the individual treaty level. The determination of premium estimates requires a review of
the Company’s experience with cedants, familiarity with each market, an understanding of the characteristics of each line of
business and management’s assessment of the impact of various other factors on the volume of business written and ceded to the
Company. Premium and acquisition cost estimates are updated as new information is received from the cedants and differences
between such estimates and actual amounts are recorded in the period in which estimates are changed or the actual amounts are
determined.

Under non-proportional treaties, which represented the remaining 28% of the Company’s total gross premiums written for the
year ended December 31, 2017, the Company is typically exposed to loss events in excess of a predetermined dollar amount or loss
ratio and receives a fixed or minimum premium, which is subject to upward adjustment depending on the premium volume written
by the cedant. In addition, many of the non-proportional treaties include reinstatement premium provisions. Reinstatement
premiums are recognized as written and earned at the time a loss event occurs, where coverage limits for the remaining life of the
contract are reinstated under pre-defined contract terms. The accrual of reinstatement premiums is based on management’s estimate
of losses and loss expenses associated with the loss event.

The magnitude and impact of changes in premium estimates differs for proportional and non-proportional treaties. Although

proportional treaties may be subject to larger changes in premium estimates compared to non-proportional treaties, as the Company
generally receives cedant statements in arrears and must estimate all premiums for periods ranging from one month to more than
one year (depending on the frequency of cedant statements), the pre-tax impact is mitigated by changes in the cedant’s related
reported acquisition costs and losses. The impact of the change in estimate on premiums earned and net income varies depending on
when the change becomes known during the risk period and the underlying profitability of the treaty. Non-proportional treaties
generally include a fixed minimum premium and an adjustment premium. While the fixed minimum premiums require no
estimation, adjustment premiums are estimated and could be subject to changes in estimates.

The amounts recorded within net premiums earned that related to changes in prior year premium estimates reported by cedants

for P&C and Specialty segments for the year ended December 31, 2017 were as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars:

P&C
Specialty

Total

Net premiums earned

(20 )
17
(3 )

These changes in prior year premium estimates impacting net premiums written and earned, and after the corresponding

adjustments to acquisition costs and losses and loss expenses, did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated net
income.

The recoverability of deferred acquisition costs is dependent upon the future profitability of the related business and the testing
of recoverability to assess valuation is performed periodically together with a reserve adequacy test based on the latest best estimate
assumptions by line of business.

See Notes 2(c), 2(d), 9(b) and 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report and Operating Results—

Results by Segment in Item 5 of this report for accounting policies or further details regarding premiums and recoverability of
deferred acquisition costs.

Recoverability of Deferred Tax Assets

Under U.S. GAAP, a deferred tax asset or liability is to be recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to
temporary differences and carryforwards. U.S. GAAP also establishes procedures to assess whether a valuation allowance should be
established for deferred tax assets. All available evidence, both positive and negative, is considered to determine whether, based on
the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is needed for some portion or all of a deferred tax asset. Management must use its
judgment in considering the relative impact of positive and negative evidence.

The Company has projected future taxable income in the tax jurisdictions in which the deferred tax assets arise based on
management’s projections of premium and investment income, capital gains and losses, and technical and expense ratios. Based on
these projections and an analysis of the ability to utilize loss and foreign tax credits carryforwards at the taxable entity level,
management evaluates the need for a valuation allowance.

Table of Contents

The Company has estimated the future tax effects attributed to temporary differences and has a deferred tax asset at

December 31, 2017 of $95 million, after a valuation allowance of $186 million. The most significant component of the deferred tax
asset (after valuation allowance) relates to loss reserve discounting for tax purposes.

In accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company has assumed that the future reversal of deferred tax liabilities will result in an

increase in taxes payable in future years. Underlying this assumption is an expectation that the Company will continue to be subject
to taxation in the various tax jurisdictions and that the Company will continue to generate taxable revenues in excess of deductions.

See Notes 2(l) and 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for further details.

Valuation of Investments Measured Using Significant Unobservable Inputs

As more fully described in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report, the Company measures

the fair value of its financial instruments according to a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to
measure fair value by maximizing the use of observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the
most observable inputs be used when available. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about what
market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best information available in the circumstances. Level 3
financial instruments have the least use of observable market inputs used to determine fair value. As at December 31, 2017 the
Company classified $1,400 million of investments and funds held–directly managed as Level 3 as a result of significant
unobservable inputs used to determine fair value. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for a
breakdown of these investments by fair value level as well as more detail on the valuation techniques, methods and assumptions that
were used by the Company to estimate the fair value of its fixed maturities, short-term investments, equities, other invested assets
(including derivatives) and the funds held–directly managed account. See Notes 2(n) and 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements
in Item 18 of this report for more discussion of the Company’s use of derivative financial instruments.

See also Quantitative and Qualitative disclosures About Market Risk in Item 11 of this report for a further discussion of
interest rate and credit spread risk and a sensitivity analysis of interest rate and credit spread variances on the valuation of the
Company’s investments and funds withheld directly managed.

Valuation of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired in business combinations

entered into prior to 2017 (PartnerRe SA, Winterthur Re, Paris Re and Presidio). The Company assesses the appropriateness of its
valuation of goodwill on at least an annual basis or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount may not be recoverable. If, as a result of the assessment, the Company determines that the value of its goodwill is impaired,
goodwill will be written down in the period in which the determination is made. In making an assessment of the value of its
goodwill, the Company uses both market based and non-market based valuations. The fair value of the reporting units is determined
based on the price-to-earnings multiples, book value multiples, and present value of estimated cash flows methods. Significant
changes in the data underlying these assumptions could result in an assessment of impairment of the Company’s goodwill asset. In
addition, if the current economic environment and/or the Company’s financial performance were to deteriorate significantly, this
could lead to an impairment of goodwill, the write-off of which would be recorded against net income in the period such
deterioration occurred.

Based upon the Company’s assessment, there was no impairment of the Company’s goodwill asset of $456 million at

December 31, 2017.

Intangible assets represent the fair value adjustments related to unpaid losses and loss expenses and the fair values of renewal
rights, customer relationships and U.S. licenses arising from the acquisitions referred to above in addition to life value of business
acquired (life VOBA) and insurance licenses acquired related to the Aurigen acquisition. Definite-lived intangible assets are
amortized over their useful lives while indefinite-lived intangible assets are not subject to amortization. The carrying values of
intangible assets are reviewed for indicators of impairment on at least an annual basis, or more frequently if events or changes in
circumstances indicate that impairment may exist. Impairment is recognized if the carrying values of the intangible assets are not
recoverable from their undiscounted cash flows and are measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value.
Based upon the Company’s assessment, there was no impairment of its intangible assets of $160 million at December 31, 2017.

See Notes 2(j), 2(k) and 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for further details.

New Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2(r) to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this report.

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

Table of Contents

Not applicable.

D. Trend Information

For a discussion of known trends, uncertainties and other events that are reasonably likely to have a material impact on the

Company, see Operating Results in Item 5, Liquidity and Capital Resources in Item 5 and Tabular Disclosure of Contractual
Obligations in Item 5 of this report.

E. Off-balance sheet arrangements

As more fully described in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report, the Company has fully

and unconditionally guaranteed the obligations related to debt issued to third parties by its finance subsidiaries as follows:

•

senior notes with an aggregate principal amount of €750 million issued by PartnerRe Ireland Finance DAC

senior notes with an aggregate principal of $500 million issued by PartnerRe Finance B LLC

Junior Subordinated Capital Efficient Notes (CENts) with a remaining aggregate principal amount of $63 million issued by
PartnerRe Finance II Inc.

F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

In the normal course of its business, the Company is a party to a variety of contractual obligations as summarized below.

These contractual obligations are considered by the Company when assessing its liquidity requirements and the Company is
confident in its ability to meet all of its obligations. Contractual obligations at December 31, 2017 were as follows (in millions):

Total

< 1 year

1-3 years

3-5 years

> 5 years

€

Contractual obligations:

Operating leases

Other operating agreements
Other invested assets (1)
Non-life reserves (2)
Life and health reserves (3)
Deposit liabilities

Senior notes and Preferred Shares:
2010 senior notes—principal(4)
2010 senior notes—interest
2016 senior notes—principal(5)
2016 senior notes—interest
Capital efficient notes—principal (6)
Capital efficient notes—interest
Series F non-cumulative preferred shares—principal(7)
Series F non-cumulative preferred shares—dividends
Series G cumulative preferred shares—principal(8)
Series G cumulative preferred shares—dividends
Series H cumulative preferred shares—principal(8)
Series H cumulative preferred shares—dividends
Series I non-cumulative preferred shares—principal(7)
Series I non-cumulative preferred shares—dividends

20.5 $
8.0 $
155.0 $

17.2 $
13.8 $
109.0 $

94.8 $
22.6 $
315.0 $

18.2 $
0.8 $
51.0 $
9,710.5 $ 3,013.1 $ 2,812.2 $ 1,325.3 $
271.0 $
3,324.6 $
0.9 $
10.9 $

747.5 $
5.4 $

496.9 $
2.0 $

38.9
—
—
2,559.9
1,809.2
2.6

—(7)

18.8

— $

500.0 $
68.8 $
750.0 €
47.0 €
63.4 $
n/a

— $
— $
— €

— $
27.5 $
— €
9.4 €
— $

500.0 $
41.3 $
— €
18.8 €
— $

—
—
750.0
€9.4 per annum
63.4
—(7)
66,985.7
$3.9 per annum
—
3.5 $10.4 per annum
—
7.1 $21.3 per annum
183,014.4
— $
n/a $ 10,752.1 $ 21,504.2 $ 21,504.2 $10.8 per annum

— $
— $
n/a $ 10,424.8 $ 20,849.6 $
— $
— $
n/a $ 21,303.8 $ 42,607.6 $
— $
— $

293.8 $

160.4 $

7,870.8

3,935.4

7,870.8

— $

—(7)

n/a

$ 66,985.7 $

$ 160,381.6 $

$ 293,845.0 $

$ 183,014.4 $

n/a: Not applicable

(1) The amounts above for other invested assets represent the Company’s expected timing of funding capital commitments

related to its strategic investments.

(2) The Company’s non-life reserves represent management’s best estimate of the cost to settle the ultimate liabilities based on
information available at December 31, 2017, and are not fixed amounts payable pursuant to contractual commitments. The
timing and amounts of actual loss payments related to these reserves might vary significantly from the Company’s current

Table of Contents

estimate of the expected timing and amounts of loss payments based on many factors, including large individual losses as
well as general market conditions.

(3) Life and health reserves at December 31, 2017 of $2,490 million are computed on a discounted basis, whereas the expected
payments by period in the table above are the estimated payments at a future time and do not reflect a discount of the
amount payable.

(4) PartnerRe Finance B LLC, the issuer of the 2010 senior notes, does not meet consolidation requirements under U.S. GAAP.
Accordingly, the Company shows the debt to PartnerRe Finance B LLC of $500 million in its Consolidated Balance Sheet at
December 31, 2017 and 2016. The 2010 senior notes of an aggregate principal outstanding of $500 million mature on
June 1, 2020. Interest on the senior notes is payable semi-annually and cannot be deferred.

(5) PartnerRe Ireland Finance DAC, the issuer of the 2016 senior notes, meets the consolidation requirements under U.S.
GAAP. Accordingly, the Company shows the debt to third parties of €750 million in its Consolidated Balance Sheet at
December 31, 2017. The 1.250% senior notes with aggregate principal outstanding of €750 million mature on September 15,
2026. Interest on the senior notes is payable annually commencing on September 15, 2017.

(6) PartnerRe Finance II Inc., the issuer of the CENts, does not meet consolidation requirements under U.S. GAAP. Accordingly,
the Company shows the debt to PartnerRe Finance II Inc. of $71 million in its Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31,
2017. The aggregate principal amount of the CENts of $63 million, representing PartnerRe Finance II Inc.'s debt to third
parties, is included in the table above. The CENts will mature on December 1, 2066 and may be redeemed at the option of
the issuer, in whole or in part, since December 1, 2016 upon occurrence of specific rating agency or tax events. Interest on
the CENts is payable quarterly until maturity at an annual rate of 3-month LIBOR plus a margin equal to 2.325%. As a
result of the variable interest rate, the table above does not show the interest payable.

(7) The Company’s 5.875% Series F and I preferred shares are non-cumulative, perpetual and have no mandatory redemption
requirement, but may be redeemed at the Company’s option at any time or in part from time to time on or after March 1,
2018 and May 1, 2021, respectively.

(8) The Company’s 6.50% Series G and 7.25% Series H preferred shares are cumulative, perpetual and have no mandatory

redemption requirement, but may be redeemed at the Company’s option at any time or in part from time to time on or after
May 1, 2021. Should the current interest rate environment persist, it is reasonable to expect that the Company would redeem
these preferred shares in 2021.

The Contractual Obligations and Commitments table above does not include an estimate of the period of cash settlement of its

tax liabilities with the respective taxing authorities given the Company cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of
cash settlements.

See Notes 10 and 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for further details related to debt and

preferred shares.

Due to the limited nature of the information presented above, it should not be considered indicative of the Company’s liquidity

or capital needs. See Liquidity section above.

The Company has committed to a 10 year structured letter of credit facility issued by a high credit quality international bank,

which has a final maturity of December 29, 2020. At December 31, 2017, the Company’s participation in the facility was $67
million. At December 31, 2017, the letter of credit facility has not been drawn down and can only be drawn down in the event of
certain specific scenarios, which the Company considers remote. Unless canceled by the bank, the credit facility automatically
extends for one year, each year until maturity.

G. Safe Harbor

PartnerRe Ltd. has made statements in this annual report on Form 20-F that are forward-looking statements. In some cases,

you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,”
“anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue,” the negative of these terms and other comparable
terminology. These forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, may include
projections of our future financial performance, our anticipated growth strategies and anticipated trends in our business. These
statements are only predictions based on our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors
that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of
activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements, including those factors described in
Risk Factors in Item 3 of this report.

Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future

results, level of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the
accuracy and completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. We are under no duty to update any of these forward-
looking statements after the date of this annual report on Form 20-F to conform our prior statements to actual results or revised
expectations.

Table of Contents

H. Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The Company has not presented or discussed any non-GAAP financial measures in this report as an addition to or substitute
for measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
(U.S. GAAP).

Table of Contents

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A. Directors and Senior Management

The following are the directors and executive officers of the Company as of March 13, 2018.

Name
John Elkann

Brian Dowd

Patrick A. Thiele

Enrico Vellano

Bilge Ogut

Nikhil Srinivasan

Emmanuel Clarke

Mario Bonaccorso

Charles Goldie

Scott Altstadt
Theodore C. Walker

Marvin Pestcoe

Position with the Company
Director, Chairman of the Board

Director, Chairman of the Audit Committee

Director, Member of the Audit Committee

Director

Date Appointed
March 18, 2016

March 18, 2016

March 28, 2016

July 28, 2016

August 5, 2016

Director, President and CEO, PartnerRe Ltd. and CEO
Specialty
Executive Vice President and CFO, PartnerRe Ltd.

March 24, 2016

April 4, 2016

CEO Property & Casualty

Chief Underwriting Officer

Member of Executive Committee (retiring March 31,
2018)
Executive Vice President (retiring March 31, 2018)

July 1, 2016

July 1, 2016
July 1, 2016

July 1, 2016

April 1, 2017

Marc Archambault

CEO Life and Health

Dorothée Burkel

Turab Hussain

Chief Corporate and People Operations Officer

October 2, 2017

Chief Risk and Actuarial Officer

December 2, 2017

Biographical information

• John Elkann, Director, Chairman of the Board

John Elkann is also Chairman and CEO of EXOR and Chairman of Fiat Chrysler Automobiles N.V. Mr. Elkann obtained a
scientific baccalaureate from the Lycée Victor Duruy in Paris, and graduated in Engineering from Politecnico, the
Engineering University of Turin. While at university, he gained work experience in manufacturing, sales and marketing at
various companies within the Fiat Group in the U.K., Poland and France. He started his professional career in 2001 at
General Electric as a member of the Corporate Audit Staff, with assignments in Asia, the U.S. and Europe. Mr. Elkann is
Chairman of Giovanni Agnelli e C. Sapaz. and Italiana Editrice. He is a board member of The Economist Group, News
Corporation and Ferrari S.p.A. Mr. Elkann is a member of Museum of Modern Art as well as Vice Chairman of the Italian
Aspen Institute and the Giovanni Agnelli Foundation.

• Brian Dowd, Director, Chairman of the Audit Committee (Independent)

Previously, Mr. Dowd was a member of the Office of the Chairman of ACE Group, focusing on underwriting-related matters,
including oversight of the ACE Group’s product boards, the general underwriting disciplines of the company’s profit centers,
outward reinsurance placements and run-off operations and special strategic projects. Mr. Dowd also held relevant positions
at ACE Group from 1997 until his appointment as Chairman of ACE’s Insurance – North America business segment in 2006.
He also held the role of Vice Chairman of ACE Limited from 2009 until his retirement in 2015. Prior to that, Mr. Dowd held
underwriting positions of increasing responsibility at Arkwright Mutual Insurance Company over a seven-year period. He
holds a Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Finance from Northern Illinois University, as well as the Chartered Property Casualty
Underwriter professional designation.

• Patrick A. Thiele, Director, Member of the Audit Committee (Independent)

Mr. Thiele served as CEO of PartnerRe from 2000 until his retirement in 2010. In February 2014, Mr. Thiele joined the board
of One Beacon Insurance Group, and in February 2015, he joined the boards of the investment companies in the Mairs and
Power family of mutual funds. Mr. Thiele previously held executive roles at CGU plc (now Aviva plc) and at The St. Paul
Companies, where he spent the first 20 years of his insurance career, culminating in his appointment as its CEO of
Worldwide Insurance Operations. Mr. Thiele began his career in 1975, working as a securities analyst with the National Bank
of Detroit. He holds both a B.S. in Finance and a Master in Business Administration from the University of Wisconsin,
Madison, as well as the Chartered Financial Analyst designation.

• Enrico Vellano, Director

Table of Contents

Mr. Vellano is also the Chief Financial Officer (CFO) of EXOR. In 1992, Mr. Vellano started his professional career at Arthur
Andersen LLP. In 1995, he joined SAI Assicurazioni where he specialized in the management of equity and bond portfolios.
In 1997, he began working at Istituto Finanziario Italiano Laniero (IFIL), the investment company controlled by the Agnelli
Family. In 2006 he was named CFO of IFIL, which was merged with Instituto Finanziario Italiano in 2009 to create EXOR.
He is also a board member of Juventus Football Club, Almacantar S.A. and Emittenti Titoli. Mr. Vellano holds a Bachelor of
Arts in Economics at the University of Torino. Mr. Vellano resigned as Director of the Company effective March 8, 2018.

• Bilge Ogut, Director (Independent)

Ms. Ogut is Head of Private Equity in Europe at Partners Group, the global private markets investment manager firm, and is
a member of Partners Group’s Private Equity Directs Investment Committee and Private Equity Primaries Europe Investment
Committee. Prior to joining Partners Group she was Deputy Head of Private Equity at Standard Bank International from 2010
to 2011 and was with Warburg Pincus from 1998 to 2009.

• Nikhil Srinivasan, Director

Mr. Srinivasan is the former Group Chief Investment Officer and a member of the Group Management Committee of
Generali and Chairman of Generali Real Estate. Prior to joining Generali, he was at Allianz SE for ten years based in
Singapore and Munich, where he was Group Chief Investment Officer and a member of Allianz SE’s International Executive
Committee responsible for the firm’s investment strategy.

• Emmanuel Clarke, Director, President and CEO, PartnerRe Ltd. and CEO Specialty

Mr. Clarke is responsible for leading and managing the Company’s operations. He is also a member of the Company's
Executive Committee. Mr. Clarke has 20 years of professional experience in the reinsurance industry. He joined PartnerRe in
1997 and was appointed as Head of Credit & Surety, PartnerRe Global in 2002 and Head of P&C, PartnerRe Global in 2006.
In 2008, Mr. Clarke was appointed as Head of Specialty Lines, PartnerRe Global and Deputy CEO of PartnerRe Global.
Effective September 1, 2010, Mr. Clarke was appointed as CEO of PartnerRe Global. On September 8, 2015, Mr. Clarke was
appointed President of PartnerRe and on 24 March, 2016, Mr. Clarke was appointed CEO of PartnerRe. Mr. Clarke has a
MBA from the University Paris, IX - Dauphine, specializing in Finance and Controlling and a MBA in International Business
from Baruch College of CUNY.

• Mario Bonaccorso, Executive Vice President and CFO, PartnerRe Ltd.

Mr. Bonaccorso is a member of PartnerRe’s Group Executive Committee and is responsible for the Company’s financial
operations. Prior to joining PartnerRe, Mr. Bonaccorso served as Managing Director of EXOR for nine years where he was
responsible for investments and the management of EXOR’s portfolio companies. Prior to joining EXOR, Mr. Bonaccorso
worked as a Research and Development Telecom Engineer at Qualcomm Inc., as an engagement manager at McKinsey &
Co. and as Chief Investment Officer of Jupiter Finance. Mr. Bonaccorso has a Master of Science cum laude in
Telecommunications Engineering at Politecnico di Torino University and a MBA with honors from INSEAD. Mr.
Bonaccorso has served on behalf of EXOR on the board of directors of Cushman & Wakefield, Banijay Holding, Banca
Leonardo and EXOR SA.

• Charles Goldie, CEO Property & Casualty

Charles Goldie is a member of PartnerRe’s Group Executive Committee and is responsible for the executive management of
PartnerRe’s Property and Casualty worldwide business segment. Mr. Goldie has over 25 years of experience both as an
actuary and as a reinsurance underwriting manager. He joined PartnerRe in 2002 as head of the U.S. Specialty Lines portfolio
and in 2009 was named Head of Risk Management and Reserving for PartnerRe Global. Prior to joining PartnerRe, he
worked for Gerling Global Reinsurance Corp of America as Head of Casualty Underwriting and for Milliman as a consulting
actuary. Mr. Goldie has a BSc in Economics from the State University of New York at Binghamton and is a fellow of the
Casualty Actuarial Society.

• Scott Altstadt, Chief Underwriting Officer

Scott Altstadt is a member of PartnerRe’s Group Executive Committee and is responsible for the Company’s underwriting
function. Mr. Altstadt has over 27 years of professional experience in the insurance and reinsurance industries. He joined
PartnerRe in 2001, as Senior Pricing Actuary of P&C and was appointed as Chief Pricing Actuary for Specialty Lines in
2002, becoming Deputy Head of P&C in 2008. He was appointed to the position of Chief Underwriting Officer PartnerRe
Global in 2013. Prior to joining PartnerRe, Mr. Altstadt worked in the U.S. and Europe with Zurich Financial Services and
CNARe. Mr. Altstadt has a B.S. in Mathematics and Statistics from Purdue University.

Table of Contents

• Theodore C. Walker, Member of Executive Committee (retiring March 31, 2018)

Mr. Walker has over 25 years' experience in the reinsurance and insurance industries and has been with the Company since
2002. He has held the positions of CEO P&C Worldwide, President and CEO of North America, with executive responsibility
for North America, and Executive Vice President and Chief Underwriting Officer for PartnerRe U.S. with responsibility for
all underwriting activities in the U.S. business units. Previously, he was responsible for PartnerRe’s worldwide book of
catastrophe business, in the role of Head of Catastrophe. Prior to joining PartnerRe, Mr. Walker was Senior Vice President at
American Re, where he was responsible for the company’s Latin American operations. Mr. Walker then worked for ten years
at Bacardi International as Risk Manager, and then as Vice President of Bacardi Capital, the Group’s treasury arm. He began
his career as an insurance and reinsurance broker for Sedgwick in London and Boston. Mr. Walker holds a B.S. from
Georgetown University’s School of Foreign Service. He currently serves on the Board of Overseers at St. John’s School of
Risk Management, as a Board Member of Bacardi Limited and as a Board Member of Crane & Co., an international paper
and currency manufacturer. Mr. Walker is a past Chairman of the Reinsurance Association of America and is a current
member of their board of directors.

• Marvin Pestcoe, Executive Vice President (retiring March 31, 2018)

Marvin Pestcoe is a member of PartnerRe’s Group Executive Committee. Mr. Pestcoe has 30 years of experience in property
and casualty insurance, reinsurance and investments. He joined PartnerRe in 2001 as head of the Company’s Alternative Risk
Operations, and in 2008 was appointed Deputy Head of Capital Markets Group and Head of Capital Assets. In 2010 he
assumed responsibility for all Investment Operations and executive responsibility for the worldwide Life Operations.
Following the acquisition of Presidio in 2012 these responsibilities were expanded to include health insurance and
reinsurance. Prior to joining PartnerRe, Mr. Pestcoe was Chief Actuary of Swiss Re New Markets. Mr. Pestcoe is a fellow of
the Casualty Actuarial Society and a member of the American Academy of Actuaries.

• Marc Archambault, CEO Life and Health

Marc Archambault is a member of PartnerRe’s Group Executive Committee and is responsible for its worldwide Life and
Health business segment. Mr. Archambault has more than 26 years of experience in Life reinsurance, most recently as CEO
of SCOR Global Life Asia-Pacific, where he led the company’s regional growth strategy in those markets, and as a member
of the senior management team for Global Life. Prior to that, Mr. Archambault held a number of senior management
positions at SCOR where he implemented growth strategies and product development initiatives across multiple international
markets in Europe, North America, Asia and Africa. Mr. Archambault holds a Bachelor of Actuarial Science from Laval
University in Quebec, Canada and is an Associate with the Canadian Institute of Actuaries.

• Dorothée Burkel Chief Corporate and People Operations Officer

Dorothée Burkel is a member of the Company’s Executive Committee and is responsible for strategies related to attracting,
developing and retaining the best talent, aligning culture and strategy, and ensuring governance and operational
effectiveness. Ms. Burkel specializes in Human Resources & Communications and has experience across a number of
international companies. Prior to joining PartnerRe, Ms. Burkel was formerly the Human Resources Director for Google
Southern Europe from 2008 – 2012. In 2012, this role was extended to include the Middle East and Africa and in 2015, to the
entire EMEA region where she supported Google’s Business and G&A functions. Ms. Burkel worked for AOL France from
2001 to 2005 as the Human Resources Director and was promoted to Vice President for Human Resources and Corporate
Communications for AOL France in 2005. Before leaving in 2008, she also took on the responsibility for Branding and
Communications for AOL Europe. Ms. Burkel holds a Master’s degree in French Modern Literature and graduated with
honors in Political Sciences from the Institut d’Etudes Politiques in Paris.

• Turab Hussain Chief Risk and Actuarial Officer

Mr. Hussain is a member of the Company’s Executive Committee and is responsible for the risk management, capital
modeling and reserving functions. Mr. Hussain has more than 20 years’ experience in the insurance and reinsurance
industries. Prior to joining PartnerRe, Mr. Hussain held several senior actuarial and underwriting roles with responsibility for
reserving, risk assessment, capital allocation and analysis at the Hartford as well as Arch Insurance Group and American
Reinsurance. Mr. Hussain is an Associate of the Casualty Actuarial Society (ACAS), a Member of the American Academy of
Actuaries (MAAA) and a Chartered Enterprise Risk Analyst (CERA). He earned his bachelor’s degree in economics and
statistics from Rutgers University.

The Directors referred to above as "Independent" are considered independent in accordance with the definition of the

applicable NYSE and SEC Rules.

Table of Contents

B. Compensation

Director Compensation

During 2017, the directors received approximately $1.2 million in cash as compensation for their services as directors. Mr.

Clarke did not receive any compensation for his services as a director in 2017. All directors are reimbursed for travel and other
related expenses personally incurred while attending Board or committee meetings.

Executive Compensation

Executive compensation is comprised of salary, annual incentives and other benefits. During 2017, PartnerRe’s executive
officers earned $20.7 million in compensation. Long-term incentive (LTI compensation) is excluded from this total and is described
in more detail below.

Long-term incentive (LTI) Program

The 2017 LTI Program consisted of awards either in a form of cash or class B shares (defined below) with a three-year cliff

vest issued to certain executives.

During 2017, an executive officer had target LTI values in local currencies and were awarded an aggregate of $1.3 million in

LTI cash compensation. Upon vesting, target awards will be adjusted based on the Company’s performance measure which is a
three-year compound Return on Capital (ROC) metric.

In May 2017, the Company designated a new class of common shares (Class B shares) that may be granted to or purchased by

certain executives of the Company at the discretion of the Company. The LTI Committee of the Board approved the related
Certificate of Designation which stipulated that the granted shares are restricted from sale for three years from date of grant and
grants can be made by the Company twice a year as of March 1 or September 1. In addition, the Class B shares can be redeemed,
subject to certain restrictions, at the option of the employee with respect to Class B purchased shares, and after the three-year
restriction period for granted shares. However, per the notice of grant provided to the employee, once the restriction period has
expired, the employee can only sell or transfer the restricted shares back to the Company provided the employee, continues to hold
an agreed minimum of four times (4X) their gross LTI target value, unless otherwise agreed in writing. During 2017, certain
PartnerRe’s executive officers were awarded an aggregate $6.3 million in Class B shares.

See also Item 6.E below for details of share ownership related to the Class B shares and Item 10.D regarding restrictions on

share transfers.

C. Board Practices

The Board currently consists of seven directors (see Item 6.A above for details). The current Board have been elected to serve

until the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or until their respective successors are appointed. As provided in our Bye-
Laws, the number of Directors shall be such number not less than three as the Company by Resolution may, from time to time,
determine (see also Item 10.B for the details of the Company's Bye-laws).

There are no service contracts between the Company and any of the Company’s directors providing for benefits upon

termination of their employment or service.

Audit Committee

The Board has established an Audit Committee comprised of Messers. Thiele and Dowd who are independent in accordance

with the definition of the applicable NYSE and SEC Rules. Mr. Thiele is designated as the Audit Committee financial expert as
noted in Item 16A of this report.

Pursuant to its charter, the Audit Committee’s primary responsibilities are to assist Board oversight of:

• the integrity of PartnerRe’s financial statements;

• PartnerRe’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

• the Company's system of internal controls;

• the qualifications and independence of the external auditors; and

• the performance of the Company's internal and external audit functions.

The Audit Committee regularly meets with management, the Chief Audit Officer and the Company's independent registered

public accounting firm to review matters relating to the quality of financial reporting and internal accounting controls, including the

Table of Contents

nature, extent and results of their audits. In addition, the Audit Committee discusses the Company’s policies with respect to risk
assessment and risk management processes.

D. Employees

The Company had 978 employees at December 31, 2017. The following table show the breakdown of the number of

employees by geographic location as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

Geographic location
Asia, Australia and New Zealand

Europe

Latin America, Caribbean and Africa

North America

Total

2017

2016

2015

46
537
7
388
978

46
539
7
365
957

40
568
5
422
1,035

The increase in the number of employees in 2017 compared to 2016 was primarily driven by the inclusion of Aurigen
employees in 2017. The decrease in 2016 compared to 2015 was due to the efficiency actions undertaken following the closing of
the acquisition by EXOR N.V.

E. Share ownership

As more fully described in B. Compensation above, during 2017, the Company designated, granted, and issued Class B

common shares to certain executives of the Company.

The Company's Class A common shares, which are classified as Common shares in the Shareholder's Equity section of the
Consolidated Balance Sheet, are owned by EXOR Nederland N.V. (previously named Exor N.V.). The Company's Class B common
shares are classified as liabilities and, as a result, are not included in Common shares in the Shareholder's Equity section the
Consolidated Balance Sheet.

As of December 31, 2017, 100,000,000 Class A common shares were held by EXOR Nederland N.V. and 255,492 Class B

common shares were held by certain executive officers of the Company.

The Class B Common Shares issued and outstanding represent less than 0.3% of the beneficial ownership and voting rights of

the Company. See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for further details.

Except as otherwise required by law or Certificate of Designation, holders of Class B Shares share the same voting rights as

the holders of Class A Shares.

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A. Major Shareholders

As more fully described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report, 100% of the Company's
Class A shares are owned by EXOR Nederland N.V. Prior to the acquisition of 100% of the common shares of the Company, Exor
held 9.9% of the publicly held common shares of the Company, which were acquired in 2015 in contemplation of the acquisition.

B. Related Party Transactions

As at December 31, 2017 and 2016 EXOR Nederland N.V. held 100% of the Class A shares and more than 99% of the total

voting shares (Class A and Class B) of the Company and therefore has the power to make decisions that impact the Company.

The Company has entered into certain related party transactions as disclosed in Notes 10 and 19 to the Consolidated Financial

Statements in Item 18 of this report.

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Table of Contents

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

See the Consolidated Financial Statements, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statements

Schedules in Item 18 of this report.

B. Significant Changes

See Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 for a disclosure of events subsequent to year end and prior to

the date of filing.

Table of Contents

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

A. Offer and Listing Details

The Company’s common shares are no longer listed as a result of the acquisition by Exor N.V. in March 2016. The Company’s
preferred shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbols PRE-F, PRE-G, PRE-H, and PRE-I. Refer to Note 11 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for further details.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low market prices per share of the Company’s preferred

shares that remain outstanding as of December 31, 2017 as reported on the NYSE (in U.S. dollars):

For the year ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

Series F

Series G

Series H

Series I

High
26.24
27.59
30.82
27.08

High
Low
24.07 27.48
25.47 30.33
27.11 32.40
23.56 28.94

High
Low
22.95 26.56
25.32
n/a
25.02
22.97

n/a

High
Low
23.90 25.61
n/a

n/a

High
Low
20.12 25.15
n/a

n/a

Low
19.88
n/a

n/a

For the quarter ended

December 31, 2017

September 30, 2017

June 30, 2017

March 31, 2017

Series F

Series G

Series H

Series I

High
25.97
27.44
29.54
27.08

Low
25.22
26.71
28.15
26.04

High
26.24
27.59
30.82
26.35

Low
24.81
26.65
28.11
25.38

High
25.84
27.52
29.56
26.53

Low
25.12
26.52
28.53
25.45

High
25.87
26.82
28.97
25.63

Low
24.07
25.47
27.11
23.56

For the quarter ended

December 31, 2016

September 30, 2016

June 30, 2016

March 31, 2016

Series F

Series G

Series H

Series I

High
26.54
28.99
30.82
27.83

Low
22.95
25.32
25.02
22.97

High
27.48
30.33
32.40
28.94

Low
25.66
28.16
29.52
26.1

High
26.18
29.86

30.98

26.19

Low
24.50
26

26.76

24.91

High
26.92
n/a

n/a

Low
24.81
n/a

n/a

Each month for the most
recent six months

February 28,
2018

January 31,
2018

December 31,
2017

November 30,
2017

October 31,
2017

September 30,
2017

Low

High

High
High
Low
25.46 24.70 25.60 25.00 25.83 25.22 25.90
26.55 25.81 26.98 26.19 27.44 26.80 27.37
28.28 26.81 29.17 27.23 29.54 28.60 29.54
25.63 24.91 26.27 24.95 26.71 26.04 26.99

Low

Series F

Series G

Series H

Series I

B. Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C. Markets

High

Low
Low
Low
25.27 25.97 25.31 25.74 24.81
27.44 26.71 27.08 26.65
26.87
29.14 28.15 29.37 28.37
28.49
27.08 26.05 26.32 25.38
26.15

Each series of the Company’s preferred shares is listed and traded on the NYSE. The 5.875% Series F Non-Cumulative

Preferred Shares began trading on February 19, 2013 and the 6.50% Series G Cumulative Preferred Shares, the 7.25% Series H
Cumulative Preferred Shares and the 5.875% Series I Non-Cumulative Preferred Shares began trading on May 6, 2016.

Table of Contents

D. Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E. Dilution

Not applicable.

F. Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. Share Capital

Not applicable.

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

The Company’s Amended Memorandum of Association has been filed as exhibit 3.1 to Form F-3 (File no 333-7094) filed with

the SEC on June 20, 1997, and is hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

The Company’s Bye-laws were adopted on March 18, 2016 and filed as exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Report on Form 8-K

(File No 001-14536) filed with the SEC on March 18, 2016, and are hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

Corporate Registration and Objectives

PartnerRe Ltd. is incorporated under the laws of Bermuda. The Company is registered at the Bermuda Registrar under the
number 18620. The purposes and powers of the Company are set forth in Items 6 and 7 (b) through (n) and (p) to (u) inclusive of the
Second Schedule of the Bermuda Companies Act of 1981, as amended.

Board of Directors

The Companies Act authorizes the directors of a company, subject to its bye-laws, to exercise all powers of the company
except those that are required by the Companies Act or its bye-laws to be exercised by the shareholders. The Company's Bye-Laws
provide that its business is to be generally managed and conducted by the Board and that the Board shall be such number not less
than three as the Company by resolution may, from time to time, determine. The Directors shall be elected or appointed at the
Annual General Meeting, at any Special General Meeting called for that purpose or by Resolution. Directors shall hold office for
such term as the Shareholders may determine or, in the absence of such determination, until the next Annual General Meeting or
until their successors are elected or appointed or their office is otherwise vacated.

Under the Company’s Bye-laws and subject to the Companies Act, a Director is not prohibited from being a party to or
otherwise have an interest in, any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested. A
Director who has complied with the Companies Act and with the Company’s Bye-laws with regard to declaring the nature of his
interest in a transaction or arrangement with the Company, or in which the Company is otherwise interested, may be counted in the
quorum and vote at any meeting at which such transaction or arrangement is considered by the Board.

In addition to its powers under Bye-Law 27, the Board on behalf of the Company may provide benefits, whether by the
payment of gratuities or pensions or otherwise, for any person including any Director or former Director who has held any executive
office or employment with the Company or with any body corporate which is or has been a subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company
or a predecessor in the business of the Company or of any such subsidiary or Affiliate, and to any member of his family or any
person who is or was dependent on him, and may contribute to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any
such gratuity, pension or other benefit, or for the insurance of any such person.

The Company may in a Special General Meeting called for that purpose remove a Director, provided notice of any such
meeting shall be served upon the Director concerned not less than fourteen (14) days before such meeting and s/he shall be entitled
to be heard at such meeting. The Shareholders may authorize the Directors to fill any vacancy in their number, from time to time.

Under the Company’s Bye-Laws the quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Board may be fixed by the

Board and, unless so fixed at any other number, shall be three (3) individuals and requires the presence of at least one Majority
Shareholder Director Designee for so long as the Board consists of at least one Majority Shareholder Director Designee. Any

Table of Contents

Director who ceases to be a Director at a meeting of the Board may continue to be present and to act as a Director and be counted in
the quorum until the termination of the meeting if no other Director objects and if otherwise a quorum of Directors would not be
present.

A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors for the time being entitled to receive notice of a meeting of the Board shall

be valid and effectual as a resolution pass at a meeting of the Board.

A meeting of the Board or a committee appointed by the Board may be held by means of such telephone, electronic or other

communication facilities (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, by telephone or by video conferencing) as
permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously and participation
in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. Such a meeting shall be deemed to take place where the
largest group of those Directors participating in the meeting is physically assembled, or, if there is no such group, where the
chairman of the meeting then is.

Among the powers of the Company which the Board may exercise, the Board is allowed to borrow money and to mortgage or

charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company. The Board
may also issue debentures and other securities (whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the
Company or of any other persons).

Bermuda law provides that the Directors owe a fiduciary duty to the Company to act in good faith in their dealings with or on

behalf of the Company and exercise their powers and fulfill the duties of their office honestly. This duty include the following
essential elements:

•

a duty to act in good faith in the best interests of the Company;

a duty not to make a personal profit from opportunities that arise from the office of director;

a duty to avoid situations in which there is an actual or potential conflict between a personal interest or the duties owed to
third parties and/or the Director's duty to the Company; and

•

a duty to exercise powers for the purpose for which such powers were intended.

The Companies Act imposes a duty on the Directors and Officers to:

•

act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company; and

exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.

The Companies Act also imposes various duties on the Directors and Officers with respect to certain matters of management

and administration of the Company.

Under Bermuda law, the Directors and Officers generally owe fiduciary duties to the Company itself, not to the Company's

individual shareholders or members, creditors, or any class of either shareholders, members or creditors.

Shares and Share Rights

Subject to any special rights conferred on the holders of any Share or class of Shares, any Share in the Company may be
issued with or have attached thereto such preferred, deferred, qualified or other special rights or such restrictions, whether in regard
to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise, as the Board may determine.

Subject to the general provisions of Bermuda law, the Board may, at its discretion and without the sanction of a Resolution,

authorize the acquisition by the Company of its own Shares, of any class, at any price (whether at par or above or below par).
Under Bermuda law, the Company must pay for such share purchases out of capital paid-up for these shares, out of funds that would
otherwise be available for a dividend or distribution or out of proceeds of the issue of additional shares for the purpose of the
purchase. However, to the extent that any premium over the par value is payable on the purchase, the premium must be provided
out of funds that would otherwise be available for a dividend or distribution or out of the Company's share premium account.

Any Shares to be purchased may be selected in any manner whatsoever, to be either cancelled or held as Treasury Shares,
upon such terms as the Board may in its discretion determine, provided always that such acquisition is effected in accordance with
the provisions of the Companies Act. The whole or any part of the amount payable on any such acquisition may be paid or satisfied
otherwise than in cash, to the extent permitted by the Companies Act.

As provided in our Bye-Laws and subject to the Companies Act, all or any of the special rights for the time being attached to
any class of Shares for the time being issued may from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up) be altered or

Table of Contents

abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than seventy five percent (75%) of the issued Shares of that class or
with the sanction of a resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of not less than seventy five percent (75%) of
the issued Shares of that class, voting in person or by proxy. To any such separate general meeting, all the provisions of these Bye-
Laws as to general meetings of the Company shall mutatis mutandis apply, but so that the necessary quorum shall be two (2) or
more persons holding or representing by proxy any of the Shares of the relevant class, that every holder of Shares of the relevant
class shall be entitled on a poll to one vote for every such Share held by him and that any holder of Shares of the relevant class
present in person or by proxy may demand a poll; provided however, that if the Company or a class of Shareholders shall have only
one Shareholder, one Shareholder present in person or by proxy shall constitute the necessary quorum.

Subject to Bermuda law and except insofar as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any Share otherwise provide, the

Board may from time to time declare dividends or distributions out of contributed surplus to be paid to the Shareholders according
to their rights and interests, including such interim dividends as appear to the Board to be justified by the position of the Company.
The Board, in its discretion, may determine that any dividend shall be paid in cash or shall be satisfied, subject to the Bye-Laws, in
paying up in full Shares in the Company to be issued to the Shareholders credited as fully paid or partly paid or partly in one way
and partly the other. The Board may also pay any fixed cash dividend which is payable on any Shares of the Company half yearly
or on such other dates, whenever the position of the Company, in the opinion of the Board, justifies such payment.

The Board may from time to time resolve to capitalize all or any part of any amount for the time being standing to the credit of

any reserve or fund which is available for distribution or to the credit of any Share premium account and accordingly that such
amount be set free for distribution amongst the Shareholders or any class of Shareholders who would be entitled thereto.

If the Company shall be wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a Resolution of the Company and any other
sanction required by the Companies Act, divide amongst the Shareholders in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the
Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for such purposes set such values as he deems
fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the
Shareholders or different classes of Shareholders. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such
assets in trustees upon such trust for the benefit of the contributories as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit, but so
that no Shareholder shall be compelled to accept any Shares or other assets upon which there is any liability.

General Meetings of Shareholders and Voting Rights

If required under the Companies Act, the Board shall convene and the Company shall hold general meetings as Annual
General Meetings in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act at such times and places as the Board shall appoint or,
if requested in writing signed by the Majority Common Shareholder, at such times and places as the Majority Common Shareholder
shall request. The Board may, whenever it thinks fit, and shall, when required by the Companies Act or when requested by the
Majority Common Shareholder, convene general meetings other than Annual General Meetings which shall be called Special
General Meetings, at such time and place as the Board may appoint or, if requested in writing signed by the Majority Common
Shareholder, at such time and place as the Majority Common Shareholder shall request. Except as required by the Companies Act
or when requested by the Majority Common Shareholder, Special General Meetings may not be called by any person other than the
Board. Save where a greater majority is required by the Companies Act or the Bye-Laws, any question proposed for consideration at
any general meeting shall be decided on by a simple majority of votes cast.

Except in the case of the removal of auditors or Directors, anything which may be done by resolution of the Shareholders in
general meeting or by resolution of any class of Shareholders in a separate general meeting may be done by resolution in writing.
Any such Resolution shall be signed by such number of Shareholders (or the holders of such class of Shares) as would be required if
the Resolution had been voted on at a meeting of Shareholders or, all the Shareholders, or such other majority of the Shareholders as
may be provided by the Bye-Laws. Such resolution in writing may be signed by the Shareholder or its proxy, or in the case of a
Shareholder that is a corporation (whether or not a company within the meaning of the Companies Act) by its representative on
behalf of such Shareholder, in as many counterparts as may be necessary.

Under our Bye-laws should any person (other than EXOR or any member of the Exor Group) be a Ten Percent Shareholder,
notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in these Bye-Laws, the votes conferred by the Controlled Shares of such person are
hereby reduced (and shall be automatically reduced in the future) by whatever amount is necessary so that after any such reduction
such person shall not be a Ten Percent Shareholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may waive the restrictions in its
discretion and on a case by case basis.

Change in Control

Subject to the Companies Act and pursuant our Bye-Laws, in addition to the approval of the Board, any resolution proposed

for consideration at any general meeting to approve the amalgamation or merger of the Company with any other company, wherever
incorporated, shall require the approval of a simple majority of votes cast at such meeting. A poll may be demanded in respect of
such resolution in accordance with the Bye-Laws. Under Bermuda law, in the event of an amalgamation or a merger of a Bermuda

Table of Contents

Company with another, a shareholder of the Bermuda company who has not voted in favor of the amalgamation or merger and is not
satisfied that a fair value has been offered for such shareholder’s shares, may apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda, within one
month’s notice of the special general meeting, to appraise the fair value of the shares.

Changes in Capital

Subject to the Companies Act, Bye-Laws and Amended Memorandum of Association, the Company may from time to time by

Resolution authorize the reduction of its issued Share Capital or any Share premium account in any manner.

C. Material Contracts

On October 20, 2016, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire 100% of the outstanding ordinary shares of

Aurigen. The acquisition was completed on April 3, 2017.

D. Exchange Controls

Securities may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981,
Investment Business Act 2003, and the Exchange Control Act 1972 and related regulations, each as amended, which regulate the
sale of securities in Bermuda. In addition, specific permission is required from the BMA, pursuant to the provisions of the Exchange
Change Control Act 1972 and related regulations (Exchange Control Act), for all issuances and transfers of securities of Bermuda
companies, other than in cases where the BMA has granted a general permission. The BMA, in its policy dated June 1, 2005,
provides that where any equity securities of a Bermuda company are listed on an appointed stock exchange (the NYSE is deemed to
be an appointed stock exchange under Bermuda law), general permission is given for the issue and subsequent transfer of any equity
securities of such company from and/or to a non-resident of Bermuda, for as long as any equity securities of the company remain so
listed. Our common shares are not listed on the NYSE and accordingly the general permission will not apply to them.

The BMA has, however, granted us permission for the issue, sale and transfer of up to 20% of any security as defined in the

Exchange Control Act including (without limitation) the grant or creation of options, warrants, coupon, rights and depository
receipts (collectively, Securities) to and among persons who are resident of Bermuda for exchange control purposes, whether or not
the Securities are listed on an appointed stock exchange.

Under the Insurance Act, where neither the shares of the insurer nor the shares of its parent company are not traded on any
stock exchange, no person shall become a 10%, 20%, 33% or 50% shareholder controller of the insurer unless (a) he has filed a
notice in writing to the BMA that he intends to become a controller of the insurer and (b) the BMA has, not later than 45 days
beginning on the date of service of that notice, notified him in writing that there is no objection to him becoming such a controller of
the insurer or the 45 days have elapsed without the BMA having served written notice of objection. Likewise, any person who
ceases to become a holder of at least 10%, 20%, 33% or 50% of our voting shares must notify the BMA in writing no later than 45
days of such disposal. As described herein, our Bye-Laws contain restrictions on the transfer of shares that generally would have
the effect of prohibiting any shareholder, other than EXOR or any member of the Exor Group, from owning 10% or more of our
common shares.

E. Taxation

The Company and PartnerRe Bermuda are not subject to income or profits tax, withholding tax, capital gains tax or capital

transfer tax in Bermuda. See Business Overview—Taxation of the Company and its Subsidiaries in Item 4 for further details.

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G. Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H. Documents on Display

Documents that have been filed by the Company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) can be read or

copied at the SEC’s office of Investor Education and Advocacy located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public
may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms and their copy charges by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-

Table of Contents

0330. Filings with the SEC are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services, and from the website
maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

I. Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

Table of Contents

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Overview

Management believes that the Company is principally exposed to five types of market related risk: interest rate risk, credit
spread risk, foreign currency risk, counterparty credit risk and equity price risk. How these risks relate to the Company, and the
process used to manage them, is discussed below.

The Company’s investment philosophy distinguishes between assets that are generally matched against the estimated net
reinsurance liabilities (liability funds) and those assets that represent shareholder capital (capital funds). Liability funds are invested
in a way that generally matches them to the corresponding liabilities in both duration and currency composition to provide a natural
hedge against changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates.

The Company’s investment philosophy is to reduce foreign currency risk on capital funds by investing primarily in U.S. dollar

denominated investments. In considering the market risk of capital funds, it is important to recognize the benefits of portfolio
diversification. Although these asset classes in isolation may introduce more risk into the portfolio, market forces have a tendency to
influence each class in different ways and at different times. Consequently, the aggregate risk introduced by a portfolio of these
assets should be less than might be estimated by summing the individual risks.

Although the focus of this discussion is to identify risk exposures that impact the market value of assets alone, it is important
to recognize that the risks discussed herein are significantly mitigated to the extent that the Company’s investment strategy allows
market forces to influence the economic valuation of assets and liabilities in a way that is generally offsetting.

As described above in this report, the Company’s investment strategy allows the use of derivative investments, subject to strict
limitations. The Company also imposes a high standard for the credit quality of counterparties in all derivative transactions and aims
to diversify its counterparty credit risk exposure. See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for
additional information related to derivatives.

The following addresses those areas where the Company believes it has exposure to material market risk in its operations.

Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s fixed maturity portfolio and the fixed maturity securities in the investment portfolio underlying the funds
held–directly managed account are exposed to interest rate risk. Fluctuations in interest rates have a direct impact on the market
valuation of these securities. The Company manages interest rate risk on liability funds by constructing bond portfolios in which the
economic impact of a general interest rate shift is comparable to the impact on the related liabilities. The Company believes that this
process of matching the duration mitigates the overall interest rate risk on an economic basis. For Non-life business and the
mortality line of the Life business, the estimated duration of the Company’s liabilities is based on projected claims payout patterns.
For policy benefits related to annuity business, the Company estimates duration based on its commitment to annuitants. The
Company manages the exposure to interest rate volatility on capital funds by choosing a duration profile that it believes will
optimize the risk-reward relationship.

This matching of duration insulates the Company from the economic impact of interest rate changes. The Company’s
liabilities are carried at their nominal value, and are not adjusted for changes in interest rates, with the exception of certain policy
benefits for life and annuity contracts and deposit liabilities that are interest rate sensitive. However, substantially all of the
Company’s invested assets (including the investments underlying the funds held–directly managed account) are carried at fair value,
which reflects such changes. As a result, an increase in interest rates will result in a decrease in the fair value of the Company’s
investments (including the investments underlying the funds held–directly managed account) and a corresponding decrease, net of
applicable taxes, in the Company’s shareholders’ equity. A decrease in interest rates would have the opposite effect.

At December 31, 2017, the Company held approximately $1,879 million of its total invested assets in mortgage/asset-backed

securities. These assets are exposed to prepayment risk, the adverse impact of which is more evident in a declining interest rate
environment.

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2017, the Company estimates that the hypothetical case of an immediate 100 basis points or 200 basis points

parallel shift in global bond curves would result in a change in the fair value of investments exposed to interest rate risk, total
invested assets and shareholders’ equity attributable to PartnerRe Ltd. as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

-200 Basis
Points

%
Change

-100 Basis
Points

%
Change

December 31,
2017

+100 Basis
Points

%
Change

+200 Basis
Points

%
Change

Fair value of investments
exposed to interest rate risk (1)(2) $ 15,531
$ 18,419

Total invested assets (3)

10 % $ 14,823
8 % $ 17,701

5 % $

4 % $

$ 13,407
14,115
16,982 $ 16,264

(5 )% $ 12,699
(4 )% $ 15,545

(10 )%

(8 )%

Shareholders’ equity attributable
to PartnerRe Ltd.

$ 8,182

21 % $ 7,464

11 % $

6,745

$ 6,027

(11 )% $ 5,308

(21 )%

(1) Includes certain other invested assets, certain cash and cash equivalents and funds holding fixed income securities.
(2) Excludes accrued interest.
(3) Includes total investments, cash and cash equivalents, the investment portfolio underlying the funds held–directly managed

account and accrued interest.

The changes do not take into account any potential mitigating impact from the equity market, taxes or the corresponding

change in the economic value of the Company’s reinsurance liabilities, which would substantially offset the economic impact on
invested assets, although the offset would not be reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The Company strives to match the foreign currency exposure in its fixed income portfolio to its multi-currency liabilities. The

Company believes that this matching process creates a diversification benefit. Consequently, the exact market value effect of a
change in interest rates will depend on which countries experience interest rate changes and the foreign currency mix of the
Company’s fixed maturity portfolio at the time of the interest rate changes. See Foreign Currency Risk below.

The impact of an immediate change in interest rates on the fair value of investments and on investments within the funds held–

directly managed account exposed to interest rate risk, the Company’s total invested assets and shareholders’ equity attributable to
PartnerRe Ltd., in both absolute terms and as a percentage of total invested assets and shareholders’ equity attributable to PartnerRe
Ltd., has not changed significantly at December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016.

Interest rate movements also affect the economic value of the Company’s outstanding debt obligations and preferred securities

in the same way that they affect the Company’s fixed maturity investments. This can result in a liability whose economic value is
different from the carrying value reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet given the Company records the carrying value of its
outstanding debt obligations and preferred securities at the original issued principal amount. For the Company’s preferred shares,
fair value is based on quoted market prices, while carrying value is based on the aggregate liquidation value of the shares. See Note
3(b) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for further details regarding the fair value of debt.

See also Notes 10 and 11 to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for further details regarding debt

and preferred shares respectively as at December 31, 2017 and 2016 and related changes during the year.

Credit Spread Risk

The Company’s fixed maturity portfolio and the fixed maturity securities in the investment portfolio underlying the funds

held–directly managed account are exposed to credit spread risk. Fluctuations in market credit spreads have a direct impact on the
market valuation of these securities. The Company manages credit spread risk by the selection of securities within its fixed maturity
portfolio. Changes in credit spreads directly affect the market value of certain fixed maturity securities, but do not necessarily result
in a change in the future expected cash flows associated with holding individual securities. Other factors, including liquidity, supply
and demand, and changing risk preferences of investors, may affect market credit spreads without any change in the underlying
credit quality of the security.

As with interest rates, changes in credit spreads impact the shareholders’ equity of the Company as invested assets are carried

at fair value, which includes changes in credit spreads. As a result, an increase in credit spreads will result in a decrease in the fair
value of the Company’s investments (including the investment portfolio underlying the funds held–directly managed account) and a
corresponding decrease, net of applicable taxes, in the Company’s shareholders’ equity. A decrease in credit spreads would have the
opposite effect.

At December 31, 2017, the Company estimates that the hypothetical case of an immediate 100 basis points or 200 basis points

parallel shift in global credit spreads would result in a change in the fair value of investments exposed to interest rate risk (as

Table of Contents

presented in the table above), total invested assets and shareholders’ equity attributable to PartnerRe Ltd. as follows (in millions of
U.S. dollars):

-200 Basis
Points

%
Change

-100 Basis
Points

%
Change

December 31,
2017

+100 Basis
Points

%
Change

+200 Basis
Points

%
Change

Fair value of investments
exposed to interest rate risk(1)(2)

Total invested assets (3)

Shareholders’ equity attributable
to PartnerRe Ltd.

$ 15,155
$ 18,023

7 % $ 14,635
6 % $ 17,503

4 % $

3 % $

14,115
$ 13,595
16,982 $ 16,462

(4 )% $ 13,075
(3 )% $ 15,941

(7 )%

(6 )%

$ 7,786

15 % $ 7,266

8 % $

6,745

$ 6,225

(8 )% $ 5,704

(15 )%

(1) Included within the fair value of investments exposed to interest rate risk is $10.1 billion of fair value of investments exposed
to credit spreads risk. Includes certain other invested assets, certain cash and cash equivalents and funds holding fixed
income securities.

(2) Excludes accrued interest.
(3) Includes total investments, cash and cash equivalents, the investment portfolio underlying the funds held–directly managed

account and accrued interest.

The changes above also do not take into account any potential mitigating impact from the taxes and the change in the

economic value of the Company’s reinsurance liabilities, which may offset the economic impact on invested assets.

The impact of an immediate change in credit spreads on the overall fair value of investments and funds held–directly managed
account exposed to credit spread risk, the Company’s total invested assets and shareholders’ equity attributable to PartnerRe Ltd., as
a percentage of total invested assets and shareholders’ equity attributable to PartnerRe Ltd. has not changed significantly at
December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016.

Foreign Currency Risk

Through its multinational reinsurance operations, the Company conducts business in a variety of non-U.S. currencies, with the
principal exposures being the Euro, Canadian dollar, Swiss Franc, British pound and Australian dollar. As the Company’s reporting
currency is the U.S. dollar, foreign exchange rate fluctuations may materially impact the Company’s Consolidated Financial
Statements.

The Company is generally able to match its liability funds against its net reinsurance liabilities both by currency and duration
to protect the Company against foreign exchange and interest rate risks. However, a natural offset does not exist for all currencies.
For the non-U.S. dollar currencies for which the Company deems the net asset or liability exposures to be material, the Company
employs a hedging strategy utilizing foreign exchange forward contracts and other derivative financial instruments, as appropriate,
to reduce exposure and more appropriately match the liability funds by currency. The Company does not hedge currencies for which
its asset or liability exposures are not material or where it is unable or impractical to do so. In such cases, the Company is exposed
to foreign currency risk. However, the Company does not believe that the foreign currency risks corresponding to these unhedged
positions are material, except for those related to the Company’s capital funds.

For the Company’s capital funds, including its net investment in foreign subsidiaries and branches and equity securities, the
Company does not typically employ hedging strategies. However, from time to time the Company does enter into net investment
hedges to offset foreign exchange volatility (see Liquidity and Capital Resources—Currency in Item 5 of this report). Derivatives
are included in other invested assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet (see Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item
18 of this report for further details).

The Company’s gross and net exposure in its Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2017 to foreign currency as well as

the associated foreign currency derivatives the Company has entered into to manage this exposure, was as follows (in millions of
U.S. dollars):

Total assets
Total liabilities

Total gross foreign currency exposure
Total derivative amount

Net foreign currency exposure

Euro

CAD

CHF

$ 2,319 $ 1,415 $

GBP
20 $ 1,509 $

(4,150 )

(1,831 )
1,839

(336 )

(507 )
908
(316 )
(912 ) —

8 $

(4 ) $ (316 ) $

(1,531 )

(22 )
67
45 $

JPY

Other

Total (1)
976 $ 6,271
(8,120 )

(1,507 )

(531 )
78
(453 ) $

(1,849 )
1,072
(777 )

32 $
(89 )

(57 )
—
(57 ) $

Table of Contents

(1) As the U.S. dollar is the Company’s reporting currency, there is no currency risk attached to the U.S. dollar and it is
excluded from this table. The U.S. dollar accounted for the difference between the Company’s total foreign currency
exposure in this table and the total assets and total liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31,
2017.

The above numbers include the Company’s investment in certain of its subsidiaries and branches, whose functional currencies
are the Euro or Canadian dollar, and the foreign exchange forward contracts that the Company entered into during the year to hedge
a portion of its translation exposure in light of the significant volatility in foreign exchange markets.

At December 31, 2017, the Company’s most significant net foreign currency exposure presented in the table above reflect the

unhedged net investment in its Swiss branch.

At December 31, 2017, assuming all other variables remain constant and disregarding any tax effects, a change in the U.S.
dollar of 10% or 20% relative to all of the other currencies held by the Company simultaneously would result in a change in the
Company’s net foreign currency exposure of $78 million and $155 million, respectively, inclusive of the effect of foreign exchange
forward contracts and other derivative financial instruments.

Counterparty Credit Risk

Investments and Cash

The Company has exposure to credit risk primarily as a holder of fixed maturity securities. The Company controls this

exposure by emphasizing investment grade credit quality in the fixed maturity securities it purchases. At December 31, 2017,
approximately 52% of the Company’s fixed maturity portfolio (including the funds held–directly managed account and funds
holding fixed maturity securities) was rated AA (or equivalent rating) or better.

At December 31, 2017, approximately 71% of the Company’s fixed maturity and short-term investments (including funds
holding fixed maturity securities and excluding the funds held–directly managed account) were rated A- or better and 3% were rated
below investment grade or not rated. The Company believes this high quality concentration reduces its exposure to credit risk on
fixed maturity investments to an acceptable level. At December 31, 2017, the Company was not exposed to any significant credit
concentration risk on its investments, excluding securities issued by the U.S. government which are rated AA+. The single largest
corporate issuer and the top 10 corporate issuers accounted for less than 3% and less than 19% of the Company’s total corporate
fixed maturity securities (excluding the funds held–directly managed account), respectively, at December 31, 2017.

The Company keeps cash and cash equivalents in several banks and ensures that there are no significant concentrations of

credit risk in any one bank.

Funds held–directly managed account

The funds held–directly managed account due to the Company is related to one cedant, Colisée Re. The Company is subject to

the credit risk of this cedant in the event of insolvency or Colisée Re’s failure to honor the value of the funds held balances for any
other reason. However, the Company’s credit risk is somewhat mitigated by the fact that the Company generally has the right to
offset any shortfall in the payment of the funds held balances with amounts owed by the Company to the cedant for losses payable
and other amounts contractually due. See also Risk Factors in Item 3 of this report for additional discussion of the Company’s
exposure if Colisée Re, or its affiliates, breach or do not satisfy their obligations. In addition to exposure to Colisée Re, the
Company is also subject to the credit risk of AXA or its affiliates in the event of their insolvency or their failure to honor their
obligations under the acquisition agreements. See Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for
further details regarding the funds held–directly managed account.

Derivatives

To a lesser extent, the Company also has credit risk exposure as a party to foreign exchange forward contracts and other
derivative contracts. The Company’s investment strategy allows the use of derivative investments, subject to strict limitations. The
Company imposes a high standard for the credit quality of counterparties in all derivative transactions. To mitigate credit risk, the
Company monitors its exposure by counterparty, aims to diversify its counterparty credit risk and ensures that counterparties to
these contracts are high credit quality international banks or counterparties. These contracts are generally of short duration
(approximately 90 days) and settle on a net basis, which means that the Company is exposed to the movement of one currency
against the other, as opposed to the notional amount of the contracts. At December 31, 2017, the Company’s net notional exposure
of foreign exchange forward contracts was $2,863 million, while the net fair value of those contracts was a liability position of $12
million. See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this report for additional information related to
derivatives.

Table of Contents

Underwriting Operations

The Company is also exposed to credit risk in its underwriting operations, most notably in the credit/surety line. Loss
experience in these lines of business is cyclical and is affected by the general economic environment. The Company provides its
clients in these lines of business with protection against credit deterioration, defaults or other types of financial non-performance of
or by the underlying credits that are the subject of the protection provided and, accordingly, the Company is exposed to the credit
risk of those credits. As with all of the Company’s business, these risks are subject to rigorous underwriting and pricing standards.
In addition, the Company strives to mitigate the risks associated with these credit-sensitive lines of business through the use of risk
management techniques such as risk diversification, careful monitoring of risk aggregations and accumulations and, at times,
through the use of retrocessional reinsurance protection and the purchase of credit default swaps and total return and interest rate
swaps.

The Company is subject to the credit risk of its cedants in the event of their insolvency or their failure to honor the value of the
funds held balances due to the Company for any other reason. However, the Company’s credit risk in some jurisdictions is mitigated
by a mandatory right of offset of amounts payable by the Company to a cedant against amounts due to the Company. In certain other
jurisdictions the Company is able to mitigate this risk, depending on the nature of the funds held arrangements, to the extent that the
Company has the contractual ability to offset any shortfall in the payment of the funds held balances with amounts owed by the
Company to cedants for losses payable and other amounts contractually due. Funds held balances for which the Company receives
an investment return based upon either the results of a pool of assets held by the cedant or the investment return earned by the
cedant on its investment portfolio are exposed to an additional layer of credit risk. The Company is also exposed, to some extent, to
the underlying financial market risk of the pool of assets, inasmuch as the underlying policies may have guaranteed minimum
returns.

The Company has exposure to credit risk as it relates to its business written through brokers if any of the Company’s brokers
are unable to fulfill their contractual obligations with respect to payments to the Company. In addition, in some jurisdictions, if the
broker fails to make payments to the insured under the Company’s policy, the Company might remain liable to the insured for the
deficiency. The Company’s exposure to such credit risk is somewhat mitigated in certain jurisdictions by contractual terms. See Risk
Factors in Item 3 and Business Overview in Item 4 of this report for information related to two brokers that accounted for
approximately 47% of the Company’s gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2017.

The Company has exposure to credit risk as it relates to its reinsurance balances receivable and reinsurance recoverable on

paid and unpaid losses.

Reinsurance balances receivable from the Company’s cedants at December 31, 2017 were $2,725 million, including balances

both currently due and accrued. The Company believes that credit risk related to these balances is mitigated by several factors,
including but not limited to, credit checks performed as part of the underwriting process and monitoring of aged receivable
balances. In addition, as the majority of its reinsurance agreements permit the Company the right to offset reinsurance balances
receivable from clients against losses payable to them, the Company believes that the credit risk in this area is substantially reduced.
Provisions are made for amounts considered potentially uncollectible and the allowance for uncollectible premiums receivable was
$5 million at December 31, 2017.

The Company purchases retrocessional reinsurance and requires its reinsurers to have adequate financial strength. The
Company evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors its concentration of credit risk on an ongoing basis.
Provisions are made for amounts considered potentially uncollectible. At December 31, 2017, the balance of reinsurance
recoverable on paid and unpaid non-life and life reserves was $729 million, which is net of the allowance provided for uncollectible
reinsurance recoverables of $0 million. At December 31, 2017, 37% of the Company’s reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid
non-life and life reserves were either due from reinsurers with an A- or better rating from Standard & Poor’s, and the remaining 63%
was collateralized. See Liquidity and Capital Resources—Reinsurance Recoverable on Paid and Unpaid Losses in Item 5 of this
report for details of the Company’s reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses categorized by the reinsurer’s Standard &
Poor’s rating.

Other than the items discussed above, the concentrations of the Company’s counterparty credit risk exposures have not

changed materially at December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016.

Equity Price Risk

The Company invests a portion of its capital funds in equity securities (fair market value of $632 million, excluding funds
holding fixed income securities of $7 million) at December 31, 2017. These equity investments are exposed to equity price risk,
defined as the potential for loss in market value due to a decline in equity prices. The Company believes that the effects of
diversification and the relatively small size of its investments in equities relative to total invested assets mitigate its exposure to

Table of Contents

equity price risk. The Company estimates that its equity investment portfolio has a beta versus the S&P 500 Index of
approximately 0.61 on average. Portfolio beta measures the response of a portfolio’s performance relative to a market return, where
a beta of 1 would be an equivalent return to the index. Given the estimated beta for the Company’s equity portfolio, a 10% and 20%
movement in the S&P 500 Index would result in a change in the fair value of the Company’s equity portfolio, total invested assets
and shareholders’ equity attributable to PartnerRe Ltd. at December 31, 2015 by $38 million and $77 million, respectively. This
change does not take into account any potential mitigating impact from the fixed maturity securities or taxes.

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Not applicable.

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDENDS ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

PART II

None.

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

In accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, upon effecting the Merger, EXOR S.p.A. paid cash of $1.25 per share

for an aggregate payment of approximately $43 million to the preferred shareholders and agreed to launch an exchange offer. On
April 1, 2016, the Company launched the exchange offer whereby participating preferred shareholders could exchange any or all
existing preferred shares for newly issued preferred shares reflecting, subject to certain exceptions contained in the existing
preferred shares, an extended call date of the fifth anniversary from the date of issuance and a restriction on payment of dividends
on common shares declared with respect to any fiscal quarter to an amount not exceeding 67% of net income during such fiscal
quarter until December 31, 2020. The terms of the newly issued preferred shares would otherwise remain identical in all material
respects to the Company’s existing preferred shares, as described below. The exchange offer expired on April 29, 2016 and on May
1, 2016, 6,415,264 Series D, 11,753,798 Series E and 7,320,574 Series F preferred shares were exchanged for an equivalent number
of Series G, Series H and Series I preferred shares, respectively. There was no consideration paid and no increase in fair value of the
preferred shares as a result of the exchange and, as a result, the exchange was considered a modification of the preferred shares with
no gain or loss or deemed dividend arising as a result of the exchange. As a result of the exchange offer, the Company cancelled the
Series D, E and F preferred shares tendered in the exchange offer. Non-tendered preferred shares not exchanged and the new Series
G, H and I preferred shares remain outstanding and will continue to trade on the NYSE until redeemed.

On November 1, 2016, the Company redeemed the Series D and E preferred shares at $25 per share for an aggregate
liquidation value of $150 million. In addition, unpaid preferred dividends accrued to the redemption date totaling $2 million were
paid. In connection with the redemption, the Company recognized a loss of $5 million related to the deferred issuance costs paid
upon issuance which were included in additional paid-in capital related to the Series D and E preferred shares. There was no
additional gain or loss on redemption to recognize as the redemption price and the initial consideration received on the issue of
preferred shares were both $25 per share. The loss of $5 million was recognized as a deemed preferred dividend in retained earnings
and in determining the net income attributable to the PartnerRe Ltd. common shareholder.

The redemption price of all preferred shares is $25 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends without interest at any time or

in part from time to time on or after the fifth anniversary from the date of issuance.

The Company may redeem the Series F preferred shares at any time or in part from time to time on or after March 1, 2018.

The Company may also redeem the Series F preferred shares at any time upon the occurrence of a certain “capital disqualification
event” or certain changes in tax law.

The Company may redeem each of the Series G, H and I preferred shares on or after May 1, 2021.

Dividends on the Series F and I preferred shares are non-cumulative and are payable quarterly. Dividends on the Series G and

H preferred shares are cumulative from the date of issuance and are payable quarterly in arrears.

In the event of liquidation of the Company, Series F, G, H and I preferred shares rank on parity with each other but rank senior
to the common shares. The holders of the Series F, G, H and I preferred shares would receive a distribution of $25 per share, or the
aggregate liquidation value. In addition, upon liquidation, non-cumulative Series F and I preferred shares would receive any
declared but unpaid dividends while the cumulative Series G and H preferred shares would receive any accrued but unpaid
dividends.

Table of Contents

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the CEO
and CFO, as of December 31, 2017, of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Based upon that evaluation, the CEO and CFO
concluded that, as of December 31, 2017, the disclosure controls and procedures are effective such that information required to be
disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC and is accumulated and communicated
to management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding
required disclosures.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control

over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect material misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management has assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. In making

this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013).

Based on our assessment and those criteria management believes that the Company maintained effective internal control over

financial reporting as of December 31, 2017.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the year ended

December 31, 2017 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal controls over
financial reporting.

Table of Contents

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

The Company’s Board has determined that Mr. Patrick Thiele is an independent director and audit committee financial expert

in accordance with the NYSE listing rules.

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

The Board of PartnerRe has adopted the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which applies to all directors, officers and
employees. Any specific waiver of its provisions requires the approval of the Audit Committee. Any waiver required to be publicly
disclosed will be posted on our website at www.partnerre.com within four business days of such waiver being granted. There were
no disclosable waivers of or amendments to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics in fiscal 2017. Any violation to the Code of
Business Conduct and Ethics will be investigated and may result in disciplinary action, as appropriate.

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Upon acquisition of the Company’s common shares by Exor N.V. (subsequently renamed EXOR Nederland N.V.) and in order

for PartnerRe to have the same independent auditors as its new ultimate parent, EXOR S.p.A., on March 24, 2016, PartnerRe
engaged Ernst & Young Ltd. as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December
31, 2016, and dismissed Deloitte Ltd. See Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant in Item 16F below for further details
regarding the change in the certifying accountant.

The Audit Committee is directly responsible for the appointment, retention, compensation and oversight of the work of the

Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also pre-approves the audit services and non-audit
services to be provided, including the fees for such services, before the public accounting firm is engaged to render such services.
The Audit Committee may delegate the authority to grant such approval to one or more designated members of the Audit
Committee, provided that the decisions of any member to whom authority is delegated shall be presented to the full Audit
Committee at its next meeting. The Audit Committee has sole authority to approve all audit fees and terms. All services of Ernst &
Young Ltd. and their respective affiliates (collectively, EY), and previously Deloitte Ltd. and their respective affiliates (collectively,
Deloitte), were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

During 2017, the Audit Committee had two meetings and eight informational calls to discuss the Company’s quarterly results as well
as receive update on legal, internal and external auditor, and other matters as deemed necessary. The meetings and informational calls
were conducted to encourage communication among the members of the Audit Committee, management, the internal auditors and EY.
The Audit Committee also discussed with EY the overall scope and plans for EY’s audits and the results of such audits. The Audit
Committee met with representatives from EY, both with and without management present.

The following table presents fees for professional services rendered by the independent auditors for the years ended December

31, 2017 and 2016 (in U.S. dollars):

Audit Fees(1)
Audit-Related Fees(2)
Tax Fees(3)
All Other Fees(4)

Total

2017

2016

4,949,268 $
82,095
507,000
—
5,538,363 $

5,296,000
257,000
654,576
109,361
6,316,937

(1) For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, audit fees relate to professional services rendered by EY for the audit of

the Company’s annual financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F and other audit services provided in
connection with statutory and regulatory filings. For the year ended December 31, 2016, audit fees also relate to
professional services rendered by EY for the review of the financial statements included in the quarterly report on Form 10-
Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2016. Subsequently, the Company was determined to be a Foreign Private
Issuer and, as a result, exempt from quarterly Form 10-Q filings.

(2) Audit-related fees are fees for services performed that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the
Company’s financial statements but are not described in (1) above. For the year ended December 31, 2017, audit-related
fees are for services performed by EY related to employee benefit plan audits of $72,095 and agreed upon procedures related
to one of the Company's regulated branches for $10,000. For the year ended December 31, 2016, these fees include: i) fees

Table of Contents

of $98,000 for services performed by EY to issue a comfort letter related to the Company’s Euro debt offering and an
employee benefit plan audit and ii) fees of $159,000 paid to Deloitte Entities related to the reissuance of their consent for the
preferred share exchange offer and issue of a comfort letter related to the Company’s Euro debt offering.

(3) Tax fees relate to services performed by EY for annual U.S. tax preparation, compliance and filing assistance and certain

on-going projects (including on-call advisory).

(4) All other fees relate to services provided by EY other than the services reported in (1), (2), and (3) above. The fees for 2016

represented due diligence assistance related to the Aurigen acquisition and specific procedures in relation to a pro-forma
filing related to the re-domicile of the parent company from Italy to the Netherlands.

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

None.

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

None.

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

There have been no change in certifying accounting during the year ended December 31, 2017. See Item 16C. for details of

change in certifying accountant in 2016 previously disclosed.

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Pursuant to exemptions available under the NYSE listing standards, as PartnerRe is a foreign private issuer and a controlled
company with no common shares listed, we are not required to comply with all of the corporate governance practices followed by
U.S. domestic filer companies under the NYSE listing standards, which are available at www.nyse.com. Pursuant to Section
303.A.11 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, we are required to list the significant differences between our corporate
governance practices and the NYSE standards applicable to listed U.S. companies that are domestic filers. Set forth below is a list of
those significant differences:

• Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee: The NYSE requires that listed companies must have a

nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors and a committee charter detailing
the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and an annual performance evaluation of the committee. Under Bermuda law
and our Bye-Laws, we are not required to have, and do not have, a nominating or corporate governance committee.

• Compensation Committee: The NYSE requires that listed companies must have a compensation committee composed

entirely of independent directors and a committee charter detailing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, an annual
performance evaluation of the committee and the rights and responsibilities of the committee with respect to retaining or
obtaining advice from an independent adviser. Under Bermuda law and our Bye-Laws, we are not required to have, and do
not have, a compensation committee.

• Majority of Independent Directors: The NYSE requires that certain listed companies (domestic filers) must have a board of
directors of at least a majority of independent directors. Under Bermuda law and our Bye-Laws, we are not required to
have, and do not have, a majority of independent directors.

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

See Item 18 of this report.

PART III

Table of Contents

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

PartnerRe Ltd.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except parenthetical share data)

Assets
Investments:
Fixed maturities, at fair value (amortized cost: 2017, $12,480,569; 2016, $13,386,557)
Short-term investments, at fair value (amortized cost: 2017, $4,394; 2016, $21,697)
Equities, at fair value (cost: 2017, $567,848; 2016, $28,376)
Investments in real estate
Other invested assets
Total investments
Funds held–directly managed (cost: 2017, $429,326; 2016, $510,057)
Cash and cash equivalents
Accrued investment income
Reinsurance balances receivable
Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses
Funds held by reinsured companies
Deferred acquisition costs
Deposit assets
Net tax assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities
Non-life reserves
Life and health reserves
Unearned premiums
Other reinsurance balances payable
Deposit liabilities
Net tax liabilities
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other
Debt related to senior notes
Debt related to capital efficient notes
Total liabilities
Shareholders’ Equity
Common shares (par value $0.00000001; issued: 100,000,000 shares)

Preferred shares (par value $1.00; issued and outstanding: 28,169,062 shares; aggregate
liquidation value: $704,227)
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Retained earnings
Total shareholders’ equity
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

December 31,
2017

December 31,
2016

$ 12,654,859 $ 13,432,501
21,697
38,626
—
1,075,637
14,568,461
511,324
1,773,328
112,580
2,492,069
331,704
685,069
597,239
74,273
194,170
456,380
107,092
35,105
$ 22,980,764 $ 21,938,794

4,400
638,596
83,098
1,385,258
14,766,211
424,765
1,772,012
120,805
2,724,844
828,807
801,451
672,307
78,542
133,169
456,380
160,234
41,237

9,710,457 $
2,490,474
1,818,999
292,077
10,864
154,947
302,021
1,384,824
70,989
16,235,652

8,985,434
1,984,096
1,623,796
281,973
15,026
166,113
849,572
1,273,883
70,989
15,250,882

—

28,169
2,396,530
(90,281 )
4,410,694
6,745,112

28,169
2,396,530
(74,569 )
4,337,782
6,687,912
$ 22,980,764 $ 21,938,794

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table of Contents

PartnerRe Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Revenues
Gross premiums written

Net premiums written

(Increase) decrease in unearned premiums

Net premiums earned

Net investment income

Net realized and unrealized investment gains (losses)

Other income

Total revenues
Expenses
Losses and loss expenses

Acquisition costs

Other expenses

Interest expense

Loss on redemption of debt

Amortization of intangible assets

Net foreign exchange losses (gains)

Total expenses
Income before taxes and interest in earnings (losses) of equity method
investments
Income tax expense

Interest in earnings (losses) of equity method investments

Net income
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to PartnerRe Ltd.
Preferred dividends

Loss on redemption of preferred shares

Net income attributable to PartnerRe Ltd. common shareholders

Comprehensive income
Net income attributable to PartnerRe Ltd.

Change in currency translation adjustment

Change in unfunded pension obligation, net of tax

Change in unrealized gains or losses on investments, net of tax

Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

Comprehensive income attributable to PartnerRe Ltd.

For the year ended
December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015

$
$

5,587,894 $
5,119,926 $
(94,945 )
5,024,981
402,071
232,491
15,242
5,674,785

3,840,982
1,119,773
348,398
42,500
1,566
24,646
108,244
5,486,109

188,676
10,358
85,703
264,021
—
264,021
46,416
—

217,605 $

264,021 $
(15,135 )
(274 )
(303 )
(15,712 )
248,309 $

5,356,942 $
4,953,470 $
16,126
4,969,596
410,864
26,266
15,232
5,421,958

3,248,091
1,186,602
471,905
48,603
22,203
25,919
(77,515 )
4,925,808

496,150
25,923
(22,919 )
447,308
—
447,308
55,043
4,908
387,357 $

447,308 $
12,202
(1,909 )

(1,579 )
8,714
456,022 $

5,547,525
5,229,548
39,630
5,269,178
449,784
(297,479 )
9,144
5,430,627

3,157,420
1,217,003
790,723
48,988
—
26,593
9,461
5,250,188

180,439
79,664
6,375
107,150
(2,769 )
104,381
56,735
—
47,646

104,381
(46,055 )

(2,285 )

(860 )

(49,200 )
55,181

On March 18, 2016, Exor N.V. acquired 100% of the Company’s common shares; as such, earnings per share data is no longer
considered meaningful and has been excluded.

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table of Contents

PartnerRe Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Common shares
Balance at beginning of year
Cancellation of treasury shares
Cancellation of outstanding common shares

Balance at end of year
Preferred shares
Balance at beginning of year
Redemption of preferred shares

Balance at end of year
Additional paid-in capital
Balance at beginning of year
Stock compensation expense, net of taxes paid
Reissuance of common shares
Cancellation of treasury shares
Cancellation of outstanding common shares
Settlement of stock options and SSARs
Redemption of preferred shares

Balance at end of year
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Balance at beginning of year

Currency translation adjustment
Balance at beginning of year
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment
Change in designated net investment hedge

Balance at end of year
Unfunded pension obligation

Balance at beginning of year
Change in unfunded pension obligation, net of tax

Balance at end of year (net of tax: 2017, $9,744; 2016, $9,512; 2015,
$8,804)

Unrealized gain on investments

Balance at beginning of year
Change in unrealized losses on investments, net of tax

Balance at end of year (net of tax: 2017, 2016 and 2015: $nil)

Balance at end of year
Retained earnings
Balance at beginning of year

Net income
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Reissuance of common shares
Cancellation of treasury shares
Dividends on common shares
Dividends on preferred shares
Loss on redemption of preferred shares

Balance at end of year

For the year ended

December 31,
2017

December 31,
2016

December 31,
2015

— $
—
—
—

87,237 $
(39,082 )
(48,155 )
—

28,169
—
28,169

2,396,530
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,396,530

34,150
(5,981 )
28,169

3,982,147
48,731
(2,193 )
(1,466,363 )
48,155
(75,311 )
(138,636 )
2,396,530

87,237
—
—
87,237

34,150
—
34,150

3,949,665
32,482
—
—
—
—
—
3,982,147

(74,569 )

(83,283 )

(34,083 )

(41,768 )
(15,135 )
—
(56,903 )

(33,770 )
(274 )

(53,970 )
6,175
6,027
(41,768 )

(31,861 )
(1,909 )

(7,915 )
(36,750 )
(9,305 )

(53,970 )

(29,576 )
(2,285 )

(34,044 )

(33,770 )

(31,861 )

969
(303 )
666
(90,281 )

4,337,782
264,021
—
—
—
(144,693 )
(46,416 )
—
4,410,694

2,548
(1,579 )
969
(74,569 )

6,146,802
447,308
—
(17,229 )
(1,742,718 )
(436,430 )
(55,043 )
(4,908 )
4,337,782

3,408
(860 )
2,548
(83,283 )

6,270,811
107,150
(2,769 )
(38,051 )
—
(133,604 )
(56,735 )
—
6,146,802

Table of Contents

PartnerRe Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

For the year ended

December 31,
2017

December 31,
2016

December 31,

2015

Common shares held in treasury
Balance at beginning of year
Repurchase of common shares
Reissuance of common shares
Cancellation of treasury shares

Balance at end of year
Total shareholders’ equity attributable to PartnerRe Ltd.
Noncontrolling interests

Total shareholders’ equity

—
—
—
—
—

(3,266,552 )
—
18,390
3,248,162
—

(3,258,870 )
(59,266 )
51,584
—
(3,266,552 )
6,745,112 $ 6,687,912 $ 6,900,501
2,450
6,745,112 $ 6,687,912 $ 6,902,951

—

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table of Contents

PartnerRe Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Cash flows from operating activities
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Amortization of net premium on investments
Amortization of intangible assets
Net realized and unrealized investment (gains) losses

Changes in:

Reinsurance balances, net
Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses, net of ceded premiums payable
Funds held by reinsured companies and funds held–directly managed
Deferred acquisition costs
Net tax assets and liabilities
Non-life and life and health reserves
Unearned premiums

Other net changes in operating assets and liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Sales of fixed maturities
Redemptions of fixed maturities
Purchases of fixed maturities
Sales and redemptions of short-term investments
Purchases of short-term investments
Sales of equities
Purchases of equities
Consideration paid to acquire Aurigen, net of cash acquired

Other, net
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid to common and preferred shareholders
Settlement of share-based awards upon change in control
Issuance of Class B common shares(1)
Repurchase of common shares
Reissuance of treasury shares, net of taxes

Redemption of preferred shares
Issuance of senior notes
Redemption of debt
Distributions to noncontrolling interests

Net cash used in financing activities
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents—end of year

Supplemental cash flow information:
Taxes paid
Interest paid

December 31,
2017

For the year ended
December 31,
2016

December 31,
2015

264,021 $

447,308 $

107,150

69,080
24,646
(232,491 )

(84,767 )
(481,173 )
47,383
(34,822 )
42,337
571,907
94,945
(38,190 )
242,876

96,402
25,919
(26,266 )

(95,737 )
(46,235 )
(59,069 )
2,000
(135,153 )
214,071
(16,126 )
38,195
445,309

572,638

12,524,296 12,404,085
595,381
(12,465,127 ) (12,704,275 )
148,665
(124,079 )
402,481
(7,119 )
—
(749,194 )
(34,055 )

169,555
(143,859 )
16,232
(275,928 )
(233,233 )
(65,753 )
98,821

93,754
26,593
297,479

(122,866 )
55,172
131,713
(5,784 )
(105,635 )
(118,976 )
(39,630 )
(158 )
318,812

7,796,537
743,743
(8,608,288 )
178,166
(200,533 )
1,184,380
(647,533 )
—
(151,198 )
295,274

(190,339 )
—
—
(71,376 )
7,996
—
—
—
(55,820 )

(191,109 )
—
11,000
—
—
—
—
(207,130 )
—
(387,239 )
44,226
(1,316 )
1,773,328

(491,473 )
(75,531 )
—
—
10,965
(149,523 )
824,002
(271,961 )
—
(153,521 )
(61,502 )
196,231
1,577,097

(309,539 )
(40,918 )
263,629
1,313,468
$ 1,772,012 $ 1,773,328 $ 1,577,097

$
$

66,228 $
40,989 $

188,650 $
46,417 $

220,336
49,259

(1) Class B shares are recorded as a liability on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet. See Note 15 for further details.

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table of Contents

1. Organization

PartnerRe Ltd.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

PartnerRe Ltd. provides reinsurance on a worldwide basis through its principal wholly-owned subsidiaries, including Partner

Reinsurance Company Ltd. (PartnerRe Bermuda), Partner Reinsurance Europe SE (PartnerRe Europe), Partner Reinsurance
Company of the U.S. (PartnerRe U.S.) and Partner Reinsurance Asia Pte. Ltd. (PartnerRe Asia). Non-life risks reinsured include
agriculture, aviation/space, casualty, catastrophe, energy, engineering, financial risks, marine, motor, multiline, and property. Life
and health risks include mortality, longevity, and accident and health. Reinsurance of alternative risk products include weather and
credit protection to financial, industrial and service companies on a worldwide basis.

PartnerRe Ltd. and it subsidiaries are collectively referred to hereinafter as PartnerRe or the Company.

The Company was incorporated in August 1993 under the laws of Bermuda. The Company commenced operations in
November 1993 upon completion of the sale of common shares and warrants pursuant to subscription agreements and an initial
public offering.

The Company completed the acquisition of Societe Anonyme Francaise de Reassurances (SAFR, subsequently renamed

PartnerRe SA and reinsurance business transferred into PartnerRe Europe) in 1997, the acquisition of Winterthur Re in 1998, the
acquisition of PARIS RE Holdings Limited (Paris Re) in 2009 and the acquisition of Presidio Reinsurance Group, Inc. (Presidio) in
2012.

On March 18, 2016, following receipt of regulatory approvals, the Company's publicly held common shares were acquired by

As a result of the acquisition, PartnerRe's publicly issued common shares were cancelled and are no longer traded on the

NYSE. The Company’s preferred shares continue to be traded on the NYSE.

The Company's common shares (Class A) included in Shareholders' Equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of

December 31, 2017 and 2016 are owned by EXOR Nederland N.V. (see Note 11).

On April 3, 2017, after receiving regulatory approvals, the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding
ordinary shares of Aurigen Capital Limited (Aurigen), a North American life reinsurance company. This acquisition enables the
Company to expand its life reinsurance footprint in Canada and the U.S. with limited overlap in market coverage (see Note 7).

2. Significant Accounting Policies

The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP). The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its
subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and

assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts
of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. While management believes that the amounts included in the Consolidated
Financial Statements reflect its best estimates and assumptions, actual results could differ from those estimates. The Company’s
principal estimates include:

• Non-life reserves;
• Life and health reserves;
• Gross and net premiums written and net premiums earned;
• Recoverability of deferred acquisition costs;
• Recoverability of deferred tax assets;
• Valuation of certain investments that are measured using significant unobservable inputs; and
• Valuation of goodwill and intangible assets.

Table of Contents

The following are the Company’s significant accounting policies:

(a) Premiums

Gross premiums written and earned are based upon reports received from ceding companies, supplemented by the Company’s

own estimates of premiums written and earned for which ceding company reports have not been received. The determination of
premium estimates requires a review of the Company’s experience with cedants, familiarity with each market, an understanding of
the characteristics of each line of business and management’s assessment of the impact of various other factors on the volume of
business written and ceded to the Company. Premium estimates are updated as new information is received from cedants and
differences between such estimates and actual amounts are recorded in the period in which the estimates are changed or the actual
amounts are determined. Net premiums written and earned are presented net of ceded premiums, which represent the cost of
retrocessional protection purchased by the Company. Premiums are earned on a basis that is consistent with the risks covered under
the terms of the reinsurance contracts, which is generally one to two years. For U.S. and European wind and certain other risks,
premiums are earned commensurate with the seasonality of the underlying exposure. Reinstatement premiums are recognized as
written and earned at the time a loss event occurs, where coverage limits for the remaining life of the contract are reinstated under
pre-defined contract terms. The accrual of reinstatement premiums is based on management’s estimate of losses and loss expenses
associated with the loss event. Unearned premiums represent the portion of premiums written which is applicable to the unexpired
risks under contracts in force.

Premiums related to individual life and annuity business are recorded over the premium-paying period on the underlying
policies. Premiums on annuity and universal life contracts for which there is no significant mortality or critical illness risk are
accounted for in a manner consistent with accounting for interest-bearing financial instruments and are not reported as revenues, but
rather as direct deposits to the contract. Amounts assessed against annuity and universal life policyholders are recognized as revenue
in the period assessed.

(b) Losses and Loss Expenses

The reserves for non-life business include amounts determined from loss reports on individual treaties (case reserves),
additional case reserves when the Company’s loss estimate is higher than reported by the cedants (ACRs) and amounts for losses
incurred but not yet reported to the Company (IBNR). Such reserves are estimated by management based upon reports received
from ceding companies, supplemented by the Company’s own actuarial estimates of reserves for which ceding company reports
have not been received, and based on the Company’s own historical experience. To the extent that the Company’s own historical
experience is inadequate for estimating reserves, such estimates may be determined based upon industry experience and
management’s judgment. The estimates are continually reviewed and the ultimate liability may be in excess of, or less than, the
amounts provided. Any adjustments are reflected in the periods in which they are determined, which may affect the Company’s
operating results in future periods.

The life and health reserves have been established based upon information reported by ceding companies, supplemented by

the Company’s actuarial estimates, which for life include mortality, critical illness, persistency and future investment income, with
appropriate provision to reflect uncertainty. Future policy benefit reserves for annuity and universal life contracts are carried at their
accumulated values. Reserves for policy claims and benefits include both mortality and critical illness claims in the process of
settlement, and claims that have been incurred but not yet reported.

The Company purchases retrocessional contracts to reduce its exposure to risk of losses on reinsurance assumed. Reinsurance

recoverable on paid and unpaid losses involves actuarial estimates consistent with those used to establish the associated liabilities
for non-life and life and health reserves.

Acquisition costs, comprising incremental brokerage fees, commissions and excise taxes, which vary directly with, and are
related to, the acquisition of reinsurance contracts, are capitalized and charged to expense as the related premium is earned. All other
acquisition related costs, including indirect costs, are expensed as incurred.

Acquisition costs related to individual life and annuity contracts are deferred and amortized over the premium-paying periods

in proportion to anticipated premium income, allowing for lapses, terminations and anticipated investment income. Acquisition costs
related to universal life and single premium annuity contracts for which there is no significant mortality or critical illness risk are
deferred and amortized over the lives of the contracts as a percentage of the estimated gross profits expected to be realized on the
contracts.

The Company establishes a premium deficiency reserve to the extent the deferred acquisition costs are insufficient to cover

the excess of expected losses and loss expenses, settlement costs and deferred acquisition costs over the related unearned premiums.

Table of Contents

Actual and anticipated losses and loss expenses, other costs, and investment income related to underlying premiums are

considered in determining the recoverability of deferred acquisition costs for the Company’s short-duration contracts. Actual and
anticipated loss experience, together with the present value of future gross premiums, the present value of future benefits, and
settlement and maintenance costs are considered in determining the recoverability of deferred acquisition costs related to the
Company’s Life business.

(d) Funds Held by Reinsured Companies (Cedants)

The Company writes certain business on a funds held basis. Under such contractual arrangements, the cedant retains the
premiums that would have otherwise been paid to the Company and the Company earns interest on these funds. The Company
generally earns investment income on the funds held balances based upon a predetermined interest rate, either fixed contractually at
the inception of the contract or based upon a recognized index (e.g. LIBOR). However, in certain circumstances, the Company may
receive an investment return based upon either the result of a pool of assets held by the cedant, generally used to collateralize the
funds held balance, or the investment return earned by the cedant on its entire investment portfolio. In these arrangements, gross
investment returns are typically reflected in net investment income with a corresponding increase or decrease (net of a spread) being
recorded in losses and loss expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. In these arrangements, the Company
is exposed, to a limited extent, to the underlying credit risk of the pool of assets inasmuch as the underlying life policies may have
guaranteed minimum returns. In such cases, an embedded derivative exists and its fair value is recorded by the Company as an
increase or decrease to the funds held balance.

(e) Deposit Assets and Liabilities

In the normal course of its operations, the Company writes certain contracts that do not meet the risk transfer provisions of

U.S. GAAP. While these contracts do not meet risk transfer provisions for accounting purposes, there is a remote possibility that the
Company will suffer a loss. The Company accounts for these contracts using the deposit accounting method, originally recording
deposit liabilities for an amount equivalent to the consideration received. The consideration to be retained by the Company,
irrespective of the experience of the contracts, is earned over the expected settlement period of the contracts, with any unearned
portion recorded as a component of deposit liabilities. Actuarial studies are used to estimate the final liabilities under these contracts
and the appropriate accretion rates to increase or decrease the liabilities over the term of the contracts. The change for the period is
recorded in other income or loss in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Under some of these contracts, cedants retain the assets on a funds-held basis. In those cases, the Company records those
assets as deposit assets and records the related income in net investment income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(f) Investments

The Company elects the fair value option for its fixed maturities, short-term investments, equities and certain other invested

assets (except for those that are accounted for using the cost or equity methods of accounting). All changes in the fair value of
investments are recorded in net realized and unrealized investment gains or losses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company defines fair value as the price received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants at the measurement date. The Company measures the fair value of financial instruments according to a fair value
hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The Company’s policy is to recognize
transfers between the hierarchy levels at the beginning of the period.

Short-term investments comprise securities with a maturity greater than three months but less than one year from the date of

purchase.

Investments in real estate are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Real estate assets held for investment are
reviewed for impairment at least annually, or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value
may not be recoverable and exceeds its estimated fair value.

Other invested assets consist primarily of investments in non-publicly traded companies, private placement equity and fixed

maturity investments, corporate loans, derivative financial instruments and other specialty asset classes. Non-publicly traded entities
in which the Company has significant influence, including an ownership of more than 20% and less than 50% of the voting shares,
and limited partnerships in which the Company has more than a minor interest (typically more than 3 to 5%), are accounted for
using either the equity method or the fair value option. Corporate loans are recorded under the fair value option. The remaining
other invested assets are recorded at fair value or cost depending on the nature of the assets. The valuation techniques used by the
Company are generally commensurate with standard valuation techniques for each asset class.

Net investment income includes interest and dividend income, amortization of premiums and discounts on fixed maturities

and short-term investments, rental income on investments in real estate as well as investment income on funds held and funds held–
directly managed, and is net of investment expenses and withholding taxes. Investment income is recognized when earned. Realized

100

Table of Contents

gains or losses on the disposal of investments are determined on a first-in, first-out basis. Investment purchases and sales are
recorded on a trade-date basis.

(g) Funds Held–Directly Managed

The Company elects the fair value option for substantially all of the fixed maturities, short-term investments and certain other
invested assets in the segregated investment portfolio underlying the funds held–directly managed account. Accordingly, all changes
in the fair value of the segregated investment portfolio underlying the funds held–directly managed account are recorded in net
realized and unrealized investment gains or losses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(h) Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents are carried at fair value and include fixed income securities that, from the date of purchase, have a maturity

of three months or less.

(i) Business Combinations

The Company accounts for transactions in which it obtains control over one or more businesses using the acquisition method.

The purchase price is allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities, including any intangible assets, based on their estimated fair
value at the acquisition date. The estimates of fair values for assets and liabilities acquired are determined based on various market
and income analyses and appraisals. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired is recorded as
goodwill in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, while any excess of the fair value of net assets acquired over the purchase
price is recorded as a gain in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. All costs associated with an acquisition are expensed as
incurred.

(j) Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination.

The Company assesses the appropriateness of its valuation of goodwill on at least an annual basis or more frequently if events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If, as a result of the assessment, the Company
determines that the value of its goodwill is impaired, goodwill will be written down in the period in which the determination is
made. In 2016, the Company changed its annual impairment testing date from September 30 to December 31, primarily due to the
key inputs and assumptions used to assess the fair value of reporting units being based on the Company’s annual business plan
which is approved by the Board in November each year.

(k) Intangible Assets

Intangible assets represent the fair value adjustments related to non-life reserves, fair value of life business acquired, fair

values of non-life renewal rights and customer relationships and U.S. licenses arising from acquisitions. Definite-lived intangible
assets are amortized over their useful lives and the amortization expense is recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not subject to amortization. The carrying values of indefinite-lived intangible assets are
reviewed for indicators of impairment on at least an annual basis or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate
that impairment may exist. In 2016, the Company changed its annual impairment testing date from October 1 to December 31 to
align with the goodwill impairment testing date. Impairment is recognized if the carrying values of the intangible assets are not
recoverable from their undiscounted cash flows and is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value.

(l) Income Taxes

Certain subsidiaries and branches of the Company operate in jurisdictions where they are subject to taxation. Current and
deferred income taxes are charged or credited to net income or loss or, in certain cases, to accumulated other comprehensive income
or loss, based upon enacted tax laws and rates applicable in the relevant jurisdiction in the period in which the tax becomes
accruable or realizable. Deferred income taxes are provided for all temporary differences between the bases of assets and liabilities
used in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and those used in the various jurisdictional tax returns. When management’s assessment
indicates that it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recorded against the
deferred tax assets.

The Company recognizes a tax benefit relating to uncertain tax positions only where the position is more likely than not to be
sustained assuming examination by tax authorities. A liability is recognized for any tax benefit (along with any interest and penalty,
if applicable) claimed in a tax return in excess of the amount recognized in the financial statements under U.S. GAAP. Any changes
in amounts recognized are recorded in the period in which they are determined.

(m) Translation of Foreign Currencies

101

Table of Contents

The reporting currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar. The national currencies of the Company’s subsidiaries and branches

are generally their functional currencies, except for the Company’s Bermuda subsidiaries, its Swiss branch and its Singapore
subsidiary and branches, whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar. In translating the financial statements of those subsidiaries or
branches whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar, assets and liabilities are converted into U.S. dollars using the rates
of exchange in effect at the balance sheet dates, and revenues and expenses are converted using the average foreign exchange rates
for the period. The effect of translation adjustments are reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as currency translation
adjustment, a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss.

In recording foreign currency transactions, revenue and expense items are converted into the functional currency at the
average rates of exchange for the period. Assets and liabilities originating in currencies other than the functional currency are
translated into the functional currency at the rates of exchange in effect at the balance sheet dates. The resulting foreign exchange
gains or losses are included in net foreign exchange gains or losses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company
also records realized and unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses on certain hedged items in net foreign exchange gains or losses
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations (see Note 2(n)).

(n) Derivatives

The Company’s derivative instruments are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value, with changes in fair

value recognized in either net foreign exchange gains or losses or net realized and unrealized investment gains or losses in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations or accumulated other comprehensive income or loss in the Consolidated Balance Sheets,
depending on the nature of the derivative instrument.

Derivatives Used in Hedging Activities

The Company utilizes derivative financial instruments as part of its overall currency risk management strategy. The Company

recognizes all derivative financial instruments, including embedded derivative instruments, as either assets or liabilities in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets and measures those instruments at fair value. On the date the Company enters into a derivative
contract, management designates whether the derivative is to be used as a hedge of an identified underlying exposure (a designated
hedge). The accounting for gains and losses associated with changes in the fair value of a derivative and the effect on the
Consolidated Financial Statements depends on its hedge designation and whether the hedge is highly effective in achieving
offsetting changes in the fair value of the asset or liability being hedged.

The derivatives employed by the Company to hedge currency exposure related to fixed income securities and other
reinsurance assets and liabilities are not designated as hedges. The changes in fair value of these derivatives not designated as
hedges are recognized in Net foreign exchange gains or losses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

As part of its overall strategy to manage its level of currency exposure, from time to time the Company uses forward foreign

exchange derivatives to hedge or partially hedge the net investment in certain subsidiaries and branches whose functional currencies
are not the U.S. dollar. These derivatives are designated as net investment hedges, and accordingly, the changes in fair value of the
derivative and the hedged item related to foreign currency are recognized in currency translation adjustment in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets. The Company also uses, from time to time, interest rate derivatives to mitigate exposure to interest rate volatility.

The Company formally documents all relationships between designated hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its

risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. In this documentation, the Company
specifically identifies the asset or liability that has been designated as a hedged item and states how the hedging instrument is
expected to hedge the risks related to the hedged item. The Company formally measures effectiveness of its designated hedging
relationships both at the hedge inception and on an ongoing basis. The Company assesses the effectiveness of its designated hedges
using the period-to-period dollar offset method on an individual currency basis. If the ratio obtained with this method is within the
range of 80% to 125%, the Company considers the hedge effective. The time value component of the designated net investment
hedges is included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

The Company will discontinue hedge accounting prospectively if it is determined that the derivative is no longer effective in

offsetting changes in the fair value of a hedged item. To the extent that the Company discontinues hedge accounting related to its net
investment in subsidiaries and branches whose functional currencies are not the U.S. dollar, because, based on management’s
assessment, the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective hedge, the derivative will continue to be carried in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets at its fair value, with changes in its fair value recognized in Net foreign exchange gains or losses in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations.

Other Derivatives

The Company’s investment strategy allows for the use of derivative instruments, subject to strict limitations. The Company

utilizes various derivative instruments such as foreign exchange forward contracts, foreign currency option contracts, futures
contracts, to-be-announced mortgage-backed securities (TBAs) and credit default swaps for the purpose of managing overall

102

Table of Contents

currency risk, market exposures and portfolio duration, for hedging certain investments, or for enhancing investment performance
that would be allowed under the Company’s investment policy if implemented in other ways. These instruments are recorded at fair
value as assets and liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Changes in fair value are included in net realized and unrealized
investment gains or losses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, except changes in the fair value of foreign currency option
contracts and foreign exchange forward contracts which are included in net foreign exchange gains or losses in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations. Margin balances required by counterparties, which are equal to a percentage of the total value of open
futures contracts, are included in cash and cash equivalents.

The Company enters from time to time into weather and longevity related transactions that are structured as derivatives, which

are recorded at fair value with the changes in fair value reported in net realized and unrealized investment gains or losses in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company enters from time to time into total return and interest rate swaps. Margins related to these swaps are included in
other income or loss in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and any changes in the fair value of the swaps are included in net
realized and unrealized investment gains or losses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(o) Pensions

The Company recognizes an asset or a liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for the funded status of its defined benefit

plans that are overfunded or underfunded, respectively, measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the
pension obligation and recognizes changes in the funded status of defined benefit plans in the year in which the changes occur as a
component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax.

(p) Variable Interest Entities

The Company is involved in the normal course of business with variable interest entities (VIEs). An assessment is performed

as of the date the Company becomes initially involved in the VIE followed by a reassessment upon certain events related to its
involvement in the VIE. The Company consolidates a VIE when it is the primary beneficiary having a controlling financial interest
as a result of having the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE and the
obligation to absorb losses, or right to receive benefits, that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

(q) Segment Reporting

Effective July 1, 2016, the Company monitors the performance of its operations in three segments: Property & Casualty
(P&C), Specialty, and Life and Health (previously Non-life, Life and Health, and Corporate and Other). Segments represent markets
that are reasonably homogeneous in terms of client types, buying patterns, underlying risk patterns or approach to risk management.

Since the Company does not manage its assets by segment, net investment income is not allocated to the P&C and Specialty

segments. However, because of the interest-sensitive nature of some of the Company’s Life and Health products, net investment
income is considered in management’s assessment of the profitability of the Life and Health segment. The following items are not
considered in evaluating the results of the P&C, Specialty and Life and Health segments: net realized and unrealized investment
gains or losses, interest expense, loss on redemption of debt, amortization of intangible assets, net foreign exchange gains or losses,
income tax expense or benefit and interest in earnings and losses of equity method investments. These items are included in the
Corporate and Other component, which is comprised of the Company’s investment and corporate activities, including other
expenses.

(r) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued updated guidance on accounting for hedging

activities. This update expands and refines hedge accounting for both nonfinancial and financial risk components and aligns the
recognition and presentation of the effects of the hedging instrument and the hedged item in the financial statements. The
amendments also make certain targeted improvements to simplify the application of hedge accounting guidance and ease the
administrative burden of hedge documentation requirements and for assessing hedge effectiveness. The guidance is effective for
annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact
of the adoption of this guidance on its Consolidated Financial Statements and disclosures.

In April 2017, the FASB issued updated guidance on the accounting for goodwill impairment. This update removes the second

step of the goodwill impairment test and requires entities to apply a one-step quantitative test and record the amount of goodwill
impairment as the excess of a reporting unit's carrying amount over its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill
allocated to the reporting unit. The new guidance does not amend the optional qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment. The
guidance is effective for annual impairment tests performed after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company
does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a significant impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements and disclosures.

103

Table of Contents

In March 2017, the FASB issued updated guidance on presentation of net periodic pension cost and net periodic

postretirement benefit cost. This update requires that an employer report the service cost component in the same line item or items
as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by the employees during the period. It also requires the other
components of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost to be presented in income separately from the
service cost component. Additionally, only the service cost component is eligible for capitalization, when applicable. The guidance
is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently
evaluating the impact of the adoption of this guidance on its Consolidated Financial Statements and disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued updated guidance on the accounting for leases. This update requires the recognition of

lease assets and lease liabilities by lessees for those leases classified as operating leases under previous guidance and expands
required disclosures. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption
permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this guidance on its Consolidated Financial
Statements and disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued updated guidance on the classification of certain cash receipts and payments. This update
addresses the presentation and classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments in the statement of cash flows. The guidance is
effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance for the year
ended December 31, 2018 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued updated guidance on income taxes with respect to intra-entity transfers of assets. This update
requires recognition of the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset, other than inventory, when the transfer occurs.
The guidance is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this
guidance for the year ended December 31, 2018 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial
Statements.

3. Fair Value

(a) Fair Value of Financial Instrument Assets

The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value by maximizing the use of

observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when
available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability based on market data
obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions
about what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best information available in the
circumstances. The level in the hierarchy within which a given fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest
level input that is significant to the measurement.

The Company determines the appropriate level in the hierarchy for each financial instrument that it measures at fair value.
In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches, including market, income and cost approaches. The
hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the observability of inputs as follows:

• Level 1 inputs—Unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the

ability to access.

The Company’s financial instruments that it measures at fair value using Level 1 inputs generally include: equities
listed on a major exchange and exchange traded derivatives, including futures that are actively traded.

• Level 2 inputs—Quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar
assets or liabilities in inactive markets and significant directly or indirectly observable inputs, other than quoted
prices, used in industry accepted models.

The Company’s financial instruments that it measures at fair value using Level 2 inputs generally include: U.S.
government issued bonds; U.S. government sponsored enterprises bonds; U.S. state, territory and municipal entities
bonds; non-U.S. sovereign government, supranational and government related bonds; investment grade and high
yield corporate bonds; asset-backed securities; mortgage-backed securities; short-term investments; certain common
and preferred equities; notes and loans receivable; foreign exchange forward contracts and over-the-counter
derivatives such as foreign currency option contracts, interest rate swaps and TBAs.

• Level 3 inputs—Unobservable inputs.

The Company’s financial instruments that it measures at fair value using Level 3 inputs generally include: inactively
traded fixed maturities including U.S. state, territory and municipal bonds; special purpose financing asset-backed
bonds; unlisted or private equities; certain other mutual fund or exchange traded fund equities; privately placed

104

Table of Contents

corporate loans, notes and loan receivables and notes securitizations included in other invested assets; and certain
other derivatives, including inactively traded weather derivatives, longevity insurance-linked securities and total
return swaps included in other invested assets.

The Company’s financial instruments measured at fair value include investments and the segregated investment portfolio

underlying the funds held–directly managed account (see Notes 5 and 6). At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s
financial instruments measured at fair value were classified between Levels 1, 2 and 3 as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

105

Table of Contents

December 31, 2017
Fixed maturities

U.S. government and government sponsored enterprises $
U.S. states, territories and municipalities
Non-U.S. sovereign government, supranational and
government related
Corporate bonds
Asset-backed securities
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Other mortgage-backed securities

Fixed maturities
Short-term investments
Equities

Finance
Industrials
Technology
Insurance
Communications
Consumer cyclical
Consumer noncyclical
Other
Mutual funds and exchange traded funds

Equities
Other invested assets
Derivative assets

Foreign exchange forward contracts
Futures contracts
Insurance-linked securities
Total return swaps
TBAs

Other

Corporate loans
Notes and loan receivables and notes securitization
Private equities
Derivative liabilities

Foreign exchange forward contracts
Total return swaps
Interest rate swaps
TBAs

Other invested assets
Funds held–directly managed

$
$

U.S. government and government sponsored enterprises $
Non-U.S. sovereign government, supranational and
government related
Corporate bonds
Short-term investments
Other invested assets
Funds held–directly managed

Total

$
$

106

Quoted prices in
active markets for
identical assets
(Level 1)

Significant
other observable
inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)

Total

— $
—

2,205,964 $
561,505

— $ 2,205,964
690,311

128,806

1,750,770
6,128,636
30,965
1,822,725
4,750

—
1,750,770
—
6,128,636
—
51,703
—
1,822,725
4,750
—
— $ 12,505,315 $ 149,544 $ 12,654,859
4,400
— $

—
—
20,738
—
—

4,400 $

— $

11,115 $
16,534
1,990
—
3,215
2,170
897
3,493
—
39,414 $

— $

3,367
—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—
—
3,367 $

1 $
—
—
7,558
—
—
—
—
—

21,926 $
—
10,961
—
—
—
—
—
558,736

7,559 $ 591,623 $

8,559 $
—
—
—
391

— $
—
11,985
2,505
—

—
3,425
—

205,331
108,563
331,932

(20,328 )
—
(12,298 )
(591 )

—
(3,269 )
—
—

(20,842 ) $ 657,047 $

33,042
16,534
12,951
7,558
3,215
2,170
897
3,493
558,736
638,596

8,559
3,367
11,985
2,505
391

205,331
111,988
331,932

(20,328 )
(3,269 )
(12,298 )
(591 )
639,572

— $

161,023 $

— $

161,023

—
—
—
—
— $

95,812
41,090
453
—

95,812
41,090
453
2,067
300,445
42,781 $ 12,794,810 $ 1,400,281 $ 14,237,872

—
—
—
2,067
2,067 $

298,378 $

Table of Contents

December 31, 2016
Fixed maturities

U.S. government and government sponsored enterprises
U.S. states, territories and municipalities
Non-U.S. sovereign government, supranational and
government related
Corporate
Asset-backed securities
Residential mortgage-backed securities

Fixed maturities
Short-term investments
Equities

Finance
Technology
Insurance
Consumer noncyclical
Mutual funds and exchange traded funds

Equities
Other invested assets
Derivative assets

Foreign exchange forward contracts
Insurance-linked securities
Total return swaps
TBAs

Other

Notes and loan receivables and notes securitization
Private equities
Derivative liabilities

Foreign exchange forward contracts
Insurance-linked securities
Total return swaps
Interest rate swaps
TBAs

Other invested assets
Funds held–directly managed

U.S. government and government sponsored enterprises
Non-U.S. sovereign government, supranational and
government related
Corporate bonds
Short-term investments
Other invested assets
Funds held–directly managed

Total

$
$

Quoted prices in
active markets for
identical assets
(Level 1)

Significant other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)

Total

— $
—

3,541,433 $
560,728

— $ 3,541,433
684,555

123,827

1,136,034
5,705,522
24,709
2,240,897

1,136,034
—
5,705,522
—
124,060
—
—
2,240,897
— $ 13,209,323 $ 223,178 $ 13,432,501
21,697
— $

—
—
99,351
—

21,697 $

— $

973 $
—
—
6
—
979 $

— $
—
—
—

—
—

—
—
—
—
—
— $

4,960 $
—
1,800
—
—
6,760 $

20,934 $
9,800
—
—
153
30,887 $

5,263 $
—
—
1,369

— $

10,130
1,989
—

26,867
9,800
1,800
6
153
38,626

5,263
10,130
1,989
1,369

1,500
—

141,693
305,729

143,193
305,729

(7,142 )
—
—
(13,403 )
(185 )

—
(97 )
(3,217 )
—
—

(12,598 ) $ 456,227 $

(7,142 )
(97 )
(3,217 )
(13,403 )
(185 )
443,629

— $

171,975 $

— $

171,975

104,512
71,365
1,603
—

104,512
—
71,365
—
1,603
—
4,540
—
353,995
— $
979 $ 13,574,637 $ 714,832 $ 14,290,448

—
—
—
4,540
4,540 $

349,455 $

The increase in equities at December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016 was primarily due to a $500 million

investment in two Exor managed public equity funds (see Note 19). The increase in other assets at December 31, 2017
compared to December 31, 2016 was primarily due to a $207 million investment in privately placed corporate loans.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the aggregate carrying amounts of items included in Other invested assets that the
Company did not measure at fair value were $746 million and $632 million, respectively, which related to the Company’s
investments that are accounted for using the cost method of accounting or equity method of accounting.

In addition to the investments underlying the funds held–directly managed account held at fair value of $300 million and

$354 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, the funds held–directly managed account also included cash and
cash equivalents, carried at fair value, of $74 million and $76 million, respectively, and accrued investment income of $3
million and $4 million, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the aggregate carrying amounts of items included in the

107

Table of Contents

funds held–directly managed account that the Company did not measure at fair value were $47 million and $77 million,
respectively, which primarily related to other assets and liabilities held by Colisée Re related to the underlying business, which
are carried at cost (see Note 5).

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, substantially all of the accrued investment income in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

relate to the Company’s investments and the investments underlying the funds held–directly managed account for which the fair
value option was elected.

During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2.

Disclosures about the fair value of financial instruments that the Company does not measure at fair value exclude
insurance contracts and certain other financial instruments. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the fair values of financial
instrument assets recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets not described above approximate their carrying values.

The reconciliations of the beginning and ending balances for all financial instruments measured at fair value using Level

3 inputs for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, were as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

For the year ended
December 31, 2017
Fixed maturities

U.S. states, territories and
municipalities

Asset-backed securities

Fixed maturities

Equities

Finance

Technology

Mutual funds and exchange
traded funds

Equities

Other invested assets

Derivatives, net

Corporate loans

Notes and loan receivables
and notes securitization
Private equities

Other invested assets

Funds held–directly managed

Total

Realized and
unrealized
investment
gains (losses)
included in
net income

Balance at
beginning
of year

Purchases
and
issuances (1)

Settlements
and
sales (2)

Net
transfers
into
(out of)
Level 3

Balance
at end of
year

Change in
unrealized
investment
gains (losses)
relating to
assets held at
end of year

$ 123,827
99,351
$ 223,178 $

5,804
3,300
9,104 $

—
1,360
1,360 $

(825 ) $

(83,273 )
(84,098 ) $

$ 20,934 $

9,800

153

$ 30,887 $

992 $

1,611

— $
—

507,250

51,476
54,079 $ 507,250 $

— $

(450 )

(143 )
(593 ) $

$ 128,806
20,738

—
—
— $ 149,544 $

— $
—

21,926 $
10,961

5,804
1,316
7,120

992
1,611

558,736

—
— $ 591,623 $

51,486
54,089

8,805 $
—

5,977 $
(709 )

1,793 $

206,700

(5,354 ) $
(660 )

— $
—

11,221 $
205,331

3,231
(695 )

2,040
17,572

(37,914 )
141,693
305,729
(21,311 )
$ 456,227 $
(65,239 ) $
4,540 $
$
(2,452 ) $
$ 714,832 $ 100,621 $ 737,210 $ (152,382 ) $

2,744
29,942
37,954 $ 228,105 $
495 $

(516 ) $

108,563
331,932

—
—
— $ 657,047 $
— $
2,067 $
— $ 1,400,281 $

6,977
27,533
37,046
(629 )
97,626

108

Table of Contents

(1) Purchases and issuances of derivatives include issuances of $2 million.
(2) Settlements and sales of equities include sales of $1 million.

For the year ended
December 31, 2016
Fixed maturities

U.S. states, territories and
municipalities
Asset-backed securities

Fixed maturities

Equities

Finance

Technology

Communications

Mutual funds and exchange
traded funds

Equities

Other invested assets

Derivatives, net

Realized and
unrealized
investment
(losses) gains
included in
net income

Balance at
beginning
of year

Purchases
and
issuances (1)

Settlements
and
sales (2)

Net
transfers
into (out of)
Level 3

Balance
at end of
year

Change in
unrealized
investment
(losses) gains
relating to
assets held at
end of year

$ 138,847
369,699
$ 508,546 $

(14,240 ) $
21

—
191,048

(780 ) $

(461,417 )

(14,219 ) $ 191,048 $ (462,197 ) $

$ 123,827
99,351

—
—
— $ 223,178 $

$ 22,760 $

8,207
1,985

4,604

$ 37,556 $

3,438 $
1,143
209

— $
450
—

(5,264 ) $
—
(2,194 )

— $ 20,934 $
—
—

9,800
—

(242 )
4,548 $

—
450 $

(4,209 )

(11,667 ) $

—
— $ 30,887 $

153

(14,240 )

(4,628 )

(18,868 )

3,211
1,143
55

14
4,423

5,351 $

(3,314 ) $

2,256 $

4,512 $

— $

8,805 $

(1,772 )

Notes and loan receivables
and notes securitization
Annuities and residuals

Private equities

Other invested assets

Funds held–directly managed

Total

125,922
8,436
71,298
$ 211,007 $
$ 10,146 $
$ 767,255 $

(8,698 )

(58,656 )

71,828
—
236,022

2,599
262
6,764
6,311 $ 310,106 $
1,698 $
1,011 $
(8,315 ) $
(1,662 ) $ 502,615 $ (553,376 ) $

(71,197 ) $

(8,355 )

141,693
—
305,729

—
—
—
— $ 456,227 $
— $
4,540 $
— $ 714,832 $

2,278
—
2,827
3,333
1,678
(9,434 )

(1) There were no issuances included in the purchases and issuances amounts above.
(2) Settlements and sales of fixed maturities, equities, other invested assets and funds held–directly managed include sales of

$276 million, $12 million, $43 million and $8 million, respectively.

109

Table of Contents

The significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of financial instruments measured at fair value using Level 3

inputs at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows (fair value in thousands of U.S. dollars):

December 31, 2017
Fixed maturities

U.S. states, territories and
municipalities
Asset-backed securities

Equities

Finance

Fair value Valuation techniques

Unobservable inputs

Range
(Weighted average)

$ 128,806 Discounted cash flow Credit spreads

0.2% – 10.2% (4.7%)

20,738 Discounted cash flow Credit spreads

21,926 Weighted market

comparables

Net income multiple

Tangible book value multiple

Liquidity discount

Comparable return

4.7% (4.7%)

16.7 (16.7)

2.0 (2.0)

25.0% (25.0%)

4.1% (4.1%)

Technology

10,961 Reported market
value

Tangible book value multiple

100.0% (100.0%)

Other invested assets

Total return swaps, net

Insurance-linked securities
– longevity swaps

(764 ) Discounted cash flow Credit spreads
11,962 Discounted cash flow Credit spreads

2.4% – 30.8% (18.5%)
1.7% (1.7%)

Notes and loan receivables

102,907 Discounted cash flow Credit spreads
4,265 Discounted cash flow Credit spreads

Notes securitization

Private equity – direct

Private equity funds

Gross revenue/fair value

1,391 Discounted cash flow Credit spreads
3,011 Discounted cash flow
and market multiples

Tangible book value multiple
Recoverability of intangible
assets

12,559 Reported market
value

Net asset value, as reported

Market adjustments

Private equity – other

24,241 Discounted cash flow Effective yield

3.9% – 39.3% (6.1%)

17.5% (17.5%)

1.1 (1.1)

1.5% (1.5%)

0.8 (0.8)

0% (0%)
100.0% (100.0%)

-0.7% (-0.7%)

3.8% (3.8%)

Funds held–directly managed

Other invested assets

2,067 Reported market
value

Net asset value, as reported

100.0% (100.0%)

Market adjustments

0% (0%)

110

Table of Contents

December 31, 2016
Fixed maturities

U.S. states, territories and
municipalities

Fair value Valuation techniques

Unobservable inputs

Range
(Weighted average)

$ 123,827 Discounted cash flow Credit spreads

1.5% – 10.5% (6.3%)

Asset-backed securities

99,351 Discounted cash flow Credit spreads

4.1% – 18.5% (14.9%)

Equities

Finance

Technology

Other invested assets

Total return swaps, net

Insurance-linked securities
– longevity swaps
Notes and loan receivables

Notes and loan receivables

Notes securitization

Private equity – direct

20,934 Weighted market

Net income multiple

comparables

Tangible book value multiple

Liquidity discount

Comparable return

20.3 (20.3)

1.9 (1.9)

25.0% (25.0%)

36.9% (36.9%)

9,800 Reported market
value

Tangible book value multiple

100.0% (100.0%)

(1,228 ) Discounted cash flow Credit spreads
9,218 Discounted cash flow Credit spreads

2.9% – 29.4% (19.3%)

2.6% (2.6%)

131,176 Discounted cash flow Credit spreads
8,953 Discounted cash flow Credit spreads

Gross revenue/fair value

1,564 Discounted cash flow Credit spreads
5,019 Discounted cash flow
and weighted market
comparables

Net income multiple

Tangible book value multiple
Recoverability of intangible
assets

4.2% – 24.4% (5.2%)

17.5% (17.5%)

1.2 (1.2)

3.3% (3.3%)

8.6 (8.6)

2.0 (2.0)

0% (0%)

Private equity funds

11,064 Reported market
value

Private equity – other

29,949 Discounted cash flow Effective yield

Net asset value, as reported

100.0% (100.0%)

Market adjustments

-0.7% (-0.7%)

5.8% (5.8%)

Funds held–directly managed

Other invested assets

4,540 Reported market
value

Net asset value, as reported

100.0% (100.0%)

Market adjustments

0% (0%)

The tables above do not include financial instruments that are measured using unobservable inputs (Level 3) where the

unobservable inputs were obtained from external sources and used without adjustment. These financial instruments include
mutual fund and exchange traded funds investments (included within equities), certain private equity funds (included within
private equities), privately placed corporate loans (included within other invested assets) and certain derivatives (included
within other invested assets).

The Company has established a Valuation Committee which is responsible for determining the Company’s invested asset

valuation procedures, reviewing significant changes in the fair value measurements of securities classified as Level 3 and
ensuring that there is an appropriate independent peer analysis, on at least an annual basis, on the fair value measurements of
significant securities that are classified as Level 3. The Valuation Committee is comprised of members of the Company’s senior
management team. The Company’s Group Enterprise Risk Management Financial Risk Policy which covers, amongst other
items, invested asset valuation.

Changes in the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments subject to the fair value option during the years ended

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

111

Table of Contents

Fixed maturities and short-term investments
Equities

Other invested assets

Funds held–directly managed

Total

2017
124,033 $
60,460
28,144
(5,612 )
207,025 $

2016
(90,334 ) $

(14,850 )
11,066
(721 )

2015
(276,776 )

(187,561 )

(1,835 )

(6,323 )

(94,839 ) $

(472,495 )

Substantially all of the above changes in fair value are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations under the

caption Net realized and unrealized investment gains (losses).

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of each class of financial

instrument recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. There have been no material changes in the Company’s valuation
techniques during the periods presented.

Fixed maturities

• U.S. government and government sponsored enterprises—U.S. government and government sponsored enterprises

securities consist primarily of bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury and corporate debt securities issued by government
sponsored enterprises and federally owned or established corporations. These securities are generally priced by
independent pricing services. The independent pricing services may use actual transaction prices for securities that
have been actively traded. For securities that have not been actively traded, each pricing source has its own proprietary
method to determine the fair value, which may incorporate option adjusted spreads (OAS), interest rate data and
market news. The Company generally classifies these securities in Level 2.

• U.S. states, territories and municipalities—U.S. states, territories and municipalities securities consist primarily of

bonds issued by U.S. states, territories and municipalities and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation. These
securities are generally priced by independent pricing services using the techniques described for U.S. government and
government sponsored enterprises above. The Company generally classifies these securities in Level 2. Certain of the
bonds that are issued by municipal housing authorities and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation are not
actively traded and are priced based on internal models using unobservable inputs. Accordingly, the Company
classifies these securities in Level 3. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of these
U.S. states, territories and municipalities securities classified as Level 3 is credit spreads. A significant increase
(decrease) in credit spreads in isolation could result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.

• Non-U.S. sovereign government, supranational and government related—Non-U.S. sovereign government,

supranational and government related securities consist primarily of bonds issued by non-U.S. national governments
and their agencies, non-U.S. regional governments and supranational organizations. These securities are generally
priced by independent pricing services using the techniques described for U.S. government and government sponsored
enterprises above. The Company generally classifies these securities in Level 2.

• Corporate—Corporate securities consist primarily of bonds issued by U.S. and foreign corporations covering a variety
of industries and issuing countries. Corporate securities also include real estate investment trusts, catastrophe bonds,
longevity and mortality bonds and government guarantee corporate debt. These securities are generally priced by
independent pricing services and brokers. The pricing provider incorporates information including credit spreads,
interest rate data and market news into the valuation of each security. The Company generally classifies these
securities in Level 2. When a corporate security is inactively traded or the valuation model uses unobservable inputs,
the Company classifies the security in Level 3.

• Asset-backed securities—Asset-backed securities primarily consist of bonds issued by U.S. and foreign corporations
that are predominantly backed by student loans, automobile loans, credit card receivables, equipment leases, and
special purpose financing. With the exception of special purpose financing securities, these asset-backed securities are
generally priced by independent pricing services and brokers. The pricing provider applies dealer quotes and other
available trade information, prepayment speeds, yield curves and credit spreads to the valuation. The Company
generally classifies these securities in Level 2. Special purpose financing securities are generally inactively traded and
are priced based on valuation models using unobservable inputs. The Company generally classifies these securities in
Level 3. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of these asset-backed securities
classified as Level 3 is credit spreads. A significant increase (decrease) in credit spreads in isolation could result in a
significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.

112

Table of Contents

• Residential mortgage-backed securities—Residential mortgage-backed securities primarily consist of bonds issued by
the Government National Mortgage Association, the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation, as well as private, non-agency issuers. These residential mortgage-backed securities are
generally priced by independent pricing services and brokers. When current market trades are not available, the pricing
provider or the Company will employ proprietary models with observable inputs including other trade information,
prepayment speeds, yield curves and credit spreads. The Company generally classifies these securities in Level 2.
• Other mortgage-backed securities—Other mortgage-backed securities primarily consist of commercial mortgage-
backed securities. These securities are generally priced by independent pricing services and brokers. The pricing
provider applies dealer quotes and other available trade information, prepayment speeds, yield curves and credit
spreads to the valuation. The Company generally classifies these securities in Level 2.

In general, the methods employed by the independent pricing services to determine the fair value of the securities that

have not been actively traded primarily involve the use of “matrix pricing” in which the independent pricing source applies the
credit spread for a comparable security that has traded recently to the current yield curve to determine a reasonable fair value.
The Company generally uses one pricing source per security and uses a pricing service ranking to consistently select the most
appropriate pricing service in instances where it receives multiple quotes on the same security. When fair values are unavailable
from these independent pricing sources, quotes are obtained directly from broker-dealers who are active in the corresponding
markets. Most of the Company’s fixed maturities are priced from the pricing services or dealer quotes. The Company will
typically not make adjustments to prices received from pricing services or dealer quotes; however, in instances where the
quoted external price for a security uses significant unobservable inputs, the Company will classify that security as Level 3. The
methods used to develop and substantiate the unobservable inputs used are based on the Company’s valuation policy and are
dependent upon the facts and circumstances surrounding the individual investments which are generally transaction specific.
The Company’s inactively traded fixed maturities are classified as Level 3. For all fixed maturity investments, the bid price is
used for estimating fair value.

To validate prices, the Company compares the fair value estimates to its knowledge of the current market and will

investigate prices that it considers not to be representative of fair value. The Company also reviews an internally generated
fixed maturity price validation report which converts prices received for fixed maturity investments from the independent
pricing sources and from broker-dealers quotes and plots OAS and duration on a sector and rating basis. The OAS is calculated
using established algorithms developed by an independent risk analytics platform vendor. The OAS on the fixed maturity price
validation report are compared for securities in a similar sector and having a similar rating, and outliers are identified and
investigated for price reasonableness. In addition, the Company completes quantitative analyses to compare the performance of
each fixed maturity investment portfolio to the performance of an appropriate benchmark, with significant differences identified
and investigated.

Short-term investments

Short-term investments are valued in a manner similar to the Company’s fixed maturity investments and are generally

classified in Level 2.

Equities

Equity securities include U.S. and foreign common and preferred stocks, real estate investment trusts, mutual funds and
exchange traded funds. Equities, real estate investment trusts and exchange traded funds are generally classified in Level 1 as
the Company uses prices received from independent pricing sources based on quoted prices in active markets. Equities
classified as Level 2 are generally mutual funds invested in fixed income securities, where the net asset value of the fund is
provided on a daily basis, and certain common and preferred equities. Equities classified as Level 3 are generally mutual funds
invested in securities other than the common stock of publicly traded companies, where the net asset value is not provided on a
daily basis, and inactively traded common stocks. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of
inactively traded common stocks classified as Level 3 include market return information, weighted using management’s
judgment, from comparable selected publicly traded companies in the same industry, in a similar region and of a similar size,
including net income multiples, tangible book value multiples, comparable returns, revenue multiples, adjusted earnings
multiples and projected return on equity ratios. Significant increases (decreases) in any of these inputs could result in a
significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement. Significant unobservable inputs used in measuring the fair value
measurement of inactively traded common stocks also include a liquidity discount. A significant increase (decrease) in the
liquidity discount could result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.

To validate prices, the Company completes quantitative analyses to compare the performance of each equity investment

portfolio to the performance of an appropriate benchmark, with significant differences identified and investigated.

113

Table of Contents

Other invested assets

The Company’s exchange traded derivatives, such as futures, are generally classified as Level 1 as their fair values are

quoted prices in active markets. The Company’s foreign exchange forward contracts, foreign currency option contracts, interest
rate swaps and TBAs are generally classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy and are priced by independent pricing
services.

Included in the Company’s Level 3 classification, in general, are certain inactively traded derivatives, including weather

derivative insurance-linked securities and total return swaps; corporate loans; notes and loan receivables and notes
securitizations; and private equities. For Level 3 instruments, the Company will generally (i) receive a price based on a
manager’s or trustee’s valuation for the asset; (ii) develop an internal discounted cash flow model to measure fair value; or
(iii) use market return information, adjusted if necessary and weighted using management’s judgment, from comparable
selected publicly traded equity funds in a similar region and of a similar size. Where the Company receives prices from the
manager or trustee, these prices are based on the manager’s or trustee’s estimate of fair value for the assets and are generally
audited on an annual basis. Where the Company develops its own discounted cash flow models, the inputs will be specific to
the asset in question, based on appropriate historical information, adjusted as necessary, and using appropriate discount rates.
The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of other invested assets classified as Level 3 include
credit spreads, gross revenue to fair value ratios, net income multiples, effective yields, tangible book value multiples and other
valuation ratios. Significant increases (decreases) in any of these inputs in isolation could result in a significantly lower (higher)
fair value measurement. Significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of other invested assets classified
as Level 3 also include an assessment of the recoverability of intangible assets and market return information, weighted using
management’s judgment, from comparable selected publicly traded companies in the same industry, in a similar region and of a
similar size. Significant increases (decreases) in these inputs in isolation could result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value
measurement. As part of the Company’s modeling to determine the fair value of an investment, the Company considers
counterparty credit risk as an input to the model, however, the majority of the Company’s counterparties are investment grade
rated institutions and the failure of any one counterparty would not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated
financial statements.

To validate prices, the Company will compare them to benchmarks, where appropriate, or to the business results generally

within that asset class and specifically to those particular assets.

Funds held–directly managed

The segregated investment portfolio underlying the funds held–directly managed account is comprised of fixed

maturities, short-term investments and other invested assets which are fair valued on a basis consistent with the methods
described above. Substantially all fixed maturities and short-term investments within the funds held–directly managed account
are classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.

The other invested assets within the segregated investment portfolio underlying the funds held–directly managed account,

which are classified as Level 3 investments, are primarily real estate mutual fund investments carried at fair value. For the real
estate mutual fund investments, the Company receives a price based on the real estate fund manager’s valuation for the asset
and further adjusts the price, if necessary, based on appropriate current information on the real estate market. A significant
increase (decrease) to the adjustment to the real estate fund manager’s valuation could result in a significantly lower (higher)
fair value measurement.

To validate prices within the segregated investment portfolio underlying the funds held–directly managed account, the

Company utilizes the methods described above.

See Note 5 further details regarding Funds held–directly managed.

(b) Fair Value of Financial Instrument Liabilities

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the carrying values of financial instrument liabilities recorded in the Consolidated

Balance Sheets approximate their fair values, with the exception of the long-term debt related to senior notes and capital
efficient notes (CENts). The fair value of the debt related to senior notes as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 was calculated
based on discounted cash flow models using observable market yields and contractual cash flows based on the aggregate
principal amount outstanding. The fair value of the debt related to CENts as of December 31, 2017 was calculated based on
market data valuation models using observable inputs based on the aggregate principal amount outstanding of the intercompany
debt.

See Note 10 for further details related to the Company's debt, including the carrying values and fair values.

114

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s debt related to the senior notes and CENts was classified as Level 2 in

the fair value hierarchy.

Disclosures about the fair value of financial instrument liabilities exclude insurance contracts and certain other financial

instruments.

4. Investments

(a) Net Realized and Unrealized Investment Gains (Losses)

The components of the net realized and unrealized investment gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and

2015 were as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

Net realized investment gains on fixed maturities and short-term investments
Net realized investment (losses) gains on equities
Net realized investment (losses) gains on other invested assets
Net realized investment gains on funds held–directly managed

Net realized investment gains
Change in net unrealized investment gains or losses on fixed maturities and short-term
investments

Change in net unrealized investment gains or losses on equities
Change in unrealized investment gains or losses on other invested assets
Change in net unrealized investment gains or losses on funds held–directly managed
Net other realized and unrealized investment gains or losses

Change in net unrealized investment gains or losses
Net realized and unrealized investment gains (losses)

2015

2017

2016
$ 28,632 $ 96,994 $ 66,296
137,609
(33,317 )
536
171,124

157
5,365
1,355
103,871

(4,052 )
(3,217 )
508
21,871

(276,776 )
124,033
60,460
(187,561 )
844
32,790
(6,163 )
(5,567 )
1,053
(1,096 )
210,620
(468,603 )
$ 232,491 $ 26,266 $ (297,479 )

(90,334 )
(14,850 )
25,488
(676 )
2,767
(77,605 )

(b) Net Investment Income

The components of net investment income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows (in

thousands of U.S. dollars):

Fixed maturities
Short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents
Equities
Funds held and other
Funds held–directly managed
Investment expenses

Net investment income

2015

2017

2016
$ 382,676 $ 395,831 $ 425,541
854
30,739
27,406
11,676
(46,432 )
$ 402,071 $ 410,864 $ 449,784

5,363
(12 )
29,068
7,742
(22,766 )

1,915
4,382
34,161
9,993
(35,418 )

Other than the funds held–directly managed account, the Company generally earns investment income on funds held by

reinsured companies based upon a predetermined interest rate, either fixed contractually at the inception of the contract or based
upon a recognized index (e.g., LIBOR). Interest rates ranged from 0.1% to 7.0% for the year ended December 31, 2017, from 0.0%
to 5.4% for the year ended December 31, 2016 and from 0.1% to 8.0% for the year ended December 31, 2015. See Note 5 for
additional information on the funds held–directly managed account.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, approximately $274 million and $157 million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents and

approximately $3,422 million and $2,241 million, respectively, of securities were deposited, pledged or held in escrow accounts in
favor of ceding companies and other counterparties or government authorities to comply with reinsurance contract provisions and
insurance laws. The increase during the year was a result of the inclusion of Aurigen and collateral required to secure payment for
claims related to hurricanes Harvey, Irma and Maria in 2017.

115

Table of Contents

(d) Net Payable for Securities Purchased

Included within Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017 and

2016 were amounts of gross receivable balances for securities sold and gross payable balances for securities purchased as follows
(in thousands of U.S. dollars):

Receivable for securities sold
Payable for securities purchased

Net payable for securities purchased

(e) Variable Interest Entities

December 31, 2017
$

144,224 $
(181,991 )
(37,767 ) $

December 31, 2016
52,189
(648,813 )

(596,624 )

The Company holds variable interests in VIEs including certain limited liability companies or partnerships, trusts, fixed
maturity investments and asset-backed securities. The holdings in these VIEs are reported within fixed maturities and other invested
assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company’s involvement in these entities is, for the most part, passive in
nature. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss with respect to these investments is limited to the amounts invested in and
advanced to the VIEs, and any unfunded commitments. The Company’s non-consolidated VIEs include variable interests in
catastrophe bonds within fixed maturity investments and certain other invested assets.

(f) Summarized Financial Information

The Company has an investment in an equity method investee, Almacantar Group S.A. (Almacantar) that is considered
significant in terms of the interest in earnings of this investee exceeding 10% of the consolidated net income before income tax
expense of the Company as at December 31, 2017. The summarized balance sheet and income statement of Almacantar S.A. is as
follows:

Current assets

Noncurrent assets

Current liabilities

Noncurrent liabilities

Revenues

Operating profit

Net income

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

906,085 $
1,877,519 $
553,219 $
690,935 $

698,835
1,510,632
372,677
624,970

For the year ended

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

130,333 $
190,613 $
213,241 $

24,646
(47,082 )

(37,059 )

$
$
$
$

$
$
$

The summarized balance sheet has been included as at the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 and the summarized
income statement has been included for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 as the investment in Almacantar was first
entered into during 2016. As a result, it is not practicable or meaningful to include summarized financial information for 2015 as
there was no ownership interest in the investee at that time. Operating profit referred to in the table above includes revenues, cost of
sales, and unrealized gains on properties.

5. Funds Held–Directly Managed

Following Paris Re’s acquisition of substantially all of the reinsurance operations of Colisée Re (previously known as AXA RE)

in 2006, a subsidiary of AXA SA (AXA), Paris Re and its subsidiaries entered into an issuance agreement and a quota share
retrocession agreement to assume business written by Colisée Re from January 1, 2006 to September 30, 2007 as well as the in-
force business at December 31, 2005. The agreements provided that the premium related to the transferred business was retained by
Colisée Re and credited to a funds held account. The assets underlying the funds held–directly managed account are maintained by
Colisée Re in a segregated investment portfolio and managed by the Company. Realized and unrealized investment gains and losses
and net investment income related to this account inure to the benefit of the Company.

The investment portfolio underlying the funds held–directly managed account measured at fair value (see Note 3(a))
decreased from $354 million at December 31, 2016 to $300 million at December 31, 2017 primarily due to a commutation of a
portion of the Reserve Agreement with Colisée Re, the run -off of the underlying loss reserves associated with this account and the

116

Table of Contents

impact of the weakening of the U.S. dollar against most major currencies. See also note 8(a) for discussion of the related reserve
agreement.

6. Derivatives

The Company’s objectives for holding or issuing derivatives are as follows:

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts—The Company utilizes foreign exchange forward contracts as part of its overall currency
risk management and investment strategies. From time to time, the Company also utilizes foreign exchange forward contracts to
hedge a portion of its net investment exposure resulting from the translation of its foreign subsidiaries and branches whose
functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar.

Futures Contracts—The Company uses exchange traded treasury note futures contracts to manage portfolio duration and equity
futures to hedge certain investments.

Insurance-Linked Securities—The Company enters into various weather derivatives for which the underlying risks reference
parametric weather risks in addition to longevity total return swaps for which the underlying risks reference longevity risks.

Total Return and Interest Rate Swaps—The Company enters into total return swaps referencing various project, investments and
principal finance obligations. The Company enters into interest rate swaps to mitigate the interest rate risk on certain of the total
return swaps and certain fixed maturity investments.

To-Be-Announced Mortgage-Backed Securities—The Company utilizes TBAs as part of its overall investment strategy and to
enhance investment performance.

The net fair values and the related net notional values of derivatives included in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets

at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

December 31, 2017

Derivatives not designated as hedges
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Futures contracts

Insurance-linked securities (1)

Total return swaps

Interest rate swaps (2)

TBAs

Total derivatives not designated as hedges

December 31, 2016

Derivatives not designated as hedges
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Insurance-linked securities (1)
Total return swaps
Interest rate swaps (2)
TBAs

Total derivatives not designated as hedges

Asset
derivatives
at fair value

Liability
derivatives
at fair value

Net derivatives

Fair value

Net notional
exposure

8,559 $
3,367
11,985
2,505
—
391
26,807 $

(20,328 ) $
—
—
(3,269 )
(12,298 )
(591 )

(36,486 ) $

(11,769 ) $
3,367
11,985
(764 )
(12,298 )
(200 )

(9,679 )

2,862,927
917,696
78,879
42,147
192,215
501,405

Asset
derivatives
at fair value

Liability
derivatives
at fair value

Net derivatives

Fair value

Net notional
exposure

5,263 $
10,130
1,989
—
1,369
18,751 $

(7,142 ) $
(97 )
(3,217 )
(13,403 )
(185 )

(24,044 ) $

(1,879 ) $
10,033
(1,228 )
(13,403 )
1,184
(5.293 )

1,929,033
145,011
42,304
194,585
386,500

(1) Insurance-linked securities include longevity swaps for which the notional amounts are not reflective of the overall potential

exposure of the swaps. The net notional exposure above included the Company's probable maximum loss at December 31, 2016
and, for December 31, 2017, the Company's best estimate of the present value of future expected claims.

(2) The Company enters into interest rate swaps to mitigate notional exposures on certain total return swaps and certain fixed

maturities. The net notional exposure for interest rate swaps above relates to fixed maturities.

117

Table of Contents

The fair value of derivatives is recorded in Other invested assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company previously held foreign exchange forward contracts with notional amounts of €350 million to hedge a portion

of its net investment exposure to the Euro against the U.S. dollar, which expired September 30, 2016 and was not renewed.

There were no derivatives designated as hedges at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

The gains and losses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for derivatives not designated as hedges for the years

ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

Foreign exchange forward contracts

Foreign currency option contracts

Total included in net foreign exchange losses
Futures contracts

Insurance-linked securities

Total return swaps

Interest rate swaps

TBAs

Other

Total included in net realized and unrealized investment gains (losses)

Total derivatives not designated as hedges

Offsetting of Derivatives

2017
(41,776 ) $
—
(41,776 ) $
(11,683 ) $
(563 )
464
1,105
4,742
—
(5,935 ) $
(47,711 ) $

2016
(53,437 ) $
2,583
(50,854 ) $

(5,195 ) $
3,813
(1,096 )
10,981
6,366
—
14,869 $
(35,985 ) $

2015
(29,217 )

(3,472 )

(32,689 )

(32,004 )

(1,556 )
1,390
(8,101 )
2,877
2,493
(34,901 )

(67,590 )

The gross and net fair values of derivatives that are subject to offsetting in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31,

2017 and 2016 were as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

December 31, 2017
Total derivative assets

Total derivative liabilities

December 31, 2016
Total derivative assets

Total derivative liabilities

$
$

Gross amounts not offset
in the balance sheet

Gross
amounts
recognized (1)

Gross
amounts
offset in the
balance sheet

Net amounts of
assets/liabilities
presented in the
balance sheet

Financial
instruments

26,807 $
(36,486 ) $

— $
— $

26,807 $
(36,486 ) $

(1,142 ) $
1,142 $

Cash collateral
received/pledg
ed
(43,943 ) $
25,389 $

Net amount
(18,278 )

(9,955 )

18,751 $
(24,044 ) $

— $
— $

18,751 $
(24,044 ) $

(794 ) $
794 $

(34,120 ) $
22,923 $

(16,163 )

(327 )

(1) Amounts include all derivative instruments, irrespective of whether there is a legally enforceable master netting arrangement in

place.

7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

On April 3, 2017, after receiving all necessary regulatory approvals, the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of the

outstanding ordinary shares of Aurigen, for CAD 370 million (or approximately $278 million). The acquisition of Aurigen is
consistent with the Company’s diversified strategy and expands its life reinsurance footprint in Canada and the U.S. with limited
overlap in market coverage. The Company recorded pre-tax intangible assets related to the life value of business acquired (life
VOBA) of $76 million and insurance licenses of $2 million. A bargain purchase gain of less than $1 million was included in Other
income in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 representing the excess of fair value of
the net assets acquired over the purchase price of $278 million.

118

Table of Contents

The Company’s goodwill related to the acquisitions of PartnerRe SA, Winterthur Re, Paris Re and Presidio and intangible
assets related to the acquisitions of Paris Re, Presidio and Aurigen at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows (in thousands of
U.S. dollars):

2017
Balance at January 1
Acquired during the year

Intangible assets amortization

Balance at December 31

2016
Balance at January 1
Intangible assets amortization

Balance at December 31

n/a: Not applicable

Goodwill

Definite-
lived intangible
assets

Indefinite-
lived intangible
asset

Total
intangible
assets

456,380 $
—
n/a
456,380 $

99,742 $
75,583
(24,646 )
150,679 $

7,350 $ 107,092
77,788
2,205
n/a
(24,646 )
9,555 $ 160,234

Goodwill

456,380 $

n/a

456,380 $

Definite-
lived intangible
assets
125,661 $
(25,919 )
99,742 $

Indefinite-
lived intangible
asset

Total
intangible
assets

7,350 $ 133,011
(25,919 )
7,350 $ 107,092

n/a

The gross carrying value and accumulated amortization of intangible assets included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at

December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Gross
carrying
value

Accumulated
amortization

Net
carrying
value

Gross
carrying
value

Accumulated
amortization

Net
carrying
value

$ 191,196 $ 168,581 $ 22,615 $

48,163
63,408
75,583

27,909
29,353
1,828

20,254
34,055
73,755

$ 378,350 $ 227,671 $ 150,679 $

191,196 $
48,163
63,408
—

302,767 $

157,842 $
23,404
21,779
—

203,025 $

33,354
24,759
41,629
—
99,742

9,555

n/a

9,555

$ 387,905 $ 227,671 $ 160,234 $

7,350
310,117 $

n/a

7,350
203,025 $ 107,092

Definite-lived intangible assets:

Unpaid losses and loss expenses
Renewal rights
Customer relationships
Life VOBA

Total definite-lived intangible assets
Indefinite-lived intangible asset:

Insurance licenses

Total intangible assets

n/a: Not applicable

Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over a period of 11 years for unpaid losses and loss expenses, 13 years for

renewal rights and customer relationships, and 100 years for life VOBA.

The allocation of the goodwill to the Company’s segments at December 31, 2017 and 2016 was as follows (in thousands of

U.S. dollars):

P&C segment
Specialty segment
Life and Health segment

Total

Amount

241,530
196,047
18,803
456,380

119

Table of Contents

The estimated amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years related to the Company’s definite-lived

intangible assets was as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

Year
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022

Total

Amount

23,351
19,946
12,395
8,406
8,499
72,597

8. Non-life and Life and Health Reserves

(a) Non-life reserves

Non-life reserves are categorized into three types of reserves: case reserves, ACRs and IBNR reserves. Case reserves represent

unpaid losses reported by the Company’s cedants and recorded by the Company. ACRs are established for particular circumstances
where, on the basis of individual loss reports, the Company estimates that the particular loss or collection of losses covered by a
treaty may be greater than those advised by the cedant. IBNR reserves represent a provision for claims that have been incurred but
not yet reported to the Company, as well as future loss development on losses already reported, in excess of the case reserves and
ACRs.

The Company’s gross liability for non-life reserves reported by cedants (case reserves) and those estimated by the Company

(ACRs and IBNR reserves) at December 31, 2017 and 2016 was as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

Case reserves
ACRs
IBNR reserves

Non-life reserves

December 31, 2017
$

December 31, 2016

4,176,879 $
176,369
5,357,209
9,710,457 $

3,883,926
166,913
4,934,595
8,985,434

The reconciliation of the beginning and ending gross and net liability for non-life reserves for the years ended December 31,

2017, 2016 and 2015 was as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

Gross liability at beginning of year
Reinsurance recoverable at beginning of year

Net liability at beginning of year
Net incurred losses related to:

Current year
Prior years

Change in Paris Re Reserve Agreement
Net paid losses related to:

Current year
Prior years

Effects of foreign exchange rate changes

Net liability at end of year
Reinsurance recoverable at end of year

Gross liability at end of year

2017

2016
$ 8,985,434 $ 9,064,711 $ 9,745,806
214,349
9,531,457

189,234
8,875,477

266,742
8,718,692

2015

3,022,926
(448,158 )
2,574,768
(3,481 )

396,927
2,278,603
2,675,530
407,328
9,021,777
688,680

2,997,394
(676,574 )
2,320,820
5,518

331,785
1,931,131
2,262,916
(220,207 )
8,718,692
266,742

$ 9,710,457 $ 8,985,434 $

3,023,704
(830,705 )
2,192,999
(8,771 )

250,720
2,171,883
2,422,603
(417,605 )
8,875,477
189,234
9,064,711

120

Table of Contents

The net favorable prior year loss development for each of the Company’s Non-life segments for the years ended December 31,

2017, 2016 and 2015 was as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

P&C
Specialty

Total net favorable prior year loss development

2017
204,172 $
243,986
448,158 $

2016
389,672 $
286,902
676,574 $

2015
473,564
357,141
830,705

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company reported net favorable loss development for prior accident years
resulting from favorable loss emergence in both Non-life segments. The favorable loss emergence within the P&C segment was
across multiple accident years, mainly driven by the casualty business. The favorable loss emergence within the Specialty segment
was predominantly from the previous two accident years, mainly driven by the energy and agriculture business.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company reported net favorable loss development for prior accident years
resulting from favorable loss emergence in both Non-life segments. The favorable loss emergence within the P&C segment was
across multiple accident years, mainly driven by the casualty business. The favorable loss emergence within the Specialty segment
was predominantly from the previous two accident years, mainly driven by the marine and energy business.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company reported net favorable loss development due to favorable loss
emergence from most lines of business, in particular from casualty business within the P&C segment and from the marine and
aviation/space business within the Specialty segment.

Paris Re Reserve Agreement

Following Paris Re’s acquisition of substantially all of the reinsurance operations of Colisée Re in 2006, Paris Re’s French

operating subsidiary (Paris Re France) entered into a reserve agreement (Reserve Agreement) whereby AXA and Colisée Re
guarantee reserves in respect of Paris Re France and subsidiaries acquired in the acquisition. The Reserve Agreement relates to
losses incurred prior to December 31, 2005. The reserve guarantee is conditioned upon, among other things, the guaranteed
business, including related ceded reinsurance, being managed by AXA Liabilities Managers, an affiliate of Colisée Re.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s gross liability for non-life reserves includes $426 million and $496 million,
respectively, of guaranteed reserves, with the decrease from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017 being primarily related to a
commutation of a portion of the Reserve Agreement with Colisée Re and the run -off of the underlying loss reserves associated with
the guaranteed reserves, partially offset by the impact of the weakening of the U.S. dollar against most major currencies.

Favorable or adverse development related to the guaranteed reserves is recorded as a change in non-life reserves with an

offsetting change in the related payable or receivable to/from Colisée Re within the Funds held–directly managed account in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Asbestos and Environmental Claims

The Company’s net non-life reserves at December 31, 2017 and 2016 included $134 million and $166 million, respectively,
related to asbestos and environmental claims. The gross liability for such claims at December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $142 million
and $176 million, respectively, which primarily relate to Paris Re’s gross liability for asbestos and environmental claims for accident
years 2005 and prior of $96 million and $113 million, respectively, with any favorable or adverse development being subject to the
Reserve Agreement. The remaining $46 million and $63 million in gross reserves at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively,
primarily relates to casualty exposures in the United States arising from business written by the French branch of PartnerRe Europe
and PartnerRe U.S.

Ultimate loss estimates for such claims cannot be estimated using traditional reserving techniques and there are significant

uncertainties in estimating the Company’s potential losses for these claims. In view of the legal and tort environment that affect the
development of such claims, the uncertainties inherent in estimating asbestos and environmental claims are not likely to be resolved
in the near future. There can be no assurance that the reserves established by the Company will not be adversely affected by
development of other latent exposures, and further, there can be no assurance that the reserves established by the Company will be
adequate. The Company does, however, actively evaluate potential exposure to asbestos and environmental claims and establishes
additional reserves as appropriate. The Company believes that it has made a reasonable provision for these exposures and is
unaware of any specific issues that would materially affect its unpaid losses and loss expense reserves related to this exposure.

Reserving methods

The reserving methods commonly employed by the Company are summarized as follows:

121

Table of Contents

Chain Ladder (CL) Development Methods (Reported or Paid)

These methods use the underlying assumption that losses reported (paid) for each underwriting year at a particular
development stage follow a stable pattern. The CL development method assumes that on average, every underwriting year will
display the same percentage of ultimate liabilities reported by the Company’s cedants at 24 months after the inception of the
underwriting year. The percentages reported (paid) are established for each development stage after examining historical averages
from the loss development data. These are sometimes supplemented by external benchmark information. Ultimate liabilities are
estimated by multiplying the actual reported (paid) losses by the reciprocal of the assumed reported (paid) percentage. Reserves are
then calculated by subtracting paid claims from the estimated ultimate liabilities.

Expected Loss Ratio (ELR) Method

This method estimates ultimate losses for an underwriting year by applying an estimated loss ratio to the earned premium for
that underwriting year. Although the method is insensitive to actual reported or paid losses, it can often be useful at the early stages
of development when very few losses have been reported or paid, and the principal sources of information available to the Company
consist of information obtained during pricing and qualitative information supplied by the cedant. However, the lack of sensitivity to
reported or paid losses means that the method is usually inappropriate at later stages of development.

Bornhuetter-Ferguson (B-F) Methods (Reported or Paid)

These methods aim to address the variability at early stages of development and incorporates external information such as
pricing. The B-F methods are more sensitive to reported and paid losses than the ELR method, and can be seen as a blend of the
ELR and CL development methods. Unreported (unpaid) claims are calculated using an expected reporting (payment) pattern and an
externally determined estimate of ultimate liabilities (usually determined by multiplying an a priori loss ratio with estimates of
premium volume). The accuracy of the a priori loss ratio is a critical assumption in this method. Usually a priori loss ratios are
initially determined on the basis of pricing information, but may also be adjusted to reflect other information that subsequently
emerges about underlying loss experience.

Benktander (B-K) Methods (Reported or Paid)

These methods can be viewed as a blend between the CL Development and the B-F methods described above. The blend is

based on predetermined weights at each development stage that depend on the reported (paid) development patterns.

Loss Event Specific Method

The ultimate losses estimated under this method are derived from estimates of specific events based on reported claims,

client and broker discussions, review of potential exposures, market loss estimates, modeled analysis and other event specific
criteria.

Method Weights

In determining the loss reserves, the Company often relies on a blend of the results from two or more methods (e.g.,

weighted averages). The judgment as to which of the above method(s) is most appropriate for a particular underwriting year and
reserving cell could change over time as new information emerges regarding underlying loss activity and other data issues.
Furthermore, as each line is typically composed of several reserving cells, it is likely that the reserves for the line will be dependent
on several reserving methods. This is because reserves for a line are the result of aggregating the reserves for each constituent
reserving cell and that a different method could be selected for each reserving cell.

The principal reserving methods used for each of the Specialty segment and P&C segment were ELR, Reported/Paid B-F,

Reported/Paid B-K and Reported/Paid CL, with the exception of catastrophe risks within the P&C segment where the principal
reserving methods used were ELR based on exposure analysis and Loss event specific methods.

122

Table of Contents

(b) Life and Health Reserves

The reconciliation of the beginning and ending gross and net liability for life and health reserves for the years ended

December 31, 2017and 2016 was as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

Gross liability at beginning of period

Reinsurance recoverable at beginning of period

Net liability at beginning of period

Liability acquired related to the acquisition of Aurigen

Net incurred losses

Net losses paid

Effects of foreign exchange rate changes

Net liability at end of period

Reinsurance recoverable at end of period

Gross liability at end of period

2017
1,984,096 $
31,372
1,952,724
67,916
1,266,214
(1,017,673 )
180,688
2,449,869
40,605
2,490,474 $

2016
2,051,935
42,773
2,009,162
—
927,271
(844,156 )

(139,553 )
1,952,724
31,372
1,984,096

The increase in net losses paid in 2017 compared to 2016 was primarily due to the inclusion of Aurigen and higher claims paid

in Health.

The Company used interest rate assumptions to estimate its liabilities for policy benefits for life and annuity contracts which

ranged from 0% to 7% at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

123

Table of Contents

Losses and loss expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and

2015 were comprised as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

Non-life
Life and Health

Losses and loss expenses

2017

2016
$ 2,574,768 $ 2,320,820 $ 2,192,999
964,421
$ 3,840,982 $ 3,248,091 $ 3,157,420

1,266,214

927,271

2015

Non-life net incurred and paid losses and loss expense development

The net incurred and paid losses and loss expenses development by accident year for each of the years ended December 31,
2012 through 2017, and the total of IBNR plus expected development on reported claims included within the net incurred claims
amounts, as at each of the years ended December 31, 2012 through 2017, are presented in the tables below (in thousands of U.S.
dollars).

The information presented below for incurred and paid claims development for each of the years ended December 31, 2012
through 2016 and the average annual percentage payout of incurred claims by age, net of reinsurance, is presented as supplementary
information and is unaudited.

NET INCURRED LOSSES AND LOSS EXPENSES DEVELOPMENT TABLE - NON-LIFE

For the year ended December 31,

Accident year

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Total

$ 2,685,454 $ 2,493,810 $ 2,336,917 $ 2,228,953 $ 2,196,626 $ 2,227,260 $
$ 2,925,140 $ 2,753,196 $ 2,573,105 $ 2,518,691 $ 2,483,294 $
2,664,647
2,941,159

2,882,914

2,551,470
2,650,862
2,978,955

2,518,203
2,544,179
2,743,531
3,034,380 (1 )
$ 15,550,847 $

December 31, 2017

Total of IBNR plus expected
development on reported
claims

156,038
233,607
319,931
484,936
771,217
2,120,419
4,086,148

NET PAID LOSSES AND LOSS EXPENSES DEVELOPMENT TABLE - NON-LIFE

For the year ended December 31,
2014

2015

2013

2012
290,902 $ 1,076,536 $ 1,466,177 $ 1,635,334 $ 1,739,820 $ 1,831,483
249,309 $ 1,320,171 $ 1,679,371 $ 1,883,432 $ 2,015,049
1,860,577
1,338,380
1,655,681
310,031
1,402,948

1,648,748
1,247,343
333,673

310,960

2017

2016

Accident year
2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Total

Net reserves for Accident Years and exposures included in the triangles

All outstanding liabilities before Accident Year 2012, net of reinsurance

Total outstanding liabilities for unpaid claims

397,053 (1 )

$ 9,162,791

$ 6,388,056
2,070,569
$ 8,458,625

AVERAGE ANNUAL PERCENTAGE PAYOUT OF INCURRED CLAIMS BY AGE, NET OF REINSURANCE - NON-LIFE

Years

Non-life

12%

39%

15%

124

Table of Contents

(1) The table above (and each of the three tables below for property, casualty and specialty) reflects losses incurred and paid losses translated to

U.S. dollars at the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date whereas the losses and loss expenses in the Consolidated Statement of
Operations reflected losses incurred at the average exchange rate for the period.

NET INCURRED LOSSES AND LOSS EXPENSES DEVELOPMENT TABLE - PROPERTY

For the year ended December 31,

2012
681,580 $

2013
679,274 $
704,000

2014
600,278 $
600,178
532,197

2015
583,371 $
566,525
486,918
609,235

2016
567,870 $
550,840
464,515
567,709
741,002

2017
567,563 $
546,345
461,719
542,180
696,494
1,033,194
$ 3,847,495 $

December 31, 2017

Total of IBNR plus expected
development on reported
claims

15,272
4,825
6,259
17,187
53,275
530,918
627,736

NET PAID LOSSES AND LOSS EXPENSES DEVELOPMENT TABLE - PROPERTY

2012
102,351 $

For the year ended December 31,

2013
368,126 $
91,935

2014
464,879 $
351,048
95,806

2015
500,313 $
456,511
333,809
97,678

Accident year

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Total

Accident year

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Total

2016
511,821
491,978
400,247
365,650
139,423

2017
520,927
510,813
427,187
456,828
470,421
225,385
$ 2,611,561

$ 1,235,934
201,339
$ 1,437,273

Net reserves for Accident Years and exposures included in the triangles

All outstanding liabilities before Accident Year 2012, net of reinsurance

Total outstanding liabilities for unpaid claims

AVERAGE ANNUAL PERCENTAGE PAYOUT OF INCURRED CLAIMS BY AGE, NET OF REINSURANCE - PROPERTY

Years

Property

20%

48%

17%

125

Table of Contents

NET INCURRED LOSSES AND LOSS EXPENSES DEVELOPMENT TABLE - CASUALTY

For the year ended December 31,

December 31, 2017

2012
701,087 $

2013
687,470 $
811,925

2014
659,934 $
809,690
912,442

Accident year

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Total

2015
618,750 $
760,299
889,241
911,106

2016
600,969 $
742,170
869,428
849,772
866,772

2017
608,547 $
736,526
874,583
825,518
818,954
779,812

$ 4,643,940 $

Total of IBNR plus expected
development on reported
claims

102,999
179,543
252,944
326,504
426,472
633,189
1,921,651

NET PAID LOSSES AND LOSS EXPENSES DEVELOPMENT TABLE - CASUALTY

For the year ended December 31,

Accident year

2012

52,976 $

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Total

2013
138,628 $
51,808

2014
209,006 $
162,355
72,127

2015
282,401 $
271,242
212,462
68,544

2016
338,800
353,313
317,277
191,076
35,901

2017
397,768
424,092
418,218
304,876
168,303
63,798

Net reserves for Accident Years and exposures included in the triangles

All outstanding liabilities before Accident Year 2012, net of reinsurance

Total outstanding liabilities for unpaid claims

$ 1,777,055

$ 2,866,885
1,679,085
$ 4,545,970

AVERAGE ANNUAL PERCENTAGE PAYOUT OF INCURRED CLAIMS BY AGE, NET OF REINSURANCE - CASUALTY

Years

Casualty

15%

13%

12%

10%

126

Table of Contents

NET INCURRED LOSSES AND LOSS EXPENSES DEVELOPMENT TABLE - SPECIALTY

For the year ended December 31,

Accident year

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Total

$ 1,302,787 $ 1,127,066 $ 1,076,705 $ 1,026,832 $ 1,027,787 $ 1,051,150 $

1,409,215

1,343,328
1,438,275

1,246,281
1,288,488
1,420,818

1,225,681
1,217,527
1,233,381
1,371,181

1,200,423
1,181,901
1,176,481
1,228,083
1,221,374
$ 7,059,412 $

NET PAID LOSSES AND LOSS EXPENSES DEVELOPMENT TABLE - SPECIALTY

For the year ended December 31,

December 31, 2017

Total of IBNR plus expected
development on reported
claims

37,767
49,239
60,728
141,245
291,470
956,312
1,536,761

2012
135,575 $

2013
569,782 $
105,566

2014
792,292 $
806,768
143,027

2015
852,620 $
951,618
792,109
143,809

Accident year

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Total

Net reserves for Accident Years and exposures included in the triangles

All outstanding liabilities before Accident Year 2012, net of reinsurance

Total outstanding liabilities for unpaid claims

2016
889,199
1,038,141
931,224
690,617
158,349

2017
912,788
1,080,144
1,015,172
893,977
764,224
107,870
$ 4,774,175

$ 2,285,237
190,145
$ 2,475,382

AVERAGE ANNUAL PERCENTAGE PAYOUT OF INCURRED CLAIMS BY AGE, NET OF REINSURANCE - SPECIALTY

Years

Specialty

11%

50%

15%

The Company is predominantly a reinsurer of primary insurers and does not have access to claim frequency information held

by our cedants due to the majority of the Company’s business being written on a proportional basis. As such, the Company
considers it impracticable to disclose information on the frequency of claims.

The Company has concluded that it is impracticable to provide net incurred and paid losses and loss expenses development

data for 10 years and has therefore presented the data for 6 years. As disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company provided 5 years of data in 2016 and agreed to include an additional year of
data for each subsequent year such that by 2021 a full 10 years of data will be disclosed.

127

Table of Contents

The reconciliation of the net incurred and paid claims development information above to the Non-life reserves in the

Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2017 was as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

Total outstanding liability for unpaid claims

Property
Casualty
Specialty

Total outstanding liabilities for unpaid claims
Other liabilities(1)
Net liability at end of year

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims

Property
Casualty
Specialty

Reinsurance recoverable at end of year
Gross liability at end of year

December 31, 2017

$
$

1,437,273
4,545,970
2,475,382
8,458,625
563,152
9,021,777

453,656
40,920
194,105
688,680
9,710,457

(1) Other liabilities included in the reconciliation relate primarily to the guaranteed reserves, described above, and unallocated

loss expenses.

9. Reinsurance

(a) Reinsurance Recoverable on Paid and Unpaid Losses

The Company uses retrocessional agreements to reduce its exposure to risk of loss on reinsurance assumed. These agreements

provide for recovery from retrocessionaires of a portion of losses and loss expenses. The Company remains liable to its cedants to
the extent that the retrocessionaires do not meet their obligations under these agreements, and therefore the Company evaluates the
financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentration of credit risk on an ongoing basis. The Company actively manages
its reinsurance exposures by generally selecting retrocessionaires having a credit rating of A- or higher. In certain cases where an
otherwise suitable retrocessionaire has a credit rating lower than A-, the Company generally requires the posting of collateral,
including escrow funds and letters of credit, as a condition to its entering into a retrocession agreement. The Company regularly
reviews its reinsurance recoverable balances to estimate an allowance for uncollectible amounts based on quantitative and
qualitative factors. There was no allowance for uncollectible reinsurance recoverable at December 31, 2017 deemed necessary based
on the quantitative and qualitative analysis as collectability was determined to be reasonably assured and given that any
recoverables related to reinsurers with ratings below A- or unrated are collateralized. The allowance for uncollectible reinsurance
recoverable was $12 million at December 31, 2016.

128

Table of Contents

(b) Ceded Reinsurance

Net premiums written, net premiums earned and losses and loss expenses are reported net of reinsurance in the Company’s
Consolidated Statements of Operations. Assumed, ceded and net amounts for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
were as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

2017
Assumed
Ceded

Net

2016
Assumed
Ceded

Net

2015
Assumed
Ceded

Net

10. Debt

Premiums
Written

Premiums
Earned

Losses and Loss
Expenses

5,587,894 $
467,968
5,119,926 $

5,471,546 $
446,565
5,024,981 $

5,356,942 $
403,472
4,953,470 $

5,343,831 $
374,235
4,969,596 $

4,458,290
617,308
3,840,982

3,412,648
164,557
3,248,091

5,547,525 $
317,977
5,229,548 $

5,570,321 $
301,143
5,269,178 $

3,215,665
58,245
3,157,420

The debt outstanding and the carrying value recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017 and 2016

was comprised as follows (in thousands):

Issuer

Commitment

Carrying
Value

Fair Value

Carrying
Value

Fair Value

Interest
rate

Issue Date

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

PartnerRe Finance A
LLC

PartnerRe Finance B
LLC

PartnerRe Ireland
Finance DAC

€

250,000

—

6.875 %

May 2008

500,000

534,179

500,000

547,145

5.500 %

March 2010

June 1, 2020

750,000

884,824

882,717

773,883

753,499

1.250 % September 2016 September 15, 2026

Redemption or
Maturity Date
redeemed November
1, 2016

PartnerRe Finance II
Inc.

63,384

70,989

61,271

70,989

66,817

see

Note 1 November 2006

see Note 1

$ 1,384,824

$ 1,416,896

$ 1,273,883

$ 1,300,644

Note 1 - 6.440% to December 1, 2016 and quarterly thereafter at an annual rate of 3-month LIBOR plus a margin equal to 2.325%, reset
quarterly; external debt redeemable since December 1, 2016 and any unpaid principle due on intercompany note due on December 1, 2066

PartnerRe Finance A LLC, PartnerRe Finance B LLC, and PartnerRe Finance II Inc. (collectively, U.S. finance entities) were
utilized to issue U.S. dollar denominated debt. In 2016, the Company formed PartnerRe Ireland Finance DAC (Irish finance entity)
in order to issue Euro denominated senior notes.

The U.S. finance entities are wholly-owned by PartnerRe U.S. Corporation, a holding company indirectly 100% owned by
the Company. The Irish finance entity is wholly-owned by PartnerRe Holdings Europe Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the
Company. The proceeds received by the U.S. finance entities upon issuance of debt were provided to PartnerRe U.S. Corporation in
exchange for notes receivable for the same principal and interest terms as the related debt issued externally. The proceeds received
by the Irish finance entity upon issuance of debt were provided to the Company and PartnerRe U.S. Corporation in exchange for
notes receivable.

The Company determined that the U.S. entities were VIEs; however, the Company was not the primary beneficiary and, as a

result, did not consolidate the U.S. finance entities. The intercompany notes payable by PartnerRe U.S. Corporation to the U.S.
finance entities are recorded within Debt related to senior notes and Debt related to CENts in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and
the related interest as interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

129

Table of Contents

The Company determined that PartnerRe Ireland Finance DAC is a VIE and the Company is the primary beneficiary. As a

result, the debt issued externally has been reflected as Debt related senior notes in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the related
interest as interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The cash proceeds and intercompany notes were issued by
PartnerRe Ireland Finance DAC to the Company and PartnerRe U.S. Corporation, which has been eliminated on consolidation,
together with the related interest.

Debt related to senior notes

On November 1, 2016, PartnerRe Finance A LLC early redeemed the 6.875% notes with an aggregate principle of $250

million notes for a price of $272 million and, as a result, recorded a loss on redemption of debt of $22 million in the Company's
Statement of Operations, representing a make whole provision related to future interest foregone as a result of the early retirement.

PartnerRe Finance B LLC has the option to redeem the 5.500% senior notes, in whole or in part, at any time. PartnerRe U.S.

Corporation has agreed to pay the related 5.500% note payable to PartnerRe Finance B LLC for any unpaid principal amount on
June 1, 2020. Interest on these notes is payable semi-annually at an annual fixed rate of 5.500% and cannot be deferred. These
senior notes are ranked as senior unsecured obligations of PartnerRe Finance B LLC and the Company has fully and unconditionally
guaranteed all obligations of PartnerRe Finance B LLC related to these senior notes. The Company’s obligations under this
guarantee are senior and unsecured and rank equally with all other senior unsecured indebtedness.

The 1.250% senior notes issued by PartnerRe Ireland Finance DAC in 2016 were issued at a price of 99.144% of the
principal amount and are listed in the main securities market of the Irish Stock Exchange. Interest is payable annually commencing
on September 15, 2017. These senior notes may be redeemed at the option of the issuer, in whole or in part, at any time from
September 2021, with any early redemption prior to that date subject to the Bermuda Regulatory Authority's approval. These senior
notes are ranked as senior unsecured obligations of PartnerRe Ireland Finance DAC. The Company has fully and unconditionally
guaranteed all obligations of PartnerRe Ireland Finance DAC under these senior notes. The Company’s obligations under this
guarantee are senior and unsecured and rank equally with all other senior unsecured indebtedness.

Debt related to Capital Efficient Notes (CENts)

In November 2006, PartnerRe Finance II Inc. issued Fixed-to-Floating Rate Junior Subordinated CENts with a principal

amount of $250 million and on March 13, 2009, purchased and retired $187 million of this principal amount. As a result, the
remaining aggregate principal amount of the CENts is $63 million. In November 2006, PartnerRe U.S. Corporation issued a Fixed-
to-Floating Rate promissory note, with a principal amount of $258 million to PartnerRe Finance II Inc. due December 1, 2066. In
March 2009, $187 million of the principal amount was extinguished. As a result, the remaining principal amount of the
intercompany promissory note, which is included as Debt related to capital efficient notes in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, is $71
million.

The CENts have been redeemable at the option of the issuer, in whole or in part, since December 1, 2016 and are ranked as

junior subordinated unsecured obligations of PartnerRe Finance II Inc. The Company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a
subordinated basis all obligations of PartnerRe Finance II Inc. under the CENts. The Company’s obligations under this guarantee are
unsecured and rank junior in priority of payments to the Company’s senior notes.

Interest on both the CENts and the promissory note was payable semi-annually through to December 1, 2016 at an annual
fixed rate of 6.440% and payable quarterly thereafter until maturity at an annual rate of 3-month LIBOR plus a margin equal to
2.325%, reset quarterly. Since December 1, 2016, PartnerRe Finance II Inc. has the right to defer one or more interest payments for
up to ten years to December 1, 2026.

11. Shareholders’ Equity

Authorized Shares

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the total authorized share capital (common and preferred) of the Company was $200

million.

Common Shares

Following the completion of the Merger on March 18, 2016, each publicly traded common share issued and outstanding

was cancelled and converted into $137.50 in cash per share and a one-time special pre-closing cash dividend of $3.00 per
common share was paid. The common shares were delisted from the NYSE and one common share at $1.00 par value was issued
to Exor N.V., representing 100% common share ownership of the Company.

On October 27, 2016, Exor N.V. was renamed EXOR Nederland N.V.

130

Table of Contents

On November 24, 2016, the one common share of $1.00 par value was subdivided into 100 million authorized and issued

Class A shares of $0.00000001 par value each. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the issued and outstanding common share
capital was $1.00.

Redeemable Preferred Shares

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company's issued and outstanding redeemable preferred shares, each with a par value

of $1.00 per share, were as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentage amounts):

Date of issuance

Number of preferred shares outstanding

Annual dividend rate

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

Aggregate liquidation value, at $25 per share

Series F

February 2013
2,679,426

Series G

May 2016
6,415,264

Series H

May 2016
11,753,798

Series I

May 2016
7,320,574

Total

28,169,062

5.875 %
2.3
67.0

$
$

6.5 %
5.4
160.4

$
$

7.25 %
9.5
293.8

$
$

5.875 %
6.4
$
183.0
$

23.6
704.2

(1)

Underwriting discounts and commissions represent the original amounts paid to issue Series D, E and F shares. These
amounts were reallocated on a pro-rata basis between the previously issued and the newly issued shares as a result of
the share exchange in May 2016 for $nil consideration described below.

In accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, upon effecting the Merger, EXOR S.p.A. paid cash of $1.25 per
share for an aggregate payment of approximately $43 million in the aggregate to the preferred shareholders and agreed to launch
an exchange offer. On April 1, 2016, the Company launched the exchange offer whereby participating preferred shareholders
could exchange any or all existing preferred shares for newly issued preferred shares reflecting, subject to certain exceptions
contained in the existing preferred shares, an extended call date of the fifth anniversary from the date of issuance, and a restriction
on payment of dividends on common shares declared with respect to any fiscal quarter to an amount not exceeding 67% of net
income during such fiscal quarter until December 31, 2020. The terms of the newly issued preferred shares would otherwise
remain identical in all material respects to the Company’s existing preferred shares, as described below. The exchange offer
expired on April 29, 2016 and on May 1, 2016, 6,415,264 Series D, 11,753,798 Series E and 7,320,574 Series F preferred shares
were exchanged for an equivalent number of Series G, Series H and Series I preferred shares, respectively. There was no
consideration paid and no increase in fair value of the preferred shares as a result of the exchange and, as a result, the exchange
was considered a modification of the preferred shares with no gain or loss or deemed dividend arising as a result of the exchange.
As a result of the exchange offer, the Company cancelled the Series D, E and F preferred shares tendered in the exchange offer.
Non-tendered preferred shares not exchanged and the new Series G, H and I preferred shares remain outstanding and will continue
to be listed on the NYSE until redeemed.

On November 1, 2016, the Company redeemed 2,784,736 Series D and 3,196,202 Series E preferred shares at their
redemption price of $25 per share for an aggregate liquidation value of $150 million. In addition, unpaid preferred dividends
accrued to the redemption date totaling $2 million were paid. In connection with the redemption, the Company recognized a loss
of $5 million related to the deferred issuance costs paid upon issuance which were included in additional paid-in capital related to
the Series D and E preferred shares. The loss on redemption of preferred shares of $5 million was recognized as a deemed
preferred dividend in retained earnings and in determining the net income attributable to the PartnerRe Ltd. common shareholder
in 2016.

The redemption price of all preferred shares is $25 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends without interest at any time

or in part from time to time on or after the fifth anniversary from date of issuance.

The Company may redeem the Series F preferred shares at any time or in part from time to time on or after March 1, 2018.

The Company may also redeem the Series F preferred shares at any time upon the occurrence of a certain “capital disqualification
event” or certain changes in tax law.

The Company may redeem each of the Series G, H and I preferred shares on or after May 1, 2021.

Dividends on the Series F and I preferred shares are non-cumulative and are payable quarterly. Dividends on the Series G

and H preferred shares are cumulative from the date of issuance and are payable quarterly in arrears.

In the event of liquidation of the Company, Series F, G, H and I preferred shares rank on parity with each other but rank
senior to the common shares. The holders of the Series F, G, H and I preferred shares would receive a distribution of $25 per
share, or the aggregate liquidation value. In addition, upon liquidation, non-cumulative Series F and I preferred shares would

131

Table of Contents

receive any declared but unpaid dividends while the cumulative Series G and H preferred shares would receive any accrued but
unpaid dividends.

12. Noncontrolling Interests

In March 2013, the Company formed, with other third-party investors, Lorenz Re Ltd. (Lorenz Re), a Bermuda domiciled

special purpose insurer. Lorenz Re is a segregated accounts company under the laws of Bermuda and distinct segregated accounts
are formed and capitalized within Lorenz Re in order to enter into reinsurance agreements with the Company on a fully
collateralized basis. Lorenz Re was deconsolidated in 2016, as the Company’s investment in Lorenz Re no longer met the U.S.
GAAP consolidation criteria.

In 2017, Lorenz Re issued non-voting redeemable preferred share capital on behalf of a new segregated account to provide

additional capacity to the Company for a diversified catastrophe portfolio on a fully collateralized reinsurance basis. The Company
determined that it was the primary beneficiary of this segregated account and, accordingly, the segregated account was consolidated
by the Company. No noncontrolling interest exists in this new segregated account as at December 31, 2017.

The reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of the noncontrolling interests in Lorenz Re for the years ended

December 31, 2016 and 2015 was as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

Balance at January 1
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Distribution to noncontrolling interests

Balance at December 31

13. Dividend Restrictions and Statutory Requirements

2016

2015

2,450 $
—
(2,450 )

— $

55,501
2,769
(55,820 )
2,450

The Company’s ability to pay common and preferred shareholders’ dividends and its corporate expenses is dependent mainly

on cash dividends from PartnerRe Bermuda, PartnerRe Europe, PartnerRe U.S. and PartnerRe Asia (collectively, the reinsurance
subsidiaries), which are the Company’s most significant subsidiaries. The payment of such dividends by the reinsurance subsidiaries
to the Company is limited under Bermuda and Irish laws and certain statutes of various U.S. states in which PartnerRe U.S. is
domiciled. The restrictions are generally based on net income and/or certain levels of policyholders’ earned surplus as determined in
accordance with the relevant statutory accounting practices. In addition, in accordance with the terms of the merger agreement
between the Company and Exor N.V., subsequent to preferred share exchange (see Note 11), the Company's payment of dividends
on common shares declared with respect to any fiscal quarter is restricted to an amount not exceeding 67% of net income per fiscal
quarter until December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2017, there were no other restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay common
and preferred shareholders’ dividends from its retained earnings, except for the reinsurance subsidiaries’ dividend restrictions
described below.

The reinsurance subsidiaries are required to file annual statements with insurance regulatory authorities prepared on an
accounting basis prescribed or permitted by such authorities (statutory basis), maintain minimum levels of solvency and liquidity
and comply with risk-based capital requirements and licensing rules. At December 31, 2017, the reinsurance subsidiaries’ solvency,
liquidity and risk-based capital amounts were in excess of the minimum levels required. The typical adjustments to insurance
statutory basis amounts to convert to U.S. GAAP include elimination of certain statutory reserves, deferral of certain acquisition
costs, recognition of goodwill, intangible assets and deferred income taxes that are limited on a statutory basis, valuation of bonds at
fair value and presentation of ceded reinsurance balances gross of assumed balances.

PartnerRe Bermuda may declare dividends subject to it continuing to meet its minimum solvency and capital requirements,
which are to hold statutory capital and surplus equal to or exceeding the Target Capital Level, which is equivalent to 120% of the
Enhanced Capital Requirement (ECR). The ECR is calculated with reference to the Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirement model,
which is a risk-based capital model. At December 31, 2017, the maximum dividend that PartnerRe Bermuda could pay without prior
regulatory approval was approximately $1,040 million.

Effective January 1, 2016, PartnerRe Europe and PartnerRe Ireland are subject to the Solvency II European Directive
(Solvency II Regulations). The Solvency II Regulations relate to the solvency standards applicable to insurers and reinsurers and
lays down, at the level of PartnerRe Europe and PartnerRe Ireland, the minimum amounts of financial resources required in order to
cover the risks to which it is exposed and the principles that should guide its overall risk management and reporting. PartnerRe
Europe may declare dividends subject to it continuing to meet its Solvency II requirements, which are to hold available capital,
calculated on a Solvency II balance sheet basis, in excess of the solvency capital requirement (SCR). The maximum dividend is

132

Table of Contents

limited to “profits available for distribution”, which consist of accumulated realized profits less accumulated realized losses. The
reporting deadline for the annual Solvency II submission is May 6, 2018.

PartnerRe U.S. may declare dividends subject to it continuing to meet its minimum solvency and capital requirements and is

generally limited to paying dividends from earned surplus. The maximum dividend that can be declared and paid without prior
approval is limited, together with all dividends declared and paid during the preceding twelve months, to the lesser of net investment
income for the previous twelve months or 10% of its total statutory capital and surplus. However, as a condition of the acquisition
by Exor N.V., PartnerRe U.S. committed that it would not take action to pay any dividend for the two-year period from March 18,
2016 to March 18, 2018 without the prior approval of the New York State Department of Financial Services.

PartnerRe Asia may declare dividends from unappropriated profits subject to meeting the capital requirements, as laid out by

the Monetary Authority of Singapore. As a licensed reinsurer, PartnerRe Asia is required to maintain minimum capital of SGD25
million. In addition, PartnerRe Asia is required to establish and maintain separate insurance funds for each class of business that it
writes, for both Singapore and offshore policies. The solvency requirement in respect of each insurance fund shall at all times be not
less than the total risk requirement of the fund (determined by reference to three components being insurance risks, asset portfolio
risks and asset concentration risks) and above 120% of the total risk requirement on a Company basis. The declaration of a dividend
by PartnerRe Asia is subject to conditions and requirements being met as specified under the Companies Act and the Insurance Act
and its associated regulations. The filing date for the annual submission is March 31, 2018.

The statutory financial statements and returns of the Company’s reinsurance subsidiaries as at, and for the year ended,
December 31, 2017 are due to be submitted to the relevant regulatory authorities later in 2018, with different filing dates in each
jurisdiction. In certain jurisdictions, the statutory financial statements and returns are subject to the review and final approval of the
relevant regulatory authorities.

The statutory net (loss) income of PartnerRe Bermuda, PartnerRe Europe, PartnerRe U.S. and PartnerRe Asia for the years

ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

PartnerRe Bermuda

PartnerRe Europe
PartnerRe U.S.
PartnerRe Asia

2017

2016

2015

(69 ) $
149
24
15

531 $
61
72
43

444
79
219
4

The required and actual statutory capital and surplus of PartnerRe Bermuda, PartnerRe Europe, PartnerRe U.S. and PartnerRe

Asia at December 31, 2017 and 2016 was as follows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

Required statutory capital and surplus
Actual statutory capital and surplus

$ 1,811 $ 1,578 $ 1,636 $ 1,431 $
672 $
$ 3,781 $ 4,159 $ 2,234 $ 1,655 $ 1,336 $ 1,464 $

662 $

57 $
251 $

49
238

PartnerRe Bermuda
2016

2017

PartnerRe Europe

PartnerRe U.S.

PartnerRe Asia

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company has Swiss and French branches of PartnerRe Europe that are regulated by the

Central Bank of Ireland, as prescribed by the EU Reinsurance Directive.

In addition to the required statutory capital and surplus requirements for the reinsurance subsidiaries in the table above, the

Company is required to assess its solvency capital needs both at a Group and subsidiary level. The Company’s capital requirements
determine the amount of capital available to be declared as dividends to its shareholders. As Group Supervisor, the Bermuda
Monetary Authority is tasked with assessing the financial condition of the Group and coordinates the dissemination of information
to other relevant competent authorities for the purpose of assisting in their regulatory functions and the enforcement of regulatory
action against the Company or any of its subsidiaries, including the power to impose restrictions on the ability of the relevant
subsidiaries to declare dividends to the Company. In addition, the Company is required to maintain the Group ECR imposed by the
BMA under Bermuda law.

14. Taxation

The Company and its Bermuda domiciled subsidiaries are not subject to Bermuda income or capital gains tax under current

Bermuda law. In the event that there is a change in current law such that taxes on income or capital gains are imposed, the
Company and its Bermuda domiciled subsidiaries would be exempt from such tax until March 2035 pursuant to the Bermuda
Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act of 1966.

133

Table of Contents

The Company has subsidiaries and branches that operate in various other jurisdictions around the world that are subject to
tax in the jurisdictions in which they operate. The significant jurisdictions in which the Company’s subsidiaries and branches are
subject to tax are Canada, France, Ireland, Singapore, Switzerland and the U.S.

Income tax returns are open for examination for the tax years 2012-2017 in Hong Kong, 2013-2017 in Canada and Ireland,

2014-2017 in the U.S., 2015-2017 in Singapore and France, and 2016-2017 in Switzerland. As a global organization, the
Company may be subject to a variety of transfer pricing or permanent establishment challenges by taxing authorities in various
jurisdictions. While management believes that adequate provision has been made in the Consolidated Financial Statements for
any potential assessments that may result from tax examinations for all open tax years, the completion of tax examinations for
open years may result in changes to the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

Current income tax (benefit) expense
U.S.
Non U.S.

Total current income tax expense
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
U.S.
Non U.S.

Total deferred income tax (benefit) expense
Unrecognized tax (benefit) expense
U.S.
Non U.S.

Total unrecognized tax (benefit) expense
Total income tax (benefit) expense
U.S.
Non U.S.

Total income tax expense

2017

2016

2015

(10,031 ) $
76,425
66,394 $

5,538 $

(58,702 )
(53,164 ) $

2,798 $
26,913
29,711 $

81,066
95,720
176,786

10,070 $
(127 )
9,943 $

(59,624 )
(44,125 )

(103,749 )

— $

(2,872 )
(2,872 ) $

— $

(13,731 )

(13,731 ) $

(4,493 ) $
14,851
10,358 $

12,868 $
13,055
25,923 $

—
6,627
6,627

21,442
58,222
79,664

Income before taxes attributable to the Company’s domestic and foreign operations and a reconciliation of the actual
income tax rate to the amount computed by applying the effective tax rate of 0% under Bermuda (the Company’s domicile) law to
income before taxes was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

Domestic (Bermuda)
Foreign

Income before taxes

Reconciliation of effective tax rate (% of income before taxes)
Expected tax rate

Foreign taxes at local expected tax rates

Impact of foreign exchange (losses) gains

Unrecognized tax (benefit) expense

Tax-exempt income and expenses not deductible

Foreign branch tax

Valuation allowance

Other

Actual tax rate

134

2017
82,219
192,160
274,379

2016
334,559
138,672
473,231

2015
(63,603 )
250,417
186,814

0.0 %
11.4
(3.2 )
(1.0 )
(5.2 )
(24.6 )
24.8
1.6
3.8 %

0.0 %
6.9
2.2
(2.9 )

(3.2 )
0.3
0.3
1.9
5.5 %

0.0 %
58.3
1.1
3.5
(8.0 )

(26.8 )
15.2
(0.7 )

42.6 %

Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2017, both the United States and France enacted tax rate changes. On December 22,
2017, the United States enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("TCJA") to reduce the corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%
effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017. On December 30, 2017, France enacted legislation to
progressively reduce the current corporate income tax rate of 34.43% to specific scheduled effective rates, including the
applicable surtax, for each subsequent year end which includes 28.92% on the first €500,000 taxable income and 34.43% on the
remainder for 2018 decreasing to 25.83% for 2022. As a result, income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 was
adjusted to reflect the impact of these tax rate changes and resulted in an increase to income tax expense of $5 million. This
increase reflects the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities in the United States and France at December 31, 2017.

The Company continues to review and analyze the provisions of the TCJA and the impact on our financial statements.

Given the complexity of the legislation, anticipated guidance from the U.S. Treasury, and the potential for additional guidance
from the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the impact of the TCJA may differ
from the estimates booked, in which case, any adjustments will be recorded during 2018.

The components of net tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows (in thousands of U.S.

dollars):

Net tax assets
Net tax liabilities

Net tax (liabilities) assets

Net current tax assets
Net deferred tax liabilities

Net unrecognized tax benefit

Net tax (liabilities) assets

December 31, 2017
$

133,169 $
(154,947 )
(21,778 ) $

December 31, 2016
194,170
(166,113 )
28,057

December 31, 2017

53,900
(67,737 )
(7,941 )
(21,778 ) $

December 31, 2016
145,831
(108,084 )

(9,690 )
28,057

Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the tax impact of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and

liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Significant components of the net deferred tax assets and liabilities at
December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

Deferred tax assets
Discounting of loss reserves and adjustment to life policy reserves
Foreign tax credit carryforwards
Tax loss carryforwards
Unearned premiums
Other deferred tax assets

Valuation allowance

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities
Deferred acquisition costs
Goodwill and other intangibles
Equalization reserves
Unrealized appreciation and timing differences on investments
Unrealized appreciation and timing differences on foreign exchange revaluations
Other deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax liabilities

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

34,806 $
163,134
36,405
14,425
31,566
280,336
(185,615 )
94,721

29,204
70,674
27,252
13,361
13,413
8,554
162,458
(67,737 ) $

49,029
80,390
35,708
25,518
24,012
214,657
(91,819 )
122,838

50,313
79,606
39,812
5,946
49,645
5,600
230,922
(108,084 )

Realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income in future periods. Although

realization is not assured, management believes that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. The
valuation allowance recorded at December 31, 2017 relates to a foreign tax credit carryforward of $163 million in Ireland, other

135

Table of Contents

deferred foreign tax of $7 million in Ireland, and net deferred tax assets of $10 million in Canada and $7 million in the United
States. The valuation allowance recorded at December 31, 2016 related to a foreign tax credit carryforward of $80 million, other
deferred foreign tax of $7 million in Ireland, tax loss carryforwards of $4 million in Canada, and $1 million in the United States.

At December 31, 2017, the deferred tax assets (after valuation allowance) included tax loss carryforwards of $18 million in
Singapore, $8 million in Ireland, and $2 million in Hong Kong, which can be carried forward for an unlimited period of time. At
December 31, 2016, the deferred tax assets (after valuation allowance) included tax loss carryforwards of $20 million in
Singapore, $5 million in France, $1 million in Ireland, and $1 million in Hong Kong, which can be carried forward for an
unlimited period of time, and $2 million in Canada, which can be carried forward for 20 years.

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was as follows (in

thousands of U.S. dollars):

Unrecognized tax benefits that, if
recognized, would impact the
effective tax rate
Interest and penalties recognized on
the above

Total unrecognized tax benefits,
including interest and penalties

Unrecognized tax benefits that, if
recognized, would impact the
effective tax rate
Interest and penalties recognized on
the above

Total unrecognized tax benefits,
including interest and penalties

January 1,
2017

Changes in tax
positions taken
during a prior
year

Tax positions
taken
during the
current year

Change as a
result of a lapse
of the statute
of limitations

Impact of the
change in
foreign
currency
exchange rates

December 31,
2017

8,722

281

589

(4,115 ) $

983

6,460

968

900

(534 )

141

1,481

9,690

1,181

595

(4,649 ) $

1,124

7,941

January 1,
2016

Changes in tax
positions taken
during a prior
year

Tax positions
taken
during the
current year

Change as a
result of a lapse
of the statute
of limitations

Impact of the
change in
foreign
currency
exchange rates

December 31,
2016

$ 22,255

(13,728 ) $

688

(112 ) $

(381 ) $

8,722

1,583

(573 )

(11 )

(36 )

968

$ 23,838

(14,301 ) $

693

(123 ) $

(417 ) $

9,690

January 1,
2015

Changes in tax
positions taken
during a prior
year

Tax positions
taken
during the
current year

Change as a
result of a lapse
of the statute
of limitations

Impact of the
change in
foreign
currency
exchange rates

December 31,
2015

Unrecognized tax benefits that, if
recognized, would impact the
effective tax rate
Interest and penalties recognized on
the above

Total unrecognized tax benefits,
including interest and penalties

$ 18,266

8,683

(3,039 ) $

(1,684 ) $

22,255

566

716

261

(24 )

1,583

$ 18,832

745

8,944

(3,063 ) $

(1,620 ) $

23,838

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, there were no unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would
create a temporary difference between the reported amount of an item in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and its tax
basis. The Company recognizes interest and penalties as income tax expense in its Consolidated Statements of Operations.

At December 31, 2017, there was no unrecognized tax benefit which is reasonably possible to change within twelve

months.

15. Share-Based Incentives

During 2017, the Company designated a new class of voting common shares (Class B shares) that can be either granted to

certain executives of the Company at the discretion of the Company or purchased by the executives. The granted shares are

136

Table of Contents

restricted from sale for three years from date of grant. Unrestricted Class B shares can be purchased by these executives in
accordance with the Certificate of Designation Preferences and Rights twice a year at a price based on the latest book value as of the
most recent valuation date of either June 30 or December 31. Unrestricted Class B shares can be sold or transferred at the option of
the employee and in accordance with the relevant subscription agreement and can be sold to only the Company, subject to the
employee having held a minimum of four times their gross LTI target value, unless otherwise agreed in writing. As a result, the
Class B shares are accounted for as liabilities, with the restricted shares granted recognized at fair value over the three year
restriction period. The compensation expense and related liability related to granted awards for the year ended December 31, 2017
was less than $2 million. At December 31, 2017, shares purchased by two executives for a total of $11 million in cash was recorded
as a liability on the Consolidated balance sheet with no impact on the Consolidated Statement of Operations as the fair value of the
purchased shares approximated the purchase price paid.

Upon change in control of the Company on March 18, 2016, all equity share-based awards (including share options, share-

settled share appreciation rights (SSARs), restricted share units (RSUs), performance share units (PSUs) and warrants) fully vested
and any remaining unrecognized share based compensation was fully expensed. As a result, at December 31, 2017 and 2016 there
were no equity share-based awards outstanding.

During 2016, the Company recognized a total share-based compensation expense of $36 million, and a related tax benefit of
$40 million for tax deductions arising from the accelerated vesting upon change in control. For the year ended December 31, 2015
the Company’s share-based compensation expense was $42 million with a tax benefit of $7 million.

The share options and SSARs totaling $75 million were settled by the Company upon the change in control and recorded as a

reduction in additional paid-in capital in 2016.

The Company previously valued RSUs and PSUs at the fair value of its common shares at the grant date. The RSUs and PSUs

that vested during 2016 and 2015 had a fair value of $95 million and $22 million, respectively. The RSUs and PSUs were settled
directly by Exor N.V. upon the change in control.

16. Retirement Benefit Arrangements

For employee retirement benefits, the Company maintains certain defined contributions plans and other active and frozen
defined benefit plans. The majority of the defined benefit obligation at December 31, 2017 relates to the active defined benefit plan
for the Company’s Zurich office employees (the Zurich Plan).

Defined Contribution Plans

Contributions are made by the Company, and in some locations, these contributions are supplemented by the local plan
participants. Contributions are based on a percentage of the participant’s base salary depending upon competitive local market
practice and vesting provisions meeting legal compliance standards and market trends. The accumulated benefits for the majority of
these plans vest immediately or over a four-year period. As required by law, certain retirement plans also provide for death and
disability benefits and lump sum indemnities to employees upon retirement.

The Company incurred expenses for these defined contribution arrangements of $11 million, $13 million and $13 million for
the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, included within Other expenses in the Company's Consolidated
Statements of Operations.

137

Table of Contents

Active Defined Benefit Plan

The Company maintains the Zurich Plan, which is classified as a hybrid plan and accounted for as a defined benefit plan under

U.S. GAAP. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the funded status of the Zurich Plan was as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

Funded status
Unfunded pension obligation at beginning of year
Change in pension obligation
Service cost
Interest cost
Plan participants’ contributions
Actuarial loss
Plan amendments
Benefits paid
Foreign currency adjustments

Change in pension obligation
Change in fair value of plan assets
Actual return on plan assets
Employer contributions
Plan participants’ contributions
Benefits paid
Foreign currency adjustments

Change in fair value of plan assets
Funded status
Unfunded pension obligation at end of year
Additional information:
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
Accumulated pension obligation at end of year
Fair value of plan assets at end of year

2017

2016

57,941 $

50,405

7,510
1,295
2,905
1,483
—
(2,097 )
7,489
18,585

1,131
5,361
2,905
(2,097 )
4,884
12,184

6,906
1,501
2,704
8,467
85
1,756
(5,965 )
15,454

2,011
5,319
2,704
1,756
(3,872 )
7,918

64,342 $

57,941

185,154 $
172,806
120,812

166,569
156,803
108,628

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the funded status was included in Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other in the

Consolidated Balance Sheets. The total amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2017 and
2016 were $34 million (net of $10 million of taxes) and $32 million (net of $9 million of taxes), respectively.

The net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $11 million, $10 million and $10

million, respectively.

The investment strategy of the Zurich Plan’s Pension Committee is to achieve a consistent long-term return, which will
provide sufficient funding for future pension obligations while limiting risk. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is
based on the expected asset allocation and assumptions concerning long-term interest rates, inflation rates and risk premiums for
equities above the risk-free rates of return. These assumptions take into consideration historical long-term rates of return for the
relevant asset categories. The investment strategy is reviewed regularly.

The fair value of the Zurich Plan’s assets at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were insured funds and cash (Level 2) of $121
million and $109 million, respectively. The insured funds comprise the accumulated pension plan contributions and investment
returns thereon, which are held in an insurance arrangement that provides at least a guaranteed minimum investment return. The
insured funds are held by a collective foundation of AXA Life Ltd. and are guaranteed under the insurance arrangement.

The assumptions used to determine the Zurich Plan’s pension obligation and net periodic benefit cost for the years ended

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

Discount rate
Expected return on plan assets
Rate of compensation increase

2017

2016

2015

Pension
obligation

Net periodic
benefit cost

Pension
obligation

Net periodic
benefit cost

Pension
obligation

Net periodic
benefit cost

0.75 %
—
2.25 %

0.75 %
0.75 %
2.00 %

0.75 %
—
2.00 %

1.00 %
1.00 %
2.25 %

1.00 %
—
2.25 %

1.25 %
1.25 %
2.25 %

138

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2017, estimated employer contributions to be paid in 2018 related to the Zurich Plan were $5 million and

future benefit payments were estimated to be paid as follows (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

Year
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023 to 2027

Amount

4,751
4,657
4,666
5,754
5,721
36,040

The Company does not believe that any of the Zurich Plan’s assets will be returned to the Company during 2018.

17. Commitments and Contingencies

(a) Concentration of Credit Risk

Fixed maturities

The Company’s investment portfolio is managed following prudent standards of diversification and a prudent investment

philosophy. The Company is not exposed to any significant credit concentration risk on its investments, except for debt securities
issued by the U.S. government and other highly rated non-U.S. sovereign governments’ securities. At December 31, 2017 and 2016,
other than the U.S. government, the Company’s fixed maturity investment portfolio did not contain exposure to any non-U.S.
sovereign government or any other issuer that accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s shareholders’ equity attributable to
PartnerRe. The Company keeps cash and cash equivalents in several banks and ensures that there are no significant concentrations
of credit risk in any one bank.

Derivatives

The Company’s investment strategy allows for the use of derivative instruments, subject to strict limitations. Derivative
instruments may be used to replicate investment positions and for the purpose of managing overall currency risk, market exposures
and portfolio duration, for hedging certain investments, or for enhancing investment performance that would be allowed under the
Company’s investment policy if implemented in other ways. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance
by the counterparties to the Company’s derivative contracts. However, the Company diversifies the counterparties to its derivative
contracts to reduce credit risk, and because the counterparties to these contracts are high credit quality international banks, the
Company does not anticipate non-performance. These contracts are generally of short duration and settle on a net basis. The
difference between the contract amounts and the related market value represents the Company’s maximum credit exposure.

Underwriting operations

The Company is also exposed to credit risk in its underwriting operations, most notably in the credit/surety line. Loss
experience in these lines of business is cyclical and is affected by the state of the general economic environment. The Company
provides its clients in these lines of business with reinsurance protection against credit deterioration, defaults or other types of
financial non-performance of or by the underlying credits that are the subject of the reinsurance provided and, accordingly, the
Company is exposed to the credit risk of those credits. The Company mitigates the risks associated with these credit-sensitive lines
of business through the use of risk management techniques such as risk diversification, careful monitoring of risk aggregations and
accumulations and, at times, through the use of retrocessional reinsurance protection and the purchase of credit default, total return
and interest rate swaps.

The Company has exposure to credit risk as it relates to its business written through brokers, if any of the Company’s brokers

is unable to fulfill their contractual obligations with respect to payments to the Company. In addition, in some jurisdictions, if the
broker fails to make payments to the insured under the Company’s policy, the Company might remain liable to the insured for the
deficiency. The Company’s exposure to such credit risk is somewhat mitigated in certain jurisdictions by contractual terms.

The Company has exposure to credit risk related to reinsurance balances receivable and reinsurance recoverable on paid and
unpaid losses. The credit risk exposure related to these balances is mitigated by several factors, including but not limited to, credit
checks performed as part of the underwriting process, monitoring of aged receivable balances and the contractual right to offset
premiums receivable or funds held balances against non-life reserves. The Company regularly reviews its reinsurance recoverable
balances to estimate an allowance for uncollectible amounts based on quantitative and qualitative factors. At December 31, 2017

139

Table of Contents

and 2016, the Company recorded a provision for uncollectible premiums receivable of $5 million. See also Note 9 for discussion of
credit risk related to reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses.

The Company is also subject to the credit risk of its cedants in the event of insolvency or the cedant’s failure to honor the
value of funds held balances for any other reason. The funds held–directly managed account is with one cedant and is supported by
an underlying portfolio of investments, which are managed by the Company (see Note 5). However, the Company’s credit risk in
some jurisdictions is mitigated by a mandatory right of offset of amounts payable by the Company to a cedant against amounts due
to the Company. In certain other jurisdictions the Company is able to mitigate this risk, depending on the nature of the funds held
arrangements, to the extent that the Company has the contractual ability to offset any shortfall in the payment of the funds held
balances with amounts owed by the Company to cedants for losses payable and other amounts contractually due.

(b) Lease Arrangements

The Company leases office space under operating leases expiring in various years through 2029. The leases are renewable at
the option of the lessee under certain circumstances. The following is a schedule of future minimum rental payments, exclusive of
escalation clauses, on noncancelable leases and future sub-lease rental income on noncancelable leases at December 31, 2017 (in
thousands of U.S. dollars):

Year
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023-2029

Total future minimum rental payments

Total future sub-lease rental income through 2019

Amount

17,195
11,247
9,277
9,256
8,895
38,947
94,817

2,556

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $26 million, $25 million and $23 million,

respectively.

The Company has entered into service agreements and lease contracts that provide for business and information technology

support and computer equipment. Future payments under these contracts amount to $23 million through 2022.

The Company has entered into strategic investments with unfunded capital commitments. The Company expects to fund

capital commitments totaling $315 million with $109 million, $92 million, $63 million, and $51 million to be paid during 2018,
2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively, with no further commitments for 2022 as of December 31, 2017.

The Company has committed to a 10 year structured letter of credit facility issued by a high credit quality international bank,
which has a final maturity of December 29, 2020. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s participation in the facility was
$67 million and $62 million, respectively. At December 31, 2017, the letter of credit facility has not been drawn down and can only
be drawn down in the event of certain specific scenarios, which the Company considers remote. Unless canceled by the bank, the
credit facility automatically extends for one year, each year until maturity.

(d) Legal Proceedings

Litigation

The Company’s reinsurance subsidiaries, and the insurance and reinsurance industry in general, are subject to litigation and
arbitration in the normal course of their business operations. In addition to claims litigation, the Company and its subsidiaries may
be subject to lawsuits and regulatory actions in the normal course of business that do not arise from or directly relate to claims on
reinsurance treaties. This category of business litigation typically involves, among other things, allegations of underwriting errors or
omissions, employment claims or regulatory activity. While the outcome of business litigation cannot be predicted with certainty,
the Company will dispute all allegations against the Company and/or its subsidiaries that management believes are without merit.

At December 31, 2017, the Company was not a party to any litigation or arbitration that it believes could have a material

effect on the financial condition, results of operations or liquidity of the Company.

140

Table of Contents

18. Credit Agreements

In the normal course of its operations, the Company enters into agreements with financial institutions to obtain unsecured and

secured letter of credit facilities. At December 31, 2017, the total amount of such credit facilities available to the Company was
approximately $689 million, with each of the significant facilities described below. Under the terms of certain reinsurance
agreements, irrevocable letters of credit were issued on an unsecured and secured basis in the amount of $114 million and $474
million, respectively, at December 31, 2017, in respect of reported loss and unearned premium reserves.

The Company maintains a $300 million combined credit facility, with the first $100 million being unsecured and any
utilization above the initial $100 million being secured. This credit facility matures each year on November 14, unless canceled by
either counterparty, this credit facility automatically extends for a further year.

In addition, the Company maintains committed secured letter of credit facilities. These facilities are used for the issuance of
letters of credit, which must be fully secured with cash and/or government bonds and/or investment grade bonds. The agreements
include default covenants, which could require the Company to fully secure the outstanding letters of credit to the extent that the
facility is not already fully secured, and disallow the issuance of any new letters of credit. Included in the Company’s secured credit
facilities at December 31, 2017 is a $225 million secured credit facility, which has various maturity dates ranging from December
31, 2018 to December 31, 2021, and a $80 million secured credit facility, which matures on December 31, 2018. At December 31,
2017, no conditions of default existed under these facilities.

19. Related Party Transactions

During 2017 and 2016 the Company declared and paid to EXOR Nederland N.V. common share dividends totaling $145

million and $250 million, respectively.

During 2017, the Company invested $500 million in certain Exor managed equity funds. At December 31, 2017 the carrying

value of these investments was $551 million, and was included within Equities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

During 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of certain real estate investments from Almacantar for total cash

consideration of £55 million ($83 million). At December 31, 2017, the carrying value of these investments of $83 million was
included within Investments in real estate in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

In December 2017, a subsidiary of the Company entered into a Consulting Services Agreement with EXOR Nederland N.V.
(Consulting Agreement), whereby EXOR Nederland N.V. provides advisory services related to certain real estate investments. The
Company paid $45 thousand related to such services provided in 2017.

Effective April 1, 2017, a subsidiary of the Company entered into a consulting agreement with a director of the Company

under which the director provides certain support of our investment operations for a fee of $500 thousand per annum.

Effective April 1, 2016, the Company entered into a Services Agreement with EXOR Nederland N.V. (Services Agreement),

whereby EXOR Nederland N.V. provides certain advisory services to the Company for a fixed annual fee of €300 thousand. The
Services Agreement was amended in 2017 to increase the fixed annual fee to $500 thousand.

In March 2016, the Company agreed to purchase from Exor S.A. a 36% shareholding in the privately held United Kingdom

real estate investment and development group, Almacantar Group S.A. (Almacantar) for a total cash consideration of approximately
$539 million. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the total carrying value of the Almacantar investment accounted for under the equity
method was $538 million and $436 million, respectively, and was included within Other invested assets in the Consolidated Balance
Sheets.

In March 2016, the Company agreed to purchase from Exor S.A. certain financial investments, mainly third-party equity

funds, for cash consideration of approximately $202 million.

In the normal course of its underwriting activities, the Company entered into reinsurance and underwriting agreements with

companies affiliated with the Company, including Lorenz Re, a special purpose insurer and segregated accounts company organized
under the laws of Bermuda. Distinct segregated accounts are formed and capitalized within Lorenz Re on a fully collateralized
basis. All transactions entered into with Lorenz Re were completed on market terms.

In the normal course of its investment operations, the Company bought or held securities of companies affiliated with the

Company.

The transactions between related parties discussed above were entered into at arm's-length.

141

Table of Contents

20. Segment Information

Effective July 1, 2016, the Company’s business units were consolidated into three worldwide business segments: Property and

Casualty (P&C), Specialty and Life and Health. As a result, the Company monitors the performance of its operations in these three
segments. The business in the P&C and Specialty segments is collectively referred to as Non-life business. P&C, Specialty and Life
and Health each separately represent markets that are reasonably homogeneous in terms of client types, buying patterns, underlying
risk patterns and approach to risk management.

The P&C segment is comprised of property and casualty business underwritten, including property catastrophe and facultative

risks in North America, Europe, Asia, Latin America, and Middle East, Africa and Russia. The Specialty segment is comprised of
specialty business underwritten, including treaty and facultative contracts. The Life and Health segment in comprised of worldwide
life, annuity, and health business.

Management measures results for the P&C and Specialty segments on the basis of the loss ratio, acquisition ratio, technical

ratio, other expense ratio and combined ratio (all defined below). Management measures results for the Life and Health segment on
the basis of the allocated underwriting result, which includes revenues from net premiums earned, other income or loss, net
investment income allocated to life business, life policy benefits, acquisition costs and other expenses.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the segment results for the year ended December 31, 2015 were recast to conform

to the new segment presentation.

142

Table of Contents

The segment results for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are presented below (in millions of U.S. dollars,

except ratios).

Segment Information
For the year ended December 31, 2017

Gross premiums written

Net premiums written

Increase in unearned premiums

Net premiums earned

Losses and loss expenses

Acquisition costs

Technical result
Other (loss) income

Other expenses

Underwriting result
Net investment income

Allocated underwriting result
Net realized and unrealized investment gains

Interest expense

Loss on redemption of debt

Amortization of intangible assets

Net foreign exchange losses

Income tax expense

Interest in earnings of equity method investments

Net income
Loss ratio (1)
Acquisition ratio (2)

Technical ratio (3)

Other expense ratio (4)

Combined ratio (5)

Life
and Health
segment

Corporate
and Other

Total

1,399 $
1,344 $
(7 )
1,337 $
(1,266 )

(136 )
(65 ) $
14
(61 )
(112 )
60
(52 )

— $
— $
—
— $
—
—
— $
2
(183 )

n/a $
342
n/a
232
(42 )

(2 )

(25 )

(108 )

(10 )
86
n/a $

5,588
5,120
(95 )
5,025
(3,841 )

(1,120 )
64
15
(348 )

(269 )
402
n/a
232
(42 )

(2 )

(25 )

(108 )

(10 )
86
264

P&C
segment
2,255
1,996

Specialty
segment
1,934
1,780

Total
Non-life
4,189
3,776

(33 )

(55 )

(88 )

1,963
(1,620 )

1,725
(955 )

3,688
(2,575 )

(495 )
(152 ) $
—
(71 )

(223 )

(489 )
281
(1 )

(33 )
247

(984 )
129

(1 )

(104 )
24

82.6 %
25.2
107.8 %

3.6 %

111.4 %

55.4 %
28.4
83.8 %

1.9 %

85.7 %

69.8 %
26.7
96.5 %
2.8
99.3 %

(1) Loss ratio is obtained by dividing losses and loss expenses by net premiums earned.
(2) Acquisition ratio is obtained by dividing acquisition costs by net premiums earned.
(3) Technical ratio is defined as the sum of the loss ratio and the acquisition ratio.
(4) Other expense ratio is obtained by dividing other expenses by net premiums earned.
(5) Combined ratio is defined as the sum of the technical ratio and the other expense ratio.
n/a: Not applicable

143

Table of Contents

Segment Information
For the year ended December 31, 2016

Gross premiums written

Net premiums written

Decrease (increase) in unearned premiums

Net premiums earned

Losses and loss expenses

Acquisition costs

Technical result
Other income (loss)

Other expenses

Underwriting result
Net investment income

Allocated underwriting result
Net realized and unrealized investment gains

Interest expense

Loss on redemption of debt

Amortization of intangible assets

Net foreign exchange gains

Income tax expense

Interest in losses of equity method investments

Net income
Loss ratio
Acquisition ratio

Technical ratio

Other expense ratio

Combined ratio

Life
and Health
segment

Corporate
and Other

Total

1,168 $
1,117 $
—
1,117 $
(927 )

(131 )

59 $
10
(66 )
3
58
61

— $
— $
—
— $
—
—
— $
3
(177 )

n/a $
353
n/a
26
(49 )

(22 )

(26 )
78
(26 )

(23 )
n/a $

5,357
4,954
16
4,970
(3,248 )

(1,187 )
535
15
(472 )
78
411
n/a
26
(49 )

(22 )

(26 )
78
(26 )

(23 )
447

P&C
segment
2,269
2,061
25
2,086
(1,248 )

Specialty
segment
1,920
1,776

(9 )

1,767
(1,073 )

(556 )
282
3
(141 )
144

(500 )
194
(1 )

(88 )
105

Total
Non-life
4,189
3,837
16
3,853
(2,321 )

(1,056 )
476
2
(229 )
249

59.8 %
26.7
86.5 %

6.7 %

93.2 %

60.8 %
28.3
89.1 %

4.9 %

94.0 %

60.3 %
27.4
87.7 %
5.9
93.6 %

144

Table of Contents

Segment Information
For the year ended December 31, 2015

Gross premiums written

Net premiums written

Decrease in unearned premiums

Net premiums earned

Losses and loss expenses

Acquisition costs

Technical result
Other income

Other expenses

Underwriting result
Net investment income

Allocated underwriting result
Net realized and unrealized investment losses

Interest expense

Amortization of intangible assets

Net foreign exchange losses

Income tax expense

Interest in earnings of equity method investments

Net income
Loss ratio
Acquisition ratio

Technical ratio

Other expense ratio

Combined ratio

Life
and Health
segment

Corporate
and Other

Total

1,271 $
1,208 $
1
1,209 $
(964 )

(153 )

92 $
6
(63 )
35
59
94

— $
— $
— $
— $
—
—
— $
3
(509 )

n/a $
391
n/a
(297 )

(49 )

(27 )

(9 )

(80 )
6
n/a $

5,548
5,230
39
5,269
(3,157 )

(1,217 )
895
9
(791 )
113
450
n/a
(297 )

(49 )

(27 )

(9 )

(80 )
6
107

P&C
segment
2,371
2,236
4
2,240
(1,129 )

Specialty
segment
1,906
1,786
34
1,820
(1,064 )

Total
Non-life
4,277
4,022
38
4,060
(2,193 )

(570 )
541
—
(137 )
404

(494 )
262
—
(82 )
180

(1,064 )
803
—
(219 )
584

50.4 %
25.4
75.8 %

6.2 %

82.0 %

58.5 %
27.1
85.6 %

4.5 %

90.1 %

54.0 %
26.2
80.2 %
5.4
85.6 %

The following table provides the geographic distribution of gross premiums written based on the location of the underlying

risk for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

Asia, Australia and New Zealand
Europe
Latin America, Caribbean and Africa
North America

Total

2017

2016

2015

13 %
34
9
44
100 %

12 %
36
8
44
100 %

12 %
37
10
41
100 %

The Company produces its business both through brokers and through direct relationships with insurance company clients.
None of the Company’s cedants individually accounted for more than 4%, 4% and 3% of total gross premiums written during the
years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The Company has two brokers that individually accounted for 10% or more of its gross premiums written during the years

ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. The brokers accounted for 22%, 22% and 19% and 25%, 22% and 22% of gross
premiums written for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The following table summarizes the percentage of gross premiums written through these two brokers by segment for the years

ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

145

Table of Contents

P&C
Specialty
Life and Health

21. Other Expenses

2017

2016

2015

57 %
56 %
18 %

57 %
46 %
16 %

54 %
42 %
16 %

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded $29 million of reorganization related costs and $4 million of

transaction costs related to the acquisition of Aurigen.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded $76 million of transaction related costs and $52 million of
reorganization related costs primarily associated with the acquisition of the Company by Exor N.V. The $76 million transaction
related costs included $38 million for settlement of share-based awards that fully vested upon the change in control of the Company.
Included in the $52 million reorganization related costs was $34 million related to certain executive changes.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, in connection with entering into a Merger Agreement with Exor N.V. and EXOR
S.p.A., the Company paid a termination fee and reimbursement of expenses of $315 million to Axis Capital Holdings Limited for
terminating an amalgamation agreement previously entered into in January 2015. The Company also expensed $71 million of other
transaction and reorganization related costs in addition to $25 million pursuant to an earn-out agreement with former shareholders of
Presidio.

22. Subsequent Events

On March 13, 2018, the Company's Board of Directors declared the payment of dividends on common shares of $48 million.

146

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of PartnerRe Ltd.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PartnerRe Ltd. (the Company) as of December 31, 2017 and
2016, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each
of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated
financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of the Company at December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two
years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited the adjustments to retrospectively reflect the change in the composition of reportable segments as described
in Note 20. In our opinion, such adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. We were not engaged to audit,
review or apply any procedures to the 2015 consolidated financial statements of PartnerRe Ltd. other than with respect to the
adjustments and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on the 2015 consolidated financial
statements taken as a whole.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in
accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error
or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial
reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for
the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly,
we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to
error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis,
evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial
statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/S/ Ernst & Young Ltd.

Ernst & Young Ltd.

We have served as the Company‘s auditor since 2016.

Hamilton, Bermuda
March 13, 2018

147

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of PartnerRe Ltd.

We have audited, before the effects of the retrospective adjustments to the disclosures for a change in the composition of

reportable segments discussed in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements, the consolidated statements of operations and
comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows of PartnerRe Ltd. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) for the year ended
December 31, 2015 (the 2015 consolidated financial statements before the effects of the adjustments discussed in Note 20 to the
consolidated financial statements are not presented herein). Our audit also included the financial statement schedules included in the
Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable
basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for

the year ended December 31, 2015, before the effects of the retrospective adjustments to the disclosures for a change in the
composition of reportable segments discussed in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements, present fairly, in all material
respects, the results of the operations and cash flows for PartnerRe Ltd. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2015, in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial
statement schedules for the year ended December 31, 2015, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial
statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the retrospective adjustments to the disclosures for a change
in the composition of reportable segments discussed in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements and, accordingly, we do not
express an opinion or any other form of assurance about whether such retrospective adjustments are appropriate and have been
properly applied. Those retrospective adjustments were audited by other auditors.

/S/ DELOITTE LTD.

Deloitte Ltd.

Hamilton, Bermuda
February 25, 2016

148

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of PartnerRe Ltd.

Opinion on the Financial Statement Schedules

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of PartnerRe Ltd. (the Company) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016,

and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and have issued our report thereon dated March 13, 2018
(included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F). Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in
Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and for each of the two years in the period ended
December 31, 2017. In our opinion, the financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements
taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

Basis for Opinion

These schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the

Company’s schedules based on our audits. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/S/ Ernst & Young Ltd.

Ernst & Young Ltd.

Hamilton, Bermuda
March 13, 2018

149

Table of Contents

PartnerRe Ltd.

Consolidated Summary of Investments
Other Than Investments in Related Parties
at December 31, 2017
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

SCHEDULE I

Type of investment
Fixed maturities

U.S. government and government sponsored enterprises

U.S. states, territories and municipalities

Non-U.S. sovereign government, supranational and government related

Corporate bonds

Asset-backed securities

Residential mortgage-backed securities

Other mortgage-backed securities

Fixed maturities
Equities

Banks, trust and insurance companies

Industrial, miscellaneous and all other

Equities
Short-term investments

Other invested assets (3)
Total

Cost (1) (2)

Fair Value (2)

Amount at which
shown in
the balance sheet
(2)

2,215,738 $
648,018
1,696,378
6,033,574
46,946
1,835,171
4,744
12,480,569

27,154
540,694
567,848
4,394

2,205,964 $
690,311
1,750,770
6,128,636
51,703
1,822,725
4,750
12,654,859

40,602
597,994
638,596
4,400
639,572
13,937,427 $

2,205,964
690,311
1,750,770
6,128,636
51,703
1,822,725
4,750
12,654,859

40,602
597,994
638,596
4,400
639,572
13,937,427

(1) Original cost of fixed maturities reduced by repayments and adjusted for amortization of premiums or accrual of discounts.

Original cost of equity securities.

(2) Excludes the investment portfolio underlying the funds held–directly managed account. While the net investment income and
net realized and unrealized gains and losses inure to the benefit of the Company, the Company does not legally own the
investments.

(3) Other invested assets excludes the Company’s investments accounted for using the cost method of accounting and the equity

method of accounting of $746 million.

150

Table of Contents

Condensed Balance Sheets—Parent Company Only
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except parenthetical share and per share data)

PartnerRe Ltd.

SCHEDULE II

Assets
Fixed maturities, at fair value (amortized cost: 2017, $52,406; 2016, $78,104)
Cash and cash equivalents
Investments in subsidiaries
Intercompany loans and balances receivable
Other

Total assets

Liabilities
Intercompany loans and balances payable (1)
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other

Total liabilities

Shareholders’ Equity
Common shares (par value $0.00000001; issued: 100,000,000 shares)

Preferred shares (par value $1.00; issued and outstanding: 28,169,062 shares; aggregate
liquidation value: $704,227)

Additional paid-in capital

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Retained earnings

Total shareholders’ equity
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

December 31,
2017

December 31,
2016

51,748 $
26,681
8,991,358
1,135,749
4,246

$ 10,209,782 $

77,170
23,150
8,558,696
700,965
4,394
9,364,375

3,435,693 $
28,977
3,464,670

2,652,060
24,403
2,676,463

—

28,169
2,396,530
(90,281 )
4,410,694
6,745,112
$ 10,209,782 $

28,169
2,396,530
(74,569 )
4,337,782
6,687,912
9,364,375

(1) The parent has fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a subordinated basis all obligations of PartnerRe Finance II Inc.,
an indirect 100% owned finance subsidiary of the parent, related to the remaining $63 million aggregate principal amount
of 6.440% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Junior Subordinated CENts. The parent’s obligations under this guarantee are unsecured
and rank junior in priority of payments to the parent’s senior notes.

The parent has fully and unconditionally guaranteed all obligations of PartnerRe Finance B, indirect 100% owned finance
subsidiary of the parent, and PartnerRe Finance Ireland DAC, direct 100% owned subsidiary of the parent, related to the
issuance of the 5.500% senior notes and 1.250% senior notes, respectively. The parent’s obligations under these guarantees
are senior and unsecured and rank equally with all other senior unsecured indebtedness of the parent.

151

Table of Contents

Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income—Parent Company Only
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

PartnerRe Ltd.

SCHEDULE II

Revenues
Net investment income

Interest income on intercompany loans

Net realized and unrealized investment gains (losses)

Other income

Total revenues
Expenses
Other expenses

Interest expense on intercompany loans

Net foreign exchange gains (losses)

Total expenses
Loss before equity in net income of subsidiaries

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

Net income
Preferred dividends

Loss on redemption of preferred shares

Net income available to common shareholders

Comprehensive income
Net income

Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

Comprehensive income

December 31, 2017

For the year ended
December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

1,890 $
12,201
91
8,418
22,600

40,131
12,085
35,753
87,969
(65,369 )
329,390
264,021
46,416
—

217,605 $

264,021 $
(15,712 )
248,309 $

2,690 $
12,109
2,993
2,483
20,275

116,758
7,016
(10,788 )
112,986
(92,711 )
540,019
447,308
55,043
4,908
387,357 $

447,308 $
8,714
456,022 $

3,516
12,295
(1,104 )
—
14,707

435,404
6,243
(3,199 )
438,448
(423,741 )
528,122
104,381
56,735
—
47,646

104,381
(49,200 )
55,181

152

Table of Contents

PartnerRe Ltd.

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows—Parent Company Only
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

SCHEDULE II

December 31, 2017

For the year ended
December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

264,021 $

447,308 $

104,381

Cash flows from operating activities
Net income

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in
operating activities:

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

Other, net

Net cash used in operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Advances to/from subsidiaries, net

Net issue of intercompany loans receivable and payable

Sales and redemptions of fixed maturities

Purchases of fixed maturities

Dividends received from subsidiaries

Other, net

Net cash provided by investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Cash dividends paid to common and preferred shareholders (1)
Reissuance of treasury shares and issuance of common shares,
net of taxes paid
Redemption of preferred shares

Reissuance of treasury shares, net of taxes
Settlement of share-based awards upon change in control

Net cash used in financing activities

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents—end of year

(329,390 )
25,239
(40,130 )

11,138
—
40,379
(16,414 )
—
414
35,517

—

—
—
—
—
—
8,144
3,531
23,150
26,681 $

(540,019 )
11,205
(81,506 )

(167,254 )
542,193
99,888
(7,839 )
—
(2,408 )
464,580

(528,122 )
32,725
(391,016 )

97,532
5,955
16,818
(25,758 )
418,789
13,292
526,628

(240,725 )

(47,582 )

—

(149,523 )
10,965
(75,531 )

(454,814 )
55
(71,685 )
94,835
23,150 $

7,996
—
—
—

(39,586 )

(1,562 )
94,464
371
94,835

(1) During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, dividends paid to common and preferred shareholders of $191

million, $251 million and $143 million, respectively, and the repurchase of common shares of $71 million for 2015 were paid
by a Bermuda subsidiary on behalf of the parent and have therefore been excluded from the Condensed Statements of Cash
Flows—Parent Company Only.

153

Table of Contents

2017
Non-life
Life and Health

Corporate and Other

Total

2016

Non-life

Life and Health

Corporate and Other

Total

2015

Non-life

Life and Health

Corporate and Other

Total

PartnerRe Ltd.

Supplementary Insurance Information
For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

SCHEDULE III

Deferred
Policy
Acquisition
Costs

Gross
Reserves

Unearned
Premiums

Other
Benefits
Payable

Premium
Revenue

Net
Investment
Income(1)

Losses
Incurred

Amortization
of DAC

Other
Expenses(2)

Premiums
Written

493,196 $ 9,710,457 $ 1,795,103 $
179,111
—

23,896
—

—
—

2,490,474
—

1,336,823
—

672,307 $ 9,710,457 $ 1,818,999 $ 2,490,474 $ 5,024,981 $

59,895
342,176
402,071 $ 3,840,982 $ 1,119,773 $

1,266,213
—

984,519 $
135,254
—

— $ 3,688,158 $ N/A $ 2,574,769 $

439,195 $ 8,985,434 $ 1,608,880 $
158,044
—

14,916
—

—
—

1,984,096
—

1,117,260
—

597,239 $ 8,985,434 $ 1,623,796 $ 1,984,096 $ 4,969,596 $

57,664
353,200
410,864 $ 3,248,091 $ 1,186,602 $

927,271
—

130,964
—

— $ 3,852,336 $ N/A $ 2,320,820 $ 1,055,638 $

449,216 $ 9,064,711 $ 1,629,537 $
180,156
—

15,220
—

—
—

2,051,935
—

1,209,513
—

629,372 $ 9,064,711 $ 1,644,757 $ 2,051,935 $ 5,269,178 $

964,421
58,537
391,247
(450 )
449,784 $ 3,157,420 $ 1,217,003 $

153,318
(8 )

— $ 4,059,665 $ N/A $ 2,193,449 $ 1,063,693 $

104,454 $ 3,775,905
1,344,021
61,026
182,918
—
348,398 $ 5,119,926

228,806 $ 3,836,654
66,003
318,052
—
177,096
471,905 $ 4,154,706

218,319 $ 4,022,067
321,278
63,451
—
508,953
790,723 $ 4,343,345

(1) Because the Company does not manage its assets by segment, net investment income is not allocated to the Non-life business of the reinsurance operations. However,
because of the interest-sensitive nature of some of the Company’s Life products, net investment income is considered in management’s assessment of the profitability of
the Life and Health segment.

(2) Other expenses are a component of underwriting result for the Non-life business and Life and Health segment. Other expenses included in Corporate and Other represent

corporate expenses and other expenses related to the Company’s insurance-linked securities and strategic investments.

154

Table of Contents

2017
Life reinsurance in force
Premiums earned

Life
Accident and health
P&C

Total premiums

2016
Life reinsurance in force
Premiums earned

Life
Accident and health
P&C

Total premiums

2015
Life reinsurance in force
Premiums earned

Life
Accident and health
P&C

Total premiums

PartnerRe Ltd.

Reinsurance
For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

SCHEDULE IV

Gross amount

Ceded to other
companies

Assumed from
other companies

Net amount

Percentage of
amount assumed
to net

— $

15,136,473 $ 295,171,940 $ 280,035,467

— $

105,634
156,126
261,760 $

18,094 $
37,150
391,321
446,565 $

944,752 $
341,681
3,923,353
5,209,786 $

926,658
410,165
3,688,158
5,024,981

— $

1,930,291 $ 167,198,163 $ 165,267,872

— $

89,623
161,869
251,492 $

4,695 $
46,568
322,972
374,235 $

778,754 $
300,145
4,013,440
5,092,339 $

774,059
343,200
3,852,337
4,969,596

— $

2,189,254 $ 180,825,066 $ 178,635,812

— $

89,535
163,042
252,577 $

4,802 $
57,978
238,363
301,143 $

873,854 $
308,904
4,134,986
5,317,744 $

869,052
340,461
4,059,665
5,269,178

105 %

102 %
83 %
106 %

104 %

101 %

101 %
87 %
104 %

102 %

101 %

101 %
91 %
102 %

101 %

155

Table of Contents

PartnerRe Ltd.

Supplemental Information
Concerning Property-Casualty Insurance Operations
For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

SCHEDULE VI

Affiliation with Registrant
Consolidated subsidiaries
2017
2016
2015

Deferred Policy
Acquisition
Costs

Liability for
Unpaid Losses
and Loss
Expenses

Unearned
Premiums

Premiums
Earned

Losses and Loss
Expenses
Incurred

Amortization of
Deferred Policy
Acquisition
Costs

Paid Losses and
Loss Expenses

Premiums
Written

493,196 $
439,195
449,216

9,710,457 $
8,985,434
9,064,711

1,795,103 $
1,608,880
1,629,537

3,688,158 $
3,852,336
4,059,665

2,574,769 $
2,320,820
2,192,999

984,519 $

1,055,638
1,063,685

2,675,530 $
2,262,916
2,422,603

3,775,905
3,836,654
4,022,067

156

Table of Contents

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

SIGNATURE

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized
the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

PARTNERRE LTD.

By:

Name:
Title:

/S/ MARIO BONACCORSO

Mario Bonaccorso

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

157

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
1.1
1.2

2.4

2.4.1

2.5

2.6

2.7

2.8

2.8.1

2.8.2

2.9.1

2.9.2

2.12.1

2.12.2

2.13.1

2.13.2

4.1

4.2

4.3

Exhibit Description

Amended Memorandum of Association
Bye-laws of PartnerRe Ltd.

Specimen Share Certificate for the 5.875% Series F
Non-Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Shares
Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights
of the Company’s 5.875% Series F Non-Cumulative
Redeemable Preferred Shares
Certificate of Designation of 6.50% Series G
Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Shares
Certificate of Designation of 7.25% Series H
Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Shares
Certificate of Designation of 5.875% Series I Non-
Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Shares
Certificate of Designation of Class B Common
Shares
Junior Subordinated Indenture dated November 2,
2006 among PartnerRe Finance II Inc., the
Company, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Lehman
Brothers Inc. and the other underwriters named
therein
First Supplemental Junior Subordinated Indenture
(including the form of the CENts) among PartnerRe
Finance II Inc., the Company and The Bank of New
York
Junior Subordinated Debt Securities Guarantee
Agreement dated November 7, 2006 between the
Company and The Bank of New York
First Supplemental Junior Subordinated Debt
Securities Guarantee Agreement dated November 7,
2006 between the Company and The Bank of New
York
Indenture dated March 15, 2010 among PartnerRe
Finance B LLC, PartnerRe Ltd. and The Bank of
New York Mellon
First Supplemental Indenture dated March 15, 2010
among PartnerRe Finance B LLC, PartnerRe Ltd.
and The Bank of New York Mellon
Senior Debt Securities Guarantee Agreement dated
March 15, 2010 between PartnerRe Ltd. and The
Bank of New York Mellon
First Supplemental Senior Debt Securities
Guarantee Agreement dated March 15, 2010
between PartnerRe Ltd. and The Bank of New York
Mellon
Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Exor
N.V., Pillar Ltd., PartnerRe Ltd. and solely with
respect to Sections 4.01 and 4.05, Section 6.13 and
Section 7.13, EXOR S.p.A.
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement
between PartnerRe Holdings Europe Limited,
Zurich Branch and Emmanuel Clarke, effective as
of December 16, 2015
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement
between PartnerRe Ltd. and Laurie Desmet,
effective as of October 23, 2014

Incorporated by Reference

Form
F-3
8-K

Original
Number

3.1
3.1

Date Filed
June 20, 1997
March 18, 2016

Filed
Herewith

SEC File
Reference
Number
333-7094
001-14536

8-K

4.1

February 14, 2013

001-14536

8-K

3.1

February 14, 2013

001-14536

8-K

4.1

May 3, 2016

001-14536

8-K

4.2

May 3, 2016

001-14536

8-K

4.3

May 3, 2016

001-14536

8-K

4.1

November 7, 2006

001-14536

8-K

4.2

November 7, 2006

001-14536
61194484

8-K

4.3

November 7, 2006

001-14536

8-K

4.4

November 7, 2006

001-14536

8-K

4.1

March 15, 2010

001-14536

8-K

4.2

March 15, 2010

001-14536

8-K

4.3

March 15, 2010

001-14536

8-K

4.4

March 15, 2010

001-14536

8-K

2.1

August 3, 2015

001-14536

10-K

3.2

February 25, 2016

001-14536

10-Q

10.7

October 31, 2014

001-14536

158

Incorporated by Reference

Form
10-Q

Original
Number

Date Filed

10.8

October 31, 2014

SEC File
Reference
Number
001-14536

Filed
Herewith

10-Q

10.3

October 31, 2014

001-14536

10-Q

10.16

November 4, 2009

001-14536

8-K

10.2

August 3, 2015

001-14536

10-K

10.3.8

February 25, 2016

001-14536

X
X
X

X
X

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

8.1
11.1
12.1

12.2

13.1

15.1
15.2

101.1

Exhibit Description

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement
between Partner Reinsurance Company of the U.S
and Theodore C. Walker, effective as of October 23,
2014
Amended and Restated Consulting Agreement
between PartnerRe Ltd. and Marvin Pestcoe,
effective as of April 16, 2014
Form of Indemnification Agreement between
PartnerRe Ltd. and its directors
Termination Agreement, dated August 2, 2015, by
and among PartnerRe Ltd. and Axis Capital
Holdings Limited
Capital Management Maintenance Agreement,
effective January 1, 2015, between PartnerRe Ltd.
and Partner Reinsurance Asia Pte. Ltd.
Subsidiaries of the Company
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
Certification of Emmanuel Clarke, Chief Executive
Officer, as required by Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Certification of Mario Bonaccorso, Chief Financial
Officer, as required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Certifications of Emmanuel Clarke, Chief Executive
Officer, and Mario Bonaccorso, Chief Financial
Officer, as required by Rule 13a-14(b) or 15d-14(b)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Consent of Ernst & Young Ltd.
Consent of Deloitte Ltd.
The following financial information from PartnerRe
Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20–F for the year
ended December 31, 2017 formatted in XBRL: (i)
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017
and 2016; (ii) Consolidated Statements of
Operations and Comprehensive Income for the
years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015;
(iii) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’
Equity for the years ended December 31, 2017,
2016 and 2015; (iv) Consolidated Statements of
Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017,
2016 and 2015; (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements and (vi) Financial Statements Schedules.

159